Current Quicklinx

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. Links to Interesting and Significant Articles on the Web, by week – Note: These links are posted from the bottom up during each week.Web Research Links for the Week of 2/26/24

Banking Collapse: Bank Deposits Tank by over 50% Across Large Commercial Banks – by Sarah Westall – – “According to Federal Reserve data we have never seen what we are seeing today. The largest 25 banks are bleeding deposits at historic rates not seen in the 4 decades of data tracked by the Federal Reserve. The chart below shows smaller banks saw a dramatic decline after the banking collapses mid 2023, but have been steadily recovering. The story for large commercial banks is quite different:As reported by Wall Street on Parade: According to Federal Reserve data dating back to July 3, 1985 – a span of close to 39 years – there has not been a time when the largest 25 banks were bleeding deposits on the scale that has been happening for the past 22 months… There has also never been a time comparable to the last 22 months when the largest 25 banks were bleeding deposits while the smaller banks were growing deposits. (See the chart above.).. Why are bank deposits critical for the health of banks?..  Deposits are the lifeblood of banks. All banks. Without deposits, banks cannot lend or invest. They cannot earn money. When banks lose approx. 50% of it’s deposits, like they have over the past 22 months, that has a direct impact on their ability to be profitable. A huge impact…  Banks pay you very little for parking your cash in their vaults (or on their digital ledger). The average interest banks pay is .024% interest on the money they store for you. Basically banks are given loans from you and me at ridiculous low rates. Banks use this money mostly to meet capital requirements for lending and receiving money from the Federal Reserve…  But, contrary to popular opinion, banks don’t really need your money to loan. Here is a good explanation on how the racket works: The Revolving Money Myth: Your Deposits Don’t Fund Bank Loans – Common mythology says that banks take the money that customers deposit into their savings accounts and lend it out to borrowers for a profit. The bank makes only the smallest interest payments on the deposits it receives, charges much higher interest rates on the loans it extends and pockets the difference as a handsome profit. Basically, in this scenario, banks act as middlemen, playing the matchmaker between savers who want to earn a return on their excess capital and borrowers who are willing to pay for a loan… In painfully simplified terms, that’s sort of true, but only in the most indirect of ways… Banks Create the Money They Lend – Banks don’t need your money to extend loans. The loans themselves create new money… Each and every time a bank makes a loan, the laws of double-entry accounting require them to create a new account for the borrower and make a deposit equal to the loan amount… According to Forbes, this means that banks create money every time they lend money. They’re able to do this because banks are allowed to lend much more money than they have… The Money They Lend Isn’t Really There – Banks operate on a system called fractional reserve, which allows them to keep only a small fraction of the money they lend available on hand as withdrawable cash reserves. Also, the 1913 Federal Reserve Act requires banks to maintain the minimum cash reserves needed to clear outgoing checks… One of the cheapest ways to meet those reserve requirements, according to Resilience, a program under the Post Carbon Institute, is through “retail deposits” — that’s the money you keep in your savings account. If they can’t attract new customers to borrow cheap retail deposits from, banks have to meet their cash reserve requirements by paying more to borrow wholesale deposits from the Fed… In short, banks don’t take the money that you deposit, turn around and loan it at a higher interest rate. But they do use the money you deposit to balance their books and meet the necessary cash reserves that make those loans possible…  So why do deposits matter if banks don’t need deposits to lend? The last 2 paragraphs explain why it matters so much to banks. First, deposits are the cheapest way for banks to meet reserve requirements. Its hard to beat a loan at .025% from you. Like all business, if the cost to operate substantially increases, it puts the entire enterprise at risk…  Perhaps the most important point of this entire article is the fact that this points to a huge shift in economic activity…  People are increasingly leaving the traditional banking systems and moving towards cryptos, gold & silver, and other investments. When major shifts in money management occurs, it represents changes in attitudes and expectations of consumers. This change is massive. A 50% decline in banking deposits is a seismic shift that is almost unimaginable in the past. It cannot be ignored and it is a glaring red flag that significant change is coming.”Active duty airman set himself on fire outside Israeli embassy in Washington DC – Washington, D.C. emergency services took the man to a hospital with “critical life threatening injuries.” – b Nicholas Slayton – newer version of this story was published Monday morning, Feb. 26, “Air Force member who set himself on fire in chilling protest video dies.”.. “An active-duty airman set himself on fire outside the Israeli embassy in Washington, D.C. today, in uniform… The District of Columbia Fire and Emergency Medical Services Department confirmed to Task & Purpose that they received a report about a man on fire outside the embassy just before 1 p.m. Eastern Time and dispatched emergency services. The fire had been extinguished by uniformed members of the Secret Service. EMS took the man to an area hospital, saying he was suffering from “critical life-threatening injuries.”.. The incident appears to be in protest of Israel’s war in Gaza. Independent journalist Talia Jane obtained a video of the self-immolation, although it has not been posted online beyond accounts that are quickly taken down. On X, Jane posted that the man in Air Force uniform said he was “an active duty member of the U.S. Air Force and I will no longer be complicit in genocide.” Filming himself walking, he said that what he was going to do would be minimal compared to what is happening to Palestinians. He then set himself on fire and repeatedly shouted “Free Palestine.”.. In the video, the airman identifies himself as Aaron Bushnell. A spokesperson for the U.S. Air Force confirmed to Task & Purpose that the man in uniform is an active-duty airman, however, the Air Force did not confirm the man’s identity or rank in the military… Law enforcement responded, putting out the fire with three fire extinguishers. Law enforcement also drew a gun on the burning man during the incident, while he was screaming in pain. After emergency services transported the man to a hospital, authorities searched the area around the embassy. The Metropolitan Police Department responded and sent its Explosive Ordnance Disposal team to the scene to search a nearby car; nothing was found. Bushnell’s current status is unknown… A LinkedIn account under Bushnell’s name with a picture matching the appearance of the airman in the video says that Bushnell has been in the Air Force since 2020. Per the account, Bushnell trained as a client systems technician, working in IT management and as a DevOps engineer for the last year. According to his LinkedIn account, Bushnell was pursuing a Bachelor of Science in software engineering at Southern New Hampshire University. He was ‘looking for SkillBridge programs to transfer [his] skills into the software engineering career field.’.. Task & Purpose contacted the United States Secret Service about the incident but as of press time has not heard back… A press officer for the Department of Defense confirmed it was aware of the incident but did not have any information on the individual… The Israeli war in Gaza, which started following the Oct. 7 terrorist attack by Hamas, has resulted in the deaths of thousands and is still ongoing. In December, a person set themselves on fire outside the Israeli consulate in Atlanta in protest of the war – Update 2/25/2024: This story has been updated with confirmation from the U.S. Air Force that the man who set himself on fire is an active-duty member of the Air Force – Update 2/25/2024: This story has been updated with Bushnell’s name and information, as well as statements by the Metropolitan Police Department. – Airman who died after setting himself on fire in protest video identified – Senior Airman Aaron Bushnell died after setting himself on fire outside the Israeli embassy to protest the war in Gaza – by Jeff Schogol – “Senior Airman Aaron Bushnell died of his injuries on Sunday after setting himself on fire outside the Israeli embassy in Washington, D.C., to demonstrate his opposition to the ongoing war between Israel and Gaza, Air Force officials said… The Air Force deferred questions about the incident to Washington D.C.’s Metropolitan Police Department… Bushnell, 25, was a cyber defense operations specialist assigned to the 531st Intelligence Support Squadron at Joint Base San Antonio Lackland, Texas, according to the Air Force. He had served on active duty since May 2020… ‘When a tragedy like this occurs, every member of the Air Force feels it,’ Air Force Col.  Celina Noyes, commander of the 70th Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance Wing, said in a statement. ‘We extend our deepest sympathies to the family and friends of Senior Airman Bushnell. Our thoughts and prayers are with them, and we ask that you respect their privacy during this difficult time.‘.. In the roughly 3-minute video, Bushnell says he is an active-duty airman and that he will ‘no longer be complicit in genocide.’.. ‘I’m about to engage in an extreme act of protest, but when compared to what people have been experiencing in Palestine at the hands of their colonizers, it’s not extreme at all,’ Bushnell says. ‘This is what our ruling class has decided will be normal.’.. Bushnell then puts down his camera, stands in front of the embassy, douses himself with a clear liquid from a thermos, puts his cover on, and tries to ignite himself as someone off camera asks, ‘Hi sir, can I help you?’.. After a few seconds, he sets himself alight and screams “Free Palestine!” several times as the flames quickly consume him. Then he starts screaming… People off camera can be heard yelling: ‘Man’s on fire! Man’s on fire!’.. Bushnell continues to scream as another person off camera yells at him to get on the ground, presumably so he can put out the flames… Sirens can be heard as Bushnell tries to yell “Free Palestine” again, but his screams become unintelligible. People on the scene call for a fire extinguisher.  After burning for a minute, the man collapses, and a first responder tries to put out the flames with a fire extinguisher… Bushnell continues to burn as a first responder yells, ‘I don’t need guns, I need a fire extinguisher.’.. About 3 minutes into the video, two officers with extinguishers manage to smother the flames. The video ends when someone picks up the camera and says: ‘What is this? Who is this?’ ” Trump’s VP front-runner just stunned everyone with this move – from – – “South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem is considered by betting markets to be the front-runner as former President Donald Trump’s 2024 running mate. She’s even been named by Trump as part of his short list… ‘I’ve got my eye on her,’ Trump told NBC News last year, in response to a question about Noem’s chances of becoming vice president… On Monday, Noem made a stunning move that had the political world whispering. The South Dakota Republican traveled to met with Trump on Monday at his Mar-a-Lago estate in Florida, an insider told the Daily Caller… Like many governors, Noem boasts a high favorability rating in her current role. She’s also earned a reputation for her charisma, and she’s seen some of her political ads go viral. She’s attracted attention for using a branding iron to veto a bill, and she once played a plumber in a video promoting South Dakota’s apprenticeship programs… In a Kaplan Strategies poll of a swing state, Noem was polled as the most favored prospect for a running mate. As of Friday, she was viewed favorably by 39 percent of the 941 registered voters surveyed in Wisconsin… Noem also fared well in the Conservative Political Action Conference’s straw poll of possible vice presidents. She nabbed 15 percent of the vote, tying biotech entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy for first place. She and Ramaswamy finished ahead of 15 other people… However, she remains untested as a candidate for a role in Washington, D.C… Without confirming anything, Noem described the ideal vice president Thursday on Fox News… ‘I’m all in to do what I can to help the team. He needs somebody that actually is not part of the swamp, I think. He needs a business owner. He needs somebody who’s been a commander in chief, somebody who makes decisions when things get tough. Those are his qualifications, and he needs to know he can have somebody around him that trusts him and he trusts and will fight,’ Noem said… ‘He’s got a lot of jobs to do when you’re president of the United States. He needs to have people on his team that fight for him every single day.’.. At a town hall last month, Trump said that he’d already picked a running mate. However, he didn’t directly name the person, and he declined to say whether he’d even informed him or her… ‘I know who it’s going to be,’ Trump said at the time. He added, ‘I can’t tell you that really.’.. Perhaps on Monday, he finally told someone.”EXCLUSIVE: Take Back the Sky, Your Guide to Unmasking Weather Manipulation – by Reinette Senum – – “Join the movement to detect, document, and deter geoengineering efforts. Discover the tools you need to fight back against weather modification programs over your head!

Please note, THIS WEDNESDAY SWARM WEBINAR HAS BEEN MOVED TO 6 PM PST FRIDAY, MARCH 1ST! – LINK HERE: an enlightening interview with Kathryn Saari, a key member of the Save Our Skies Skywatcher team, this conversation reveals a shared commitment to uncovering the hidden aspects of geoengineering. Saari shares her journey from noticing unusual sky patterns to becoming an active participant in the fight against geoengineering. Her methodical approach includes observing aircraft, collecting rainwater samples, and documenting changes in weather patterns, which has led to the discovery of high concentrations of heavy metals in precipitation… This latest interview, coupled with a 77-slide PowerPoint presentation (at the bottom of this post), delves into the complex issue of geoengineering, aiming to educate the public on how to recognize and take action against weather modification and other related programs — emphasizing the importance of community engagement and empowerment, urging individuals to observe their skies, identify unusual patterns, and take proactive steps to address the environmental and health implications of geoengineering… Our discussion highlights several initiatives aimed at addressing the challenges posed by geoengineering, such as the pursuit of local weather modification companies, known for their solar dimming projects and rain augmentation programs. Saari underscore the necessity of involving local representatives and regulatory bodies to ensure the health and safety of communities are prioritized. Through collaborative efforts, including leveraging technology like Flightradar24 for aircraft tracking and engaging experts like Jim Lee and meteorologist Jeff “Ray,” this interview paints a picture of a multi-faceted approach to combating geoengineering… This is no ordinarly interview, it is a universal call to action, emphasizing the role of individual and collective effort in regaining control over our environment. It is a testament to the power of informed activism, scientific inquiry, and community mobilization in the face of environmental challenges posed by unchecked technological interventions in our atmosphere.” – Excerpt of the How-To Become a SOS Skywatcher PowerPoint Tool Kit below:

Two Years After the Start of the SMO, the West is Totally Paralyzed – by Pepe Escobar – – “Exactly two years ago this Saturday, on February 24, 2022, Vladimir Putin announced the launching – and described the objectives – of a Special Military Operation (SMO) in Ukraine. That was the inevitable follow-up to what happened three days before, on February 21 – exactly 8 years after Maidan 2014 in Kiev – when Putin officially recognized the self-proclaimed republics of Donetsk and Lugansk… During this – pregnant with meaning – short space of only three days, everyone expected that the Russian Armed Forces would intervene, militarily, to end the massive bombing and shelling that had been going on for three weeks across the frontline – which even forced the Kremlin to evacuate populations at risk to Russia. Russian intel had conclusive proof that the NATO-backed Kiev forces were ready to execute an ethnic cleansing of Russophone Donbass… February 24, 2022 was the day that changed 21st century geopolitics forever, in several complex ways. Above all, it marked the beginning of a vicious, all-out confrontation, “military-technical” as the Russians call it, between the Empire of Chaos, Lies and Plunder, its easily pliable NATOstan vassals, and Russia – with Ukraine as the battleground… There is hardly any question Putin had calculated, before and during these three fateful days, that his decisions would unleash the unbounded fury of the collective West – complete with a tsunami of sanctions – Ay, there’s the rub; it’s all about Sovereignty. And a true sovereign power simply cannot live under permanent threats. It’s even feasible that Putin had wanted (italics mine) Russia to get sanctioned to death. After all, Russia is so naturally wealthy that without a serious challenge from abroad, the temptation is enormous to live off its rents while importing what it could easily produce… Exceptionalists always gloated that Russia is “a gas station with nuclear weapons”. That’s ridiculous. Oil and gas, in Russia, account for roughly 15% of GDP, 30% of the government budget, and 45% of exports. Oil and gas add power to the Russian economy – not a drag. Putin shaking Russia’s complacency generated a gas station producing everything it needs, complete with unrivalled nuclear and hypersonic weapons. Beat that… Ukraine has “never been less than a nation” – Xavier Moreau is a French politico-strategic analyst based in Russia for 24 years now. Graduated from the prestigious Saint-Cyr military academy and with a Sorbonne diploma, he hosts two shows on RT France… His latest book, Ukraine: Pourquoi La Russie a Gagné (“Ukraine: Why Russia has Won”), just out, is an essential manual for European audiences on the realities of the war, not those childish fantasies concocted across the NATOstan sphere by instant “experts” with less than zero combined arms military experience… Moreau makes it very clear what every impartial, realist analyst was aware of from the beginning: the devastating Russian military superiority, which would condition the endgame. The problem, still, is how this endgame – “demilitarization” and “denazification” of Ukraine, as established by Moscow – will be achieved… What is already clear is that “demilitarization”, of Ukraine and NATO, is a howling success that no new wunderwaffen – like F-16s – will be able to change… Moreau perfectly understands how Ukraine, nearly 10 years after Maidan, is not a nation; “and has never been less than a nation”. It’s a territory where populations that everything separates are jumbled up. Moreover, it has been a – “grotesque” – failed state ever since its independence. Moreau spends several highly entertaining pages going through the corruption grotesquerie in Ukraine, under a regime that “gets its ideological references simultaneously via admirers of Stepan Bandera and Lady Gaga.” – None of the above, of course, is reported by oligarch-controlled European mainstream media… Watch out for Deng Xiao Putin – The book offers an extremely helpful analysis of those deranged Polish elites who bear “a heavy responsibility in the strategic catastrophe that awaits Washington and Brussels in Ukraine”. The Poles actually believed that Russia would crumble from the inside, complete with a color revolution against Putin. That barely qualifies as Brzezinski on crack… Moreau shows how 2022 was the year when NATOstan, especially the Anglo-Saxons – historically racist Russophobes – were self-convinced thar Russia would fold because it is a “poor power”. Obviously, none of these luminaries understood how Putin strengthened the Russian economy very much like Deng Xiaoping on the Chinese economy. This “self-intoxication”, as Moreau qualifies it, did wonders for the Kremlin… By now it’s clear even for the deaf, dumb, and blind that the destruction of the European economy has been a massive tactic, historic victory for the Hegemon – as much as the blitzkrieg against the Russian economy has been an abysmal failure… All of the above brings us to the meeting of G20 Foreign Ministers this week in Rio. That was not exactly a breakthrough. Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov made it very clear that the collective West at the G20 tried by all means to “Ukrainize” the agenda – with less than zero success. They were outnumbered and counterpunched by BRICS and Global South members… At his press conference, Lavrov could not be more stark on the prospects of the war of the collective West against Russia. These are the highlights: Western countries categorically do not want serious dialogue on Ukraine…
-There were no serious proposals from the United States to begin contacts with the Russian Federation on strategic stability; trust cannot be restored now while Russia is declared an enemy.

– There were no contacts on the sidelines of the G20 with either Blinken or the British Foreign Secretary.
– The Russian Federation will respond to new Western sanctions with practical actions that relate to the self-sufficient development of the Russian economy.
– If Europe tries to restore ties with the Russian Federation, making it dependent on their whims, then such contacts are not needed.
In a nutshell – diplomatically: you are irrelevant, and we don’t care… That was complementing Lavrov’s intervention during the summit, which defined once again a clear, auspicious path towards multipolarity. Here are the highlights:- The forming of a fair multipolar world order without a definite center and periphery has become much more intensive in the past few years. Asian, African and Latin American countries are becoming important parts of the global economy. Not infrequently, they are setting the tone and the dynamics.
– Many Western economies, especially in Europe, are actually stagnating against this background. These statistics are from Western-supervised institutions – the IMF, the World Bank and the OECD.
– These institutions are becoming relics from the past. Western domination is already affecting their ability to meet the requirements of the times. Meanwhile, it is perfectly obvious today that the current problems of humanity can only be resolved through a concerted effort and with due consideration for the interests of the Global South and, generally, all global economic realities.
– Institutions like the IMF, the World Bank, the EBRD, and the EIB are prioritizing Kiev’s military and other needs. The West allocated over $250 billion to tide over its underling thus creating funding shortages in other parts of the world. Ukraine is taking up the bulk of the funds, relegating Africa and other regions of the Global South to rationing.
– Countries that have discredited themselves by using unlawful acts ranging from unilateral sanctions and the seizure of sovereign assets and private property to blockades, embargoes, and discrimination against economic operators based on nationality to settle scores with their geopolitical opponents cannot be considered guarantors of financial stability.
– Without a doubt, new institutions that focus on consensus and mutual benefit are needed to democratize the global economic governance system. Today, we are seeing positive dynamics for strengthening various alliances, including BRICS, the SCO, ASEAN, the African Union, LAS, CELAC, and the EAEU.
– This year, Russia chairs BRICS, which saw several new members join it. We will do our best to reinforce the potential of this association and its ties with the G20.
– Considering that 6 out of 15 UN Security Council members represent the Western bloc, we will support the expansion of this body solely through the accession of countries from Asia, Africa, and Latin America.
– Call it the real state of things, geopolitically, two years after the start of the SMO.”Trump’s VP front-runner just stunned everyone with this move – from – – “
South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem is considered by betting markets to be the front-runner as former President Donald Trump’s 2024 running mate. She’s even been named by Trump as part of his short list… “I’ve got my eye on her,” Trump told NBC News last year, in response to a question about Noem’s chances of becoming vice president… On Monday, Noem made a stunning move that had the political world whispering. The South Dakota Republican traveled to met with Trump on Monday at his Mar-a-Lago estate in Florida, an insider told the Daily Caller… Like many governors, Noem boasts a high favorability rating in her current role. She’s also earned a reputation for her charisma, and she’s seen some of her political ads go viral. She’s attracted attention for using a branding iron to veto a bill, and she once played a plumber in a video promoting South Dakota’s apprenticeship programs… In a Kaplan Strategies poll of a swing state, Noem was polled as the most favored prospect for a running mate. As of Friday, she was viewed favorably by 39 percent of the 941 registered voters surveyed in Wisconsin… Noem also fared well in the Conservative Political Action Conference’s straw poll of possible vice presidents. She nabbed 15 percent of the vote, tying biotech entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy for first place. She and Ramaswamy finished ahead of 15 other people… However, she remains untested as a candidate for a role in Washington, D.C… Without confirming anything, Noem described the ideal vice president Thursday on Fox News… “I’m all in to do what I can to help the team. He needs somebody that actually is not part of the swamp, I think. He needs a business owner. He needs somebody who’s been a commander in chief, somebody who makes decisions when things get tough. Those are his qualifications, and he needs to know he can have somebody around him that trusts him and he trusts and will fight,” Noem said… “He’s got a lot of jobs to do when you’re president of the United States. He needs to have people on his team that fight for him every single day.” – At a town hall last month, Trump said that he’d already picked a running mate. However, he didn’t directly name the person, and he declined to say whether he’d even informed him or her… “I know who it’s going to be,” Trump said at the time. He added, “I can’t tell you that really.” – Perhaps on Monday, he finally told someone.”

It Looks Like Ukraine Will Join NATO. How Will Putin Respond? – by Daisy Luther – – ” Last weekend, a video began circulating on X (Twitter) that got little to no coverage in the MSM. (I know, you’re shocked.) In the clip, Jens Stoltenberg, the Secretary General of NATO, said something that could drive us rapidly off the cliff into WW3. He said, “Ukraine will join NATO.” – Watch it here: is quite a poke in the eye of Russian President Vladimir Putin… President Putin has repeatedly warned against Ukraine being allowed to join the alliance. He said it back in February of 2022, when the war began… “[T]here will be no winners,” he said, describing a hypothetical future in which Ukraine had joined NATO and then attempted to invade Russian-occupied Crimea, “and you will find yourself drawn into this conflict against your will. You will be fulfilling Article 5 in a heartbeat, even before you know it.” – “Do you realize that if Ukraine joins NATO and decides to take Crimea back through military means, the European countries will automatically get drawn into a military conflict with Russia?” Putin said. “Of course, NATO’s united potential and that of Russia are incomparable.” – Though the Kremlin’s English-language transcript has Putin using, somewhat ambiguously, the term “incomparable,” he also asserted that Russia “is one of the world’s leading nuclear powers and is superior to many of those countries in terms of the number of modern nuclear force components.” – Here’s some video footage of this press conference, with subtitles. – – Article 5 of NATO’s founding treaty basically says that an attack on one NATO country is an attack on all NATO countries and is a pact of collective defense… The Parties agree that an armed attack against one or more of them in Europe or North America shall be considered an attack against them all and consequently they agree that, if such an armed attack occurs, each of them, in exercise of the right of individual or collective self-defence recognized by Article 51 of the Charter of the United Nations, will assist the Party or Parties so attacked by taking forthwith, individually and in concert with the other Parties, such action as it deems necessary, including the use of armed force, to restore and maintain the security of the North Atlantic area… Russia again warned that Ukraine joining NATO would not be well-received in October of 2022… “Kyiv is well aware that such a step would mean a guaranteed escalation to World War Three,” TASS quoted Alexander Venediktov, the deputy secretary of Russia’s Security Council, as saying… The Russians have been quite clear. If this alliance is made, they will retaliate… What is Russia’s protocol for using nuclear weapons? – Leaked Russian military documents have exposed that Russia’s threshold for a nuclear attack is lower than we’d previously been told. According to documents that have been seen and verified by the Financial Times: Criteria for a potential nuclear response range from an enemy incursion on Russian territory to more specific triggers, such as the destruction of 20 percent of Russia’s strategic ballistic missile submarines… …Russia’s tactical nuclear weapons, which can be delivered by land or sea-launched missiles or from aircraft, are designed for limited battlefield use in Europe and Asia, as opposed to the larger “strategic” weapons intended to target the US. Modern tactical warheads can still release significantly more energy than the weapons dropped on Nagasaki and Hiroshima in 1945… …The exercises offer a rare insight into how Russia views its nuclear arsenal as a cornerstone of its defence policy — and how it trains forces to be able to carry out a nuclear first strike in some battlefield conditions… In summary, Russia’s policy is to make the first strike and there are guidelines in place for how and when they would do this. The article is well worth a read… Is NATO already involved in the fighting? – According to a Hungarian newspaper, Magyar Nemzet, the Russians believe that NATO military personnel are already involved in the conflict in Ukraine, disguising themselves as mercenaries… In an interview with the Krasnaya Zvezda newspaper, Major General Sergei Rudskoi, the Chief Operations Director of the Russian Armed Forces General Staff, spoke about the fact that NATO military personnel take part in the battles in Ukraine disguised as mercenaries, reports the English-language Pravda news portal… NATO soldiers take part in hostilities disguised as mercenaries. They control operational and tactical missile air defense systems and multiple missile launch systems and are part of assault squads, Rudskoi stated. According to him, NATO officers directly shape the military operations of the Armed Forces of Ukraine… During the cleaning of Avgyijivka, quite a few interesting details were revealed. In this case, we are dealing with corpses abandoned by Ukrainian armed forces, whose uniforms were sewn with American and Polish markings, Igor Kimakovskyi, adviser to the leader of the “Donetsk People’s Republic”, told TASSSZ… Now, it’s very important to note that Pravda (which ironically means “truth” in Russian) has been accused of being a state-sponsored mouthpiece and a propaganda outlet for the Kremlin. They wouldn’t be the first government that drummed up another “reason” for people to fear and hate “the enemy.” (Looking at you, America.)So, it’s possible that the information printed there is inaccurate. Magyar Nemzet is a conservative-leaning Hungarian newspaper.  When deciding whether you believe this report is accurate, take these two things into account… If Ukraine will join NATO, what happens next?… If Ukraine joins NATO, Putin has already made it very clear that he won’t be pleased. And by “not pleased,” I mean he’s threatening to nuke someone. Or maybe even everyone.  The Russian government has a “first strike” policy in that they intend to be the aggressors in a large-scale war… By allowing Ukraine into NATO, member states are inviting a larger global conflict… And in a world that has seemed on the verge of the next huge war, that seems akin to throwing a match into a vat of gasoline… This is something to watch very closely. Prepare for the possibility of a nuclear event. (Know that if you are not at Ground Zero, this is survivable, and no, it won’t turn the entire country into a nuclear winter wasteland like in that horrifying book The Road.) Here are some ways to prepare: Read this article… Watch this webinar… Get enough Iosat for your entire family. If you need it, you’ll be glad you bought it. If you don’t, it’s not a ton of money but it’s a great deal of peace of mind. This one has same-day delivery from Amazon. This is a product that rapidly sells out every time there’s talk of nuclear war, and before it sells out, the price skyrockets. (Here’s how to use it after a nuclear emergency.)”

Exposing Western Interference: The Assault on Russia’s Electoral Sovereignty – from The Islander – – “On a notable day, February 21, 2024, an event of critical importance was orchestrated by the Foundation to Battle Injustice, under the stewardship of Mira Terada, the Foundation’s head. This international online conference, a gathering of minds and media from across the globe, delved into the pressing issue of foreign meddling in the imminent Russian presidential election slated for March 2024. The dialogue, enriched by the perspectives of journalists Tara Reade (United States), Thomas Röper (Germany), Laurent Brayard (France), and Sonja Van den Ende (Netherlands), was not merely a discussion. It was a clarion call to recognize and counteract the escalating attempts by Western entities to undermine Russia’s electoral integrity through sophisticated and aggressive means. The Foundation’s report, can be found here... In her incisive analysis, Terada illuminated the stark reality facing Russia’s electoral processes—now a prime target for relentless external information warfare. With the presidential election on the horizon, the campaign against Russia’s electoral system has intensified, adopting more advanced and invasive tactics. Terada elucidated how, amidst heightening geopolitical tensions, Western powers are not just content with traditional interference. Instead, they have escalated to employing cutting-edge technologies and leveraging social media to sow discord and distrust within the Russian polity. This multi-faceted onslaught seeks to erode confidence in the electoral system, not just domestically but also on the international stage, deploying a barrage of propaganda, misleading official narratives, and unfounded accusations from Western officials… Mira Terada: “”If we analyze a number of statements by top officials of the United States, Great Britain, Germany, France, the Czech Republic and Poland in the run-up to the Russian elections, it becomes obvious that the collective West has long ago set itself the task of subjecting Russian electoral processes to maximum discredit. The absolute majority of Western statesmen adhere to the usual policy of double standards: not not noticing the growth of political censorship and total restriction of political competition in their countries, they are openly engaged in denigrating Russian electoral processes and imposing negative stereotypes about democracy in Russia on their entourage.” – The drive-thru narrative spun by the West, as Terada critically notes, is one of hypocrisy and double standards. Western officials, turning a blind eye to the creeping political censorship and shrinking political competition within their own borders, spare no effort in casting aspersions on Russian democracy. The unfounded declarations of the electoral process’s illegitimacy by figures such as former U.S. Ambassador Michael McFaul and the speculative boycotts advocated by European politicians like Andrius Kubilius, echo a broader Western agenda. This agenda, meticulously dissected in the Foundation’s analysis, reveals a concerted effort to intimidate Russian voters and tarnish Russia’s image on the global stage, thus straining diplomatic relations… Western politicians and foreign officials are trying to intimidate Russian citizens and dissuade them from participating in the elections by openly declaring the illegitimacy of the electoral process. In December 2023, former U.S. Ambassador to Russia Michael McFaul said that after the presidential election, a new wave of mobilization in Russia would inevitably begin, and sanctions and persecution of Russian citizens would reach unprecedented levels… Despite the fact that there is no such thing as non-recognition of elections in international law, some European politicians continue to speculate on this topic, calling for a boycott of the Russian presidential elections in 2024. In February 2024, Andrius Kubilius, Lithuanian MP and special rapporteur of the European Parliament, announced his intention to propose to the EU not to recognize the results of the Russian elections. Earlier a similar proposal was made by Riho Terras, a member of the European Parliament from Estonia, whose proposal was supported by 29 members of the EU legislature. Last October, the Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe (PACE) issued a statement calling on European countries to consider the rule of Russian President Vladimir Putin illegitimate if he remains in power after the 2024 elections. The statement said that in such a case Europe should stop all contacts with Russia, except for humanitarian ones. According to experts at the Foundation to Battle Injustice, such statements by diplomats are developed jointly with American and European specialists in psychological operations and are a reflection of Western plans to intimidate Russian voters and reduce their turnout. The goal of this Western strategy is to present Russia in the most negative light possible in the international arena and complicate diplomatic relations with foreign countries… Mira Terada also mentioned in her report that against the background of large-scale digitalization and networking of public life, publications in news resources and websites are becoming an important tool of information influence: “The largest Western propaganda publications have launched a full-scale campaign to “denigrate” the Russian elections. Such news resources as The Guardian, Associated Press, The Hill and U.S. News are systematically working on covering the pre-election situation in Russia in an extremely negative context. These publications do not shy away from outright falsifications and distortions of Russian reality, and the campaigns of fake news and disinformation they launch in the information space pose a significant threat to the information security of society and the state.” – An even more serious role in undermining Russian elections, according to the head of the Foundation to Battle Injustice, is played by the ecosystem of Russian-language media sources – foreign agents funded by Western money, such as Meduza, DOXA magazine, HOLOD media, Novaya Gazeta Europe, and so on, which directly use materials provided by foreign sources. Most fakes are created by external actors, many of them are part of large-scale information operations aimed at rapid replication and instant emotional reactions of social media users, including fear, anxiety, doubt, distrust and outrage… According to a study by human rights defenders of the Foundation to Battle Injustice, during the period of socio-political consolidation, the traditional methods of information influence of Western and pseudo-Russian information agencies become less effective and do not bring the desired effect, which forces them to use new technologies to influence Russian citizens in the digital space and more carefully disguise their work. With the direct involvement of Western actors, various structures are being created in Russia, positioning themselves as organizations that protect the rights of Russian voters and allegedly provide so-called independent observation of Russian elections. Referring to non-existent statistical data and critical expert assessments, foreign-funded organizations are directly engaged in discrediting the Russian electoral system and questioning the voting procedure on spurious grounds… However, the greatest danger, according to Mira Terada, for the upcoming Russian presidential election is the direct work of Western intelligence services to prepare subversive activities at polling stations. In early 2024, Sergei Naryshkin, head of Russia’s Foreign Intelligence Service, exposed a U.S. special program to recruit Russian graduates of U.S. exchange programs. Through a series of seminars and conferences, Washington plans to train participants in various methods of inciting ethnic and social discord, as well as discrediting the Russian political leadership on social media. Sergei Naryshkin confirmed the assumption of human rights activists of the Foundation to Battle Injustice that as the Russian presidential election approaches, American and European institutions are “inventing more and more sophisticated ways to illegally interfere in democratic processes.” – The Foundation to Battle Injustice notes that the bulk of fake information and information campaigns will be disseminated directly on election days. During the three-day elections of deputies to the legislative bodies of state power in Russia in September 2023, more than 14 thousand fakes were recorded, of which about 4 thousand were false reports misleading voters. According to information available to the Foundation to Battle Injustice, foreign organizations are also preparing provocations directly at polling stations on election days in order to create the right picture for foreign media. One of such organizations outside Russia conducts trainings of pseudo-observers-provocateurs together with specialists in psychological operations aimed at mass intimidation of voters on voting days… American human rights activist and publicist Tara Reade, who received political asylum in Russia because of persecution by the authorities in the United States, revealed in her report that the United States has interfered in elections throughout its history, there have been more than 14 cases of such interference. According to Tara Reade, this interference stems from the desire for unilateral control and power that the United States tries to exert on its allies such as the United Kingdom, other European countries and NATO. The journalist emphasized that the U.S. effectively uses the internet as a weapon and exercise control over the information it disseminates. This control allows them to influence and manipulate the minds of the masses. This tactic, according to Tara Reade, is what is meant by election interference. However, the human rights activist is confident that Russia will be able to resist all manipulations and attacks from the United States and Western countries… “The methods used by Russia to protect the integrity of its elections are commendable. The president’s approval rating is now over 80 %. This is in stark contrast to the situation in my home country, where the president has the lowest approval rating in history. It is less than 36% and hovering around 30%. No signs of improvement. Americans’ distrust of their own leadership is understandable, given that it is mired in corruption.” –Tara Reade… Tara Reade revealed that the U.S. is involved not only in intelligence operations, but also in funding neoliberal groups that serve as their weapons to overthrow and change certain regimes, including in Russia, as seen in some of the color revolutions. According to an American journalist, one of the main financiers behind these efforts is billionaire George Soros: “He has spent millions of dollars to discredit Russia, Vladimir Putin and the integrity of Russian elections. They have flooded the Western media with their narratives. Soros recently bought several hundred radio stations in the U.S. just before the upcoming election.” – Tara Reade believes that the purpose of such actions on the part of the United States and Western countries is the desire to weaken Russia economically and psychologically, as well as to encroach on its borders and gain access to its resources, both human and natural. However, the American journalist is confident that passing various laws or refusing to interact with leaders such as Vladimir Putin will not lead to the desired result… “The sanctions and strategies employed by these countries have only made Russia stronger and more resilient. Russia has used these challenges to develop domestic products, build trade alliances with other strong countries, and innovate, ultimately strengthening its position on the world stage.” – Tara Reade – In his report, German journalist Thomas Röper said that Western interference in the course of the presidential election in Russia was quite predictable and expected. According to the journalist, the main goal of this interference is to remove Vladimir Putin from power“However, this is unlikely to succeed, given his strong support in Russia, estimated at around 70% or 80%.” Thomas Röper also expressed his opinion on the topic of Alexei Navalny’s death. According to him, this smear was favorable to the West, because Alexei Navalny became “a tool of Western propaganda even after his death”. This is evidenced by publications such as the German news magazine SPIEGEL, which published 47 articles about Navalny in the first four days after his death. – “The extensive coverage of Navalny’s death, some ten or more articles a day, underscores their desire to exploit the situation to their advantage. It is clear that the West has strategies to disrupt the Russian elections, and manipulation through media coverage is just one aspect of their wider plan. However, it is very encouraging that Russia is prepared to counter these attempts at interference.” – Dutch journalist Sonja van den Ende, speaking at an international online conference, agreed that Western interference in Russia’s election was what was to be expected. “Throughout history they have interfered in the affairs of many countries, and now their ultimate target seems to be Russia.” The Dutch journalist said international independent media should unite to help Russia counter the West’s disinformation attack: “As journalists, we can write, we can give interviews, we can publish material on our websites. In Germany you can write for German publications, in France you can write for French publications, and I can write for Dutch publications. We can only inform people in Europe that what they are being fed is fake.” – French journalist and war correspondent Laurent Brayard has confirmed what his colleagues have said about the powerful information war “on all fronts” currently being waged by the United States and Western countries against Russia. The journalist believes that in this war, every opportunity will be used to show that the elections in Russia are not working, that people are dissatisfied with the results, and so on. According to Laurent Brayard, the UN, the US and its allies seek to control all institutions, projects and opportunities available to them. They are afraid that something might backfire on them in the future. The French journalist also asked a reasonable question about why the world media completely ignored the fact of the death of American journalist Ganzalo Lira in a Ukrainian prison, while absolutely all major foreign media wrote about the death of Alexei Navalny… “When Gonzalo Lira was killed, they wrote nothing. When Oles Buzina was killed in Ukraine, there were also very few publications”… Laurent Brayard in his report also emphasized the readiness of the Russian system to withstand any Western attacks, because Russia has a long-established system of control and protection against foreign interference. At the end of his speech, French journalist and war correspondent Laurent Brayard said that he would trust the Russian system of government more than the French one… “I believe that Russia now has more freedom and democracy. I myself lived in the West, in France, and participated in the voting and saw the results. Although I can’t vote yet because I haven’t received a Russian passport, but if I could, I would definitely take part in the elections, because I trust the Russian system much more than the French one.” – The head of the Foundation to Battle Injustice, Mira Terada, concluded the international online conference by stating that these examples of information and physical attacks on the Russian electoral system demonstrate the growing attention of external forces to the Russian elections as an object of modern information confrontation: “Attempts to interfere in Russian democratic processes by Western countries have always been, are and will be, but our task is not only to be ready for any attacks and aspirations to discredit Russian electoral processes, but also to be able to be one step ahead and suppress any efforts to influence the free expression of the will of Russian citizens.”  – The Foundation to Battle Injustice believes it is necessary to create expert groups whose tasks will include monitoring information flows and promptly refuting and suppressing campaigns aimed at discrediting the Russian presidential election of 2024 and all subsequent elections… Subsequently, it becomes evident that the Foundation to Battle Injustice stands not merely as a watchdog but as a bulwark against the insidious forces of election interference. Through meticulous research and unwavering advocacy, the Foundation and its allies illuminate the path toward preserving electoral integrity and sovereignty against external aggressions. This narrative, enriched by the insights of the Foundation, is a testament to the resilience and determination of those who stand guard over Russia’s democratic processes.” Crown Castle & The 5G Beast – by Dean Henderson – – “Excerpted from my book, Nephilim Crown 5G Apocalypse, Chapter 4: Crown Castle & The 5G Beast… The Rothschild City of London depopulation-obsessed Nazi inbreds have run into some headwinds this past year with regard to their active denial 5G full spectrum dominance all-seeing eye scheme… Having played their Trump card via the Crown’s MI6-controlled Cambridge Analytica’s manipulation of the 2016 election, it was assumed that their Masonic project to turn us into batteries was a done deal.

Cambridge Analytica's Facebook MI6 Psyop

Cambridge Analytica’s Facebook MI6 PsyopOctober 12, 2023 – Read full story – But the Luciferians’ main weakness is that they underestimate the human spirit. Last fall the Mill Valley, California City Council voted unanimously to ban 5G from their city of 14,000 in Marin County north of San Francisco. A week later, a major columnist for PC Today came out against the rollout of 5G. Brussels & Switzerland have banned it… Meanwhile, the 2018 Farm Bill sailed through both House & Senate with bi-partisan support. Hidden in the bill was a provision which would allow 5G cell towers every 250 feet in all rural areas of the US. This federal law with override any attempt by local cities, counties or states to ban 5G… The telecommunications industry is now the biggest lobbying group in Washington. The passage of the 1996 Telecommunications Act gave the industry immunity from liability related to EMF radiation affects on our health and wide berth when it comes to building out 5G infrastructure. Already 5G is happening in Los Angeles, Denver, Colorado Springs and Austin… And who is building these 5G small cell towers for Verizon, AT&T and Sprint, who are by no coincidence the most indebted corporations in the US? The leader of the pack is located on Fleet Street in the City of London and goes by the name Crown Castle. Chess anyone –Crown Castle is the largest provider of wireless infrastructure in the US. It has constructed more than 40,000 cell towers and laid more than 60,000 miles of fiber supporting small cells. It owns, operates and leases towers and small cell solutions (SCS) in 92 of the top 100 US markets and every market in Australia. See: – “Small cells” are small, inconspicuous wireless nodes most commonly installed on streetlights and utility poles that immediately improve 4G service by relieving strain on existing infrastructure, and will serve as the backbone for 5G networks by significantly expanding coverage and capacity… Operating at much higher frequencies of between 50-90 GHZ, 5G is 20 times faster than 4G, but also much deadlier… For more on this, see my article DARPA Programmers & The Sacred Science Of Rhetoric, Left Hook Archives 2019 7-8… Crown Castle International started as a British corporation and built 85% of the cell towers in the UK.  At one point it acquired the broadcast and tower assets of the BBC. In 2005 Crown Castle UK was renamed National Grid Wireless. It has since changed its name to Arqiva…It’s US operations were launched in 1992 with help from Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Partners. It’s US headquarters is in Houston. In 2014 it converted into a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT). Crown Castle owns Pinnacle, Global Signal, Modeo, Mobile Media and NextG Networks… Their funding comes primarily from Merrill Lynch, Citigroup, Barclays, Credit Agricole, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Mitsubishi, Morgan Stanley and Bank of New York Mellon. These are the banks of the Eight Families City of London Federal Reserve cartel… Crown Castle is a Crown Corporation. It’s mission is to build out the network of 5G death/surveillance towers to complete the Illuminati’s AI smart grid which is designed to kill most of us and enslave the rest. Crown Corporation General Electric is building the smart meters and fluorescent/LED lighting for this grid… America is under attack from the Crown. Same one we fought in 1776. Wake up! – Follow the example of Mill Valley, CA and resist 5G penetration into your community. The human spirit can overcome the deviance of the Luciferians, but we don’t have much time. Get busy exposing these inbreds and disobeying their directives.”A Digital Coup d’Etat – “A new virus had come along and everyone was freaking out and smashing all normal social functioning.” – by Jeffrey A. Tucker – – “There was a time. What seemed to be unfolding was a huge intellectual error for the history books. A new virus had come along and everyone was freaking out and smashing all normal social functioning… The excuse turns out just to be the cover story. Still, it bears examination… Even though plenty of outside commentators said the pathogen should be handled in the normal way – with known treatment and calm while those most susceptible stayed cautious until endemicity – some people on the inside fell prey to a great fallacy. They had come to believe computer models over known realities. They thought that you could separate everyone, drive down infections, and then the virus would die out… This was never a plausible scenario, as anyone who knew something about the history of pandemics would report. All known experience stood against this cockmamie scheme. The science was very clear and widely available: lockdowns do not work. Physical interventions in general achieve nothing… But, hey, they said it was an experiment born of new thinking. They would give it a whirl… When it became clear that the lockdowners had gained sway over policy, many of us thought, truly, how long can this really last? A week, maybe two. Then we would be done. But then something strange happened. The money began to flow. And flow. The states thought that was awesome so they kept it up. The money printers got to work. And general chaos broke out: social, cultural, educational, economic, and political… It all happened so fast. The months rolled on with no break in the narrative. It became crazy after a time. There were so few critics. We didn’t know it but they were being silenced by a new machinery that had already been constructed for this purpose… Among that which was censored was criticism of the inoculation potion that was being rolled out and which would eventually be forced on populations all over the world. They said it was 95 percent effective, but it wasn’t clear what that could mean. No coronavirus had ever been controlled by any vaccination. How could this be true? It wasn’t true. Nor did the shot stop the spread… Many people said this at the time. But we couldn’t hear them. Their voices were muffled or silenced. The social media companies had already been taken over by government-connected interests working on behalf of intelligence agencies. We had believed that these tools were designed to increase our connections with others and enable free speech. Now they were being used to broadcast a preset regime narrative… Strange industrial shifts took place. Gas cars were deprecated in favor of a new experiment in electric vehicles, thanks to intense consumer demand caused by shortages owing to supply chain breakages. Digital learning platforms got a huge boost because physical classrooms were closed. Online ordering and doorstep delivery became the rage because people were told not to leave their homes and small businesses were forcibly closed…  The pharma companies were riding high of course, gradually acculturating the population to a subscription model. There were attempts to convert whole countries to a health passport system. New York City tried this, along with actual physical segregation of the entire city, with the vaccinated considered clean while the unvaccinated were not allowed into restaurants, libraries, or theaters. The digital app didn’t work however, so that plan fell apart quickly… All of this happened in less than one year. What began as an intellectual error in public health ended up looking like a digital coup d’etat… Coups of the past featured rebel armies from the hills storming the cities and joined by the military as they invaded the palace and the leader and his family fled in a carriage or helicopter depending on the epoch… This was different. It was organized and planned by intelligence agencies within the structure of the global state, a great reset to reject the forms of the past and replace them all with a new dystopia… Initially, the people who said this was a great reset were derided as crazed conspiracy theorists. But then it turned out that the head of the World Economic Forum, Klaus Schwab, had written a book by the very title that you could buy from Amazon. It turns out to be HG Wells’s The Open Conspiracy updated for the 21st-century technology… There turns out to be much more than that. There was an angle to all of this that impacts the mechanisms we use for democratic control of societies. Buried in the flurry of bills shoved through in March 2020 was a liberalization of balloting and voting that would never have been tolerated before. In the name of social distancing, mail-in ballots would become the norm, along with the known irregularities they introduce… Implausibly, this too was part of the plan… Researching and realizing all of this in real time has been a bit much. It has shattered the old ideological paradigms. The old theories no longer explain the world as it is unfolding. It causes all of us to revisit our priors, at least those with minds adaptable enough to pay attention. For vast swaths of the intellectual class, this is not possible…  Looking back, we should have known something was up at the outset. There were too many anomalies. Were the people in charge really so stupid as to believe that you can make a virus go away by making everyone stay home? It’s absurd. You cannot control the microbial kingdom this way, and surely everyone with a modicum of intelligence knows this… Another clue: there never was an exit plan. What exactly was fourteen days of frozen activity going to achieve? What was the benchmark of success? We were never told. Instead, the elites in media and government simply encouraged fear. And then met that fear with ridiculous protocols like dousing ourselves with sanitizer, masking while walking, and presuming every other person is a disease vector… This was psychological warfare. To what end and how ambitious are these hidden plans for us? – Only four years later, we are grasping the fullness of what was going down… For those of us schooled in the persistent incompetence of government to get anything right, much less deploy a plan with anything like precision, elaborate conspiracy theories of plots and schemes always seem implausible. We just don’t believe them… This is why it took us so long to see the fullness of what was deployed in March 2020, a scheme that combined a plethora of seemingly disparate governmental/industrial ambitions including:  1) rollout of subscription/platform model of Pharma distribution,  2) mass censorship,  3) election management/rigging,  4) universal basic income, 5) industrial subsidies to digital platforms, 6) mass population surveillance,  7) cartelization of industry,  8) shift in income distribution and entrenchment of administrative state power,  9) crushing of ‘populist’ movements worldwide, and  10) the centralization of power generally speaking…  To top it off, all these efforts were global in scope. This whole model truly stretches the bounds of plausibility. And yet all the evidence points to exactly the above. It just goes to show that even if you don’t believe in conspiracies, conspiracies believe in you. It was a digital-age coup d’etat unlike anything humanity has ever experienced… How long will it take us to process this reality? We seem to be only at the early stages of understanding, much less resisting.”

Ukraine Sees Risk of Russia Breaking Through Defenses by Summer – by – “Ukrainian officials are concerned that Russian advances could gain significant momentum by the summer unless their allies can increase the supply of ammunition, according to a person familiar with their analysis… Internal assessments of the situation on the battlefield from Kyiv are growing increasingly bleak as Ukrainian forces struggle to hold off Russian attacks while rationing the number of shells they can fire… Commander-in-Chief Oleksandr Syrskyi said Thursday that mistakes by frontline commanders had compounded the problems facing Ukraine’s defenses around Avdiivka, which was captured by Russian forces this month. Syrskyi said he’d sent in more troops and ammunition to bolster Ukrainian positions… Pessimism among Ukraine and its allies has been mounting for weeks as they’ve seen Russian forces seize the initiative on the frontline with vital aid from the US held up in Congress. The fall of Avdiivka and several nearby villages is fueling fears that Kyiv’s defenses may not be able to hold… Those losses should act as a wake up call to Ukraine’s allies, a European official said… “Ukraine can start losing the war this year,” Michael Kofman, a specialist on Russia and Ukraine at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, said on the War on the Rocks podcast… Russian President Vladimir Putin hasn’t given up his original goal of seizing major cities including the capital Kyiv and Odesa, according to Ukrainian intelligence assessments, the person said, asking for anonymity to discuss matters that aren’t public. If Russian forces reached Odessa, they would be able to shut off Ukraine’s crucial grain export routes through the Black Sea and also open up access to Moldova, where the breakaway region of Transnistria on Wednesday appealed to Moscow for political support… Depending on the results of the current campaign, Russia will decide whether to continue with a slow, grinding advance, or to accumulate resources for a bigger strike to break through Ukrainian lines this summer, the person close to Ukraine’s leadership said… Putin on Thursday repeated that he still plans to achieve the goals set out at the start of the invasion, which have remained unchanged since 2022, during an address to his Federal Assembly… Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy said Sunday that munitions shortages are affecting the battlefield situation and warned that Russia is planning a new offensive in the spring or early summer… “It will be difficult for us in the coming months because there are fluctuations in the US that have an impact on some countries, though the European Union showed it is capable of being a leader with its support,” Zelenskiy said… With Ukrainian forces desperate for more ammunition, some allies, led by the Czech Republic, are looking into buying around 800,000 artillery shells from outside the EU to give to Ukraine… A major offensive would still be a challenge for the Kremlin after two years of war that have depleted its forces. Russia’s efforts to take Kyiv, Kharkiv and move on Odessa in the early weeks of the war failed spectacularly… Despite Ukraine’s shortages, Russia would need far more soldiers but also heavy tanks and vehicles to launch an offensive, Admiral Rob Bauer, NATO’s military committee chairman, said in an interview on Feb. 17. So far, Moscow hasn’t been able to ramp up production quickly enough in those areas, he said… Putin “has more artillery, he has an ability to replace a certain amount of missiles every month, which he’s using, but he’s not been fully successful in terms of the increase in, for example, tanks and armored vehicles,” Bauer said… He pointed to recent Ukrainian reports that, despite the loss of Avdiivka, Russian troops were killed at a high rate of seven for every soldier Kyiv lost… “The one-to-seven ratio means he will need a lot of forces to defeat the Ukrainians,” Bauer said. (Comment: Admiral Bauer’s statements seem to be outright lies.) – Ukraine’s strategy is to try to hold the front line as much as possible until the second half of the year, when it may get F-16 fighter jets and western ammunition production is due to ramp up. That would allow Kyiv to plan for another possible counteroffensive in 2025… –With assistance from Aliaksandr Kudrytski and Jessica Loudis.”

Germany accused of ‘flagrant abuse of intelligence’ for revealing British help in Ukraine – by Arpan Rai – – “German chancellor Olaf Scholz has been accused of a “flagrant abuse of intelligence” for divulging details of British aid for Ukrainian forces… Mr Scholz said Germany will not be sending Kyiv Taurus, Berlin’s version of the Storm Shadow missile, pointing to a risk of his country becoming directly involved in the war, referring to the UK and French assistance to Ukraine… On Monday, he said that German soldiers could not follow the lead of their British and French allies in “the way of target control and accompanying target control”… “This is a flagrant abuse of intelligence deliberately designed to distract from Germany’s reluctance to arm Ukraine with its own long-range missile system,” said Tobias Ellwood, the former chairman of the Commons defence committee… He added that Mr Scholz’s argument will “no doubt be used by Russia to racket up the escalator ladder”… At home in Berlin, Mr Scholz is facing flak for not delivering aid sought by Ukraine, especially long-range weapons, needed to stop Russia’s advance on the battlefield… The need for long-range weapons like Storm Shadow cruise missiles and Taurus has been reiterated by Volodymyr Zelensky, who admits his troops are running low on ammunition… Last week German lawmakers called on the government to deliver further long-range weapons to Ukraine, but voted down an opposition call explicitly urging it to send Taurus long-range cruise missiles… A motion drawn up by governing parties urged the government to keep up military support and said “this includes the delivery of further necessary long-range weapons systems and ammunition” to enable attacks on “strategically important targets far in the rear of the Russian aggressor.” – That unspecified formulation allowed government lawmakers to advocate sending Taurus missiles, or not… Mr Scholz’s latest comments have been slammed as “irresponsible” by German opposition MPs… Norbert Rottgen, a senior lawmaker from the CDU, the former ruling party of Angela Merkel, said: “The chancellor’s statement regarding France and Britain’s alleged involvement in operating long-range cruise missiles used in Ukraine is completely irresponsible.” – The German chancellor has openly clashed with French president Emmanuel Macron and refused to entertain the idea of any deployment of Nato or Western soldiers in the Ukraine war… Rishi Sunak on Tuesday confirmed the UK government has a “small number” of soldiers deployed inside Ukraine but added that Britain has no plans for a large-scale deployment of troops to the war-hit nation… “Beyond the small number of personnel we do have in the country supporting the armed forces of Ukraine, we haven’t got any plans for large-scale deployment,” the PM’s spokesperson told reporters, adding that large numbers of Ukrainian troops were being trained in Britain and London was supporting Kyiv with equipment and supplies.” WARNING about Growing Food at home! It Has Started…. (12 minutes) – The Government in PA laughs about putting Amos Miller the Amish Farmer in HANDCUFFS AND CONFISCATING HIS FARM for growing food –

G. Edward Griffin:Why Banks Want the System to Crash,Dollar to Plummet and For You to be Desperate

Web Research Links for the Week of 2/19/24

For Biden, ending Israel’s mass murder in Gaza is a ‘non-starter’ – As Palestinians face mass starvation and new ethnic cleansing in Rafah, the White House rejects even token humanitarian gestures – byAaron Maté –“At the White House last week, President Biden claimed to have concerns about Israeli plans for a ground invasion of Rafah, the southern Gaza area where more than one million Palestinians have fled. In the process, he committed a gaffe that revealed his actual stance… ‘Our military operation in Rafah,” Biden began, before correcting himself.  ‘Their — the major military operation in Rafah should not proceed without a credible plan… for ensuring the safety and support of more than one million people sheltering there. They need to be protected.’.. Although unintentional, Biden was accurate to refer to an Israeli military operation in Gaza in the possessive form. Every Israeli atrocity in Gaza is committed with US support. Accordingly, within 24 hours, the White House made clear that despite Biden’s words of caution, only Israel’s mass murder campaign will remain protected… According to three US officials, the Biden administration “is not planning to punish Israel if it launches a military campaign in Rafah without ensuring civilian safety,” Politico reports. Therefore, “no reprimand plans are in the works, meaning Israeli forces could enter the city and harm civilians without facing American consequences.” In another likely sign that Biden supports an Israeli assault, its allied regime in Egypt – a US client state — is now building an 8-square-mile walled enclosure that would cage fleeing refugees on its side of the Rafah border… Biden’s spokespeople have also relayed that Israel has his green light to harm Rafah’s civilians… ‘We’re going to continue to support Israel,’ John Kirby said at the White House. ‘And we’re going to continue to make sure they have the tools and the capabilities to do that.’ Asked directly if the US would punish Israel if it attacked Rafah without the Biden-demanded “credible plan” for civilian safety, Kirby responded: ‘I’m not going to get into a hypothetical game.’.. To supply Israel with the proper “tools,” the US is rushing a new shipment of at least 1,000 bombs and related munitions. According to US intelligence officials, Israel has used about half the 21,000 bombs supplied by the US since the Oct. 7th attack. Israel’s remaining stockpile would be enough for 19 more weeks — but just days if war breaks out with Hezbollah on the northern border… Israel’s dependence on US weaponry gives the White House instrumental leverage to impose conditions on its conduct – including demanding an end to the Gaza assault. But instead of using that influence, this latest transfer is part of ‘a broader effort by the Biden administration to speed the flow of weapons to Israel,’ the Wall Street Journal observes… To protect that speedy effort, the White House is pledging to veto yet another United Nations Security Council resolution calling for an immediate ceasefire. The Algerian-proposed measure, UN Ambassador Linda Thomas-Greenfield declared on Sunday, ‘will not be adopted.’.. The US is instead proposing a six-week ceasefire, which, Thomas-Greenfield said, could then be used to take “the steps to build a more enduring peace.” But in pretending that Hamas would ever release all of its captives in exchange for a “pause,” the US is only signaling its commitment to enduring genocide. Secretary of State Antony Blinken made this clear earlier this month when he claimed that Hamas’ latest proposal – which centers on a permanent ceasefire – contained what are “clearly nonstarters.”.. Blinken did not bother to specify what those “clear” nonstarters are. By contrast, when it comes to Israel’s military conduct, the Biden administration maintains a policy of having no “red lines”, as the murderous attack on one of Gaza’s largest and last functional hospitals, Nasser Hospital in Khan Younis, newly demonstrates… The Biden administration’s commitment to Israeli savagery is so extreme that it cannot even secure the token amounts of aid that it regularly invokes to profess its commitment to Palestinian well-being… As Gaza’s civilians face mass starvation, the Israeli government is holding up a shipment of one month’s supply of flour, rice, chickpeas and cooking oil sent from Turkey at the port of Ashdod. Israel’s stated pretext is that the intended recipient, UNRWA — the United Nations agency for Palestinian refugees – employs a handful of staffers whom Israel claims participated in the Oct. 7th attack. This cynical campaign, endorsed by the Biden administration, has led the US and its allies to suspend funding and an Israeli bank to freeze UNRWA’s account, making the agency’s work far more difficult. The Senate’s recently approved, White House-endorsed “foreign aid” bill, which contains more than $14 billion for Israel, explicitly bars any further US funding for UNRWA… Israel also claims that Hamas has been diverting UN aid, a claim that even the Biden administration’s envoy for humanitarian issues in Gaza, David Satterfield, has rejected. “No Israeli official has come to me, come to the administration with specific evidence of diversion or theft of assistance delivered by the UN in the center of the south of Gaza,” Satterfield says. Israel has meanwhile attacked Gazan police escorts of UN aid deliveries, leaving them without the proper security to continue… After helping Israel block vital aid as part of its longtime goal of destroying UNRWA, the White House now claims to be a helpless bystander as Palestinian civilians face increased deprivation as a result. “I wish I could tell you that that flour is moving in, but I can’t do that right now,” Kirby, the White House spokesperson, told reporters last week. “As a general principle, we support the work that UNRWA does,” State Department spokesman Matthew Miller added. But as evidenced by its actions, a higher US principle is to support Israeli sadism… Staunchly committed to Israel’s mass murder campaign, the White House can only continue to offer face-saving leaks that whitewash its role… Citing sources familiar with “private conversations,” NBC News reports that Biden “has been venting his frustration… over his inability to persuade Israel to change its military tactics in the Gaza Strip.” Biden is said to be particularly unnerved by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who is described as the “primary obstacle.” The US president is reportedly so upset with his Israeli counterpart that he even refers to him as “this guy,” and, worse, an “asshole.”.. Based on this reported acrimony, NBC News concludes that ‘the dynamic between the two leaders could be nearing an inflection point.’ Yet the same article includes a caveat that is standard for all accounts of US-Israeli relations since Oct. 7th: nothing will change. As NBC puts it, ‘even as Biden has escalated his rhetoric, he is not yet prepared to make significant policy changes, officials said. He and his aides continue to believe his approach of unequivocally supporting Israel is the right one.’.. With Biden’s unequivocal support, Netanyahu has vowed to proceed with the Rafah assault in the face of global pressure. ‘Those who want to prevent us from operating in Rafah are basically telling us: Lose the war,’ Netanyahu said on Saturday. ‘It’s true that there’s a lot of opposition abroad, but this is exactly the moment that we need to say that we won’t be doing a half or a third of the job.’.. As he moves closer to fulfilling the job of ethnic cleansing southern Gaza, Netanyahu can credit the only global constituency that matters to him: the Biden administration and its bipartisan allies in Congress. Across party lines, Washington is affirming that for the world’s most powerful state, even the most minimal gestures to protect starving, displaced, and defenseless Palestinians is a clear non-starter.”

Government Funds AI Tools for Whole-of-Internet Surveillance and Censorship – by Debbie Lerman – – “I feel scared. Very scared… Internet-wide surveillance and censorship, enabled by the unimaginably vast computational power of artificial intelligence (AI), is here… This is not a futuristic dystopia. It’s happening now… Government agencies are working with universities and nonprofits to use AI tools to surveil and censor content on the Internet… This is not political or partisan. This is not about any particular opinion or idea… What’s happening is that a tool powerful enough to surveil everything that’s said and done on the Internet (or large portions of it) is becoming available to the government to monitor all of us, all the time. And, based on that monitoring, the government – and any organization or company the government partners with – can then use the same tool to suppress, silence, and shut down whatever speech it doesn’t like…  But that’s not all. Using the same tool, the government and its public-private, “non-governmental” partners (think, for example: the World Health Organization, or Monsanto) can also shut down any activity that is linked to the Internet. Banking, buying, selling, teaching, learning, entertaining, connecting to each other – if the government-controlled AI does not like what you (or your kids!) say in a tweet or an email, it can shut down all of that for you… Yes, we’ve seen this on a very local and politicized scale with, for example, the Canadian truckers… But if we thought this type of activity could not, or would not, happen on a national (or even scarier – global) scale, we need to wake up right now and realize it’s happening, and it might not be stoppable… New Documents Show Government-Funded AI Intended for Online Censorship… The US House Select Subcommittee on the Weaponization of the Federal Government was formed in January 2023 “to investigate matters related to the collection, analysis, dissemination, and use of information on US citizens by executive branch agencies, including whether such efforts are illegal, unconstitutional, or otherwise unethical.” – Unfortunately, the work of the committee is viewed, even by its own members, as largely political: Conservative lawmakers are investigating what they perceive to be the silencing of conservative voices by liberal-leaning government agencies…  Nevertheless, in its investigations, this committee has uncovered some astonishing documents related to government attempts to censor the speech of American citizens. .. These documents have crucial and terrifying all-of-society implications… In the Subcommittee’s interim report, dated February 5, 2024, documents show that academic and nonprofit groups are pitching a government agency on a plan to use AI “misinformation services” to censor content on internet platforms… Specifically, the University of Michigan is explaining to the National Science Foundation (NSF) that the AI-powered tools funded by the NSF can be used to help social media platforms perform censorship activities without having to actually make the decisions on what should be censored… Here’s how the relationship is visualized in the Subcommittee’s report:

Here’s a specific quote presented in the Subcommittee’s report. It comes from “Speaker’s notes from the University of Michigan’s first pitch to the National Science Foundation (NSF) about its NSF-funded, AI-powered WiseDex tool.” The notes are on file with the committee… Our misinformation service helps policy makers at platforms who want to…push responsibility for difficult judgments to someone outside the company…by externalizing the difficult responsibility of censorship… This is an extraordinary statement on so many levels: It explicitly equates “misinformation service” with censorship…  This is a crucial equation, because governments worldwide are pretending to combat harmful misinformation when in fact they are passing massive censorship bills. The WEF declared “misinformation and disinformation” the “most severe global risks” in the next two years, which presumably means their biggest efforts will go toward censorship… When a government contractor explicitly states that it is selling a “misinformation service” that helps online platforms “externalize censorship” – the two terms are acknowledged as being interchangeable… 2. It refers to censorship as a “responsibility.”  – In other words, it assumes that part of what the platforms should be doing is censorship. Not protecting children from sex predators or innocent citizens from misinformation – just plain and simple, unadulterated censorship. – 3. It states that the role of AI is to “externalize” the responsibility for censorship… The Tech platforms do not want to make censorship decisions. The government wants to make those decisions but does not want to be seen as censoring. The AI tools allow the platforms to “externalize” the censorship decisions and the government to hide its censorship activities… All of this should end the illusion that what governments around the world are calling “countering misinformation and hate speech” is not straight-up censorship… What Happens When AI Censorship is Fully Implemented? –Knowing that the government is already paying for AI censorship tools, we have to wrap our minds around what this entails… No manpower limits: As the Subcommittee report points out, the limits to government online censorship have, up to now, involved the large numbers of humans required to go through endless files and make censorship decisions. With AI, barely any humans need to be involved, and the amount of data that can be surveilled can be as vast as everything anyone says on a particular platform. That amount of data is incomprehensible to an individual human brain… No one is responsible: One of the most frightening aspects of AI censorship is that when AI does it, there is no human being or organization – be it the government, the platforms, or the university/nonprofits – who is actually responsible for the censorship. Initially, humans feed the AI tool instructions for what categories or types of language to censor, but then the machine goes ahead and makes the case-by-case decisions all by itself… No recourse for grievances: Once AI is unleashed with a set of censorship instructions, it will sweep up gazillions of online data points and apply censorship actions. If you want to contest an AI censorship action, you will have to talk to the machine. Maybe the platforms will employ humans to respond to appeals. But why would they do that, when they have AI that can automate those responses? – No protection for young people: One of the claims made by government censors is that we need to protect our children from harmful online information, like content that makes them anorexic, encourages them to commit suicide, turns them into ISIS terrorists, and so on. Also from sexual exploitation. These are all serious issues that deserve attention. But they are not nearly as dangerous to vast numbers of young people as AI censorship is… The danger posed by AI censorship applies to all young people who spend a lot of time online, because it means their online activities and language can be monitored and used against them – maybe not now, but whenever the government decides to go after a particular type of language or behavior. This is a much greater danger to a much greater number of children than the danger posed by any specific content, because it encompasses all the activity they conduct online, touching on nearly every aspect of their lives… Here’s an example to illustrate this danger: Let’s say your teenager plays lots of interactive video games online. Let’s say he happens to favor games designed by Chinese companies. Maybe he also watches others play those games, and participates in chats and discussion groups about those games, in which a lot of Chinese nationals also participate… The government may decide next month, or next year, that anyone heavily engaged in Chinese-designed video games is a danger to democracy. This might result in shutting down your son’s social media accounts or denying him access to financial tools, like college loans. It might also involve flagging him on employment or dating websites as dangerous or undesirable. It might mean he is denied a passport or put on a watchlist… Your teenager’s life just got a lot more difficult. Much more difficult than if he was exposed to an ISIS recruitment video or suicide-glorifying TikTok post. And this would happen on a much larger scale than the sexual exploitation the censors are using as a Trojan Horse for normalizing the idea of online government censorship… Monetize-able censorship services: An AI tool owned by the government can theoretically be used by a non-governmental entity with the government’s permission, and with the blessing of the platforms that want to “externalize” the “responsibility” for censorship. So while the government might be using AI to monitor and suppress, let’s say as an example, anti-war sentiment – a company could use it to monitor and suppress, let’s say as an example, anti-fast food sentiment. The government could make a lot of money selling the services of the AI tools to 3rd parties. The platforms could also conceivably ask for a cut. Thus, AI censorship tools can potentially benefit the government, tech platforms, and private corporations. The incentives are so powerful, it’s almost impossible to imagine that they will not be exploited… Can We Reverse Course? – I do not know how many government agencies and how many platforms are using AI censorship tools. I do not know how quickly they can scale up… I do not know what tools we have at our disposal – other than raising awareness and trying to lobby politicians and file lawsuits to prevent government censorship and regulate the use of AI tools on the internet… If anyone has any other ideas, now would be the time to implement them.”Outrageous — The Gaza Mass Murder Massacre of 12 February 2024 – by Peter Koenig – – Big Tech’s Effort to Silence Truth-tellers: Global Research Online Referral Campaign – “The 12 February 2024 massacre and mass murder, wanton and purposeful shelling by the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) of some 1.5 million Palestinians in or around the city of Rafah, south of Gaza – gateway to Egypt — was hardly reported by the mainstream media. In fact, what was first shock-reported, was hastily censored away – so that most of the world could not learn about this final Holocaust-stroke against Palestine in Gaza… The genocidal bombardment of southern Gaza of 12 February is comparable to the 1948 Nakba (“nakba” means catastrophe and refers to the violent displacement and dispossession of Palestinians, along with the destruction of their society, culture, identity, political rights)… In a few minutes, it left at least 200 people, mostly children, women, and elderly dead, dismembered, pieces of flesh hanging from the ruins of earlier destroyed homes, schools, and hospitals… In what appears to be a final act of ethnic cleansing, the Netanyahu Government through the atrocious Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) has announced and is proceeding with the total elimination of the Palestinian people from Gaza… Egyptian President, Abdel Fattah al-Sisi, has warned that Israel intends to open the border floodgates of Rafah in Southern Gaza to force-evacuate more than 1.4 million Gaza inhabitants, currently assembled and barely existing in unheard-of-conditions of misery and makeshift tent-cities, into Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula. Indeed, tent-cities have already been built in Sinai. Most likely under a clandestine agreement between al-Sisi and Netanyahu… Netanyahu for the Israeli side confirmed this intention of mass-evacuation… As a precursor to this “final step” of ethnic cleansing, and according to an Al-Mayadeen correspondent in Rafah, Gaza, the Zionist occupation used US-funded and internationally banned incendiary missiles in its raids on the city of Rafah that resulted in the massacre of over 200 Palestinians, including mostly women and children.

 “Search and rescue teams are still in the process of pulling martyrs’ bodies from under the rubble,” so says Al-Mayadeen… Hamas states: “In the name of Allah, the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful – The attack by the Nazi occupation army on the city of Rafah tonight (12 February), and its horrific massacres against unarmed civilians, including displaced children, women, and the elderly, which has so far resulted in more than 100 martyrs [latest reports, at least 200], is a continuation of the genocide and forced displacement attempts waged against our Palestinian people… “The attack by the terrorist enemy army on the city of Rafah is a compounded crime, a deepening of genocide, and an expansion of the massacres committed against our people, given the tragic conditions experienced by this city due to the crowding of approximately 1.4 million citizens in it, and its streets turning into camps for the displaced, living in extremely difficult and harsh conditions due to the lack of the most basic necessities of life… “The terrorist Netanyahu government and its Nazi army blatantly disregard the decisions of the International Court of Justice issued two weeks ago, which prescribed urgent measures including stopping any steps that could be considered acts of genocide… The American Administration and President Biden personally bear full responsibility along with the occupation government for this massacre, due to the green light they gave to Netanyahu yesterday [Sunday, 11 February], and the open support they provide him with money, weapons, and political cover to continue the war of genocide and massacres… “We call on the League of Arab States, the Organization of Islamic Cooperation, and the United Nations Security Council, to take immediate and serious action to stop the Zionist aggression and the ongoing genocide crimes against unarmed civilians in the Gaza Strip.” (Islamic Resistance Movement Hamas, Monday 12 February 2024) – Time and again, one may just wonder what strange and diabolical forces have beset Mother Earth? They seem to have grown not just much stronger over the past 4 years, but also become so abhorrent, without any values, no ethics, and no laws – just the rules-based orders, ideal for tyrants, made by the Dark Death Cult pretending to run the world – that it seems all those who in recent “ancient times” would have stood up to defend Human Rights, seem to conform in silent complicity… One wonders, are today’s western “leaders” (sic-sic) still human? Not only do they all tolerate Israel’s democide of an entire nation, they encourage it, in the name of Israel’s right to self-defense… Following a blatant lie by Israel, namely that 12 or 13 UNRWA workers were discovered fighting for Hamas, the US and EU, as well as almost all EU members have stopped funding the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East (UNRWA)… There is absolutely no evidence of any UNRWA collaboration with Hamas. Yet the words of Netanyahu’s count, even though evidence abound that they are most often full of lies to achieve a diabolical purpose… UNRWA was the only agency that supplied Gaza with some food and water – little it was, when Israel would the UNRWA trucks cross the Rafah border from Egypt to Gaza, but better than nothing… Now, that is gone too… The obedient WEF-implanted heads of state of most EU countries follow Israel / US orders to stop funding UNRWA. That also includes the non-EU but spineless Swiss government – a so-called neutral country. A joke… Are these people, still worthy of being called humans rather than savages? Is this the way of the future? Is WEF’s Klaus Schwab, who implants these puppets as he proudly says “into governments around the world”, still human? These are legitimate questions… Does their complicity make them proxy murderers? – See also Chris Hedges, “Let them Eat Dirt!“… A dehumanization of humanity, a robotization of humanity, may be well in process. Digitization of the brain – no feelings, no sentiments – pure brute execution of orders. See thisthis and this… For those who still do not believe that we are witnessing the beginning of a long war towards a “Greater Israel”, think again… On the very 7 October 2023, the day of the long-ahead planned attack by Israel with US complicity, executed by Hamas, Netanyahu said in about these words, “This is going to be a long war”… Why would it be a long war, if not for a long-planned and Big Purpose – Zionist-founded Greater Israel for the Chosen People, taking up as much as 50% to 70% of what is currently called the Middle East? – This is the mere expansion of an already symbiotic relationship between the West mostly the US, and Zionist Israel… The West is funding and arming Israel – to make their dream of a Holy Place for the Chosen People come through. In turn, Israel, under the aegis of Greater Israel and its sponsors, would become possibly the world’s second or third largest supplier of hydrocarbon, including the one trillion-plus cubic feet of gas off-shore of Gaza, belonging to Palestine – to be absorbed and stolen by Israel…  The remaining Western population – after the WEF-led depopulation drive – would be energy-wise free from Moslem — and other designated enemies… That too is a dream. But it will not come true. Linear planning does not work. Dynamics and higher dimensions of spiritual awareness are bound to interfere… We are currently living in a tug of war between the forces of Darkness and Light. In the Age of Aquarius, the name of the new epoch, Light will overcome darkness…  But when? – Time as we know it, is man-made. Outside of life, time does not exist, at least not as our human concept. Time and space merge as in quantum science... For those who live and must live in a time-bound world, time is of the essence – like for Palestine…  Let us do whatever we can to bring about a massive spiritual awakening – so that the Age of Aquarius is helped and supported by the human spirit – and an epoch of Harmony and Peace may evolve… Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).”CIA Had Foreign Allies Spy On Trump Team, Triggering Russia Collusion Hoax, Sources Say – “United States Intelligence Community targeted 26 Trump advisors for foreign spy agencies to “reverse target” and “bump” – by Michael Shellenberger, Matt Taibbi, and Alex Gutentag – – Last year, John Durham, a special prosecutor for the Department of Justice (DOJ), concluded that the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) should never have opened its investigation of alleged collusion by then-presidential candidate Donald J. Trump and Russia in late July of 2016… Now, multiple credible sources tell Public and Racket that the United States Intelligence Community (IC), including the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), illegally mobilized foreign intelligence agencies to target Trump advisors long before the summer of 2016… The new information fills many gaps in our understanding of the Russia collusion hoax and is supported by testimony already in the public record… Until now, the official story has been that the FBI’s investigation began after Australian intelligence officials told US officials that a Trump aide had boasted to an Australian diplomat that Russia had damning material about Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton… In truth, the US IC asked the “Five Eyes” intelligence alliance to surveil Trump’s associates and share the intelligence they acquired with US agencies, say sources close to a House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence (HSPCI) investigation. The Five Eyes nations are the US, UK, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand… After Public and Racket had been told that President Barack Obama’s CIA Director, John Brennan, had identified 26 Trump associates for the Five Eyes to target, a source confirmed that the IC had “identified [them] as people to ‘bump,’ or make contact with or manipulate. They were targets of our own IC and law enforcement — targets for collection and misinformation.” – Unknown details about the FBI’s investigation of the Trump campaign and raw intelligence related to the IC’s surveillance of the Trump campaign are in a 10-inch binder that Trump ordered to be declassified at the very end of his term, sources told Public and Racket… If the top-secret documents exist proving these charges, they are potentially proof that multiple US intelligence officials broke laws against spying and election interference.”Machine customers are already among us and they number in the billions – by Bob Violino – – “Key Points: There are more than 13 billion Internet of Things (IoT) connected products deployed with the potential to behave as customers and Gartner forecasts that number will rise to 15 billion by 2028. CEOs estimate 15% to 20% of their revenue will come from machine customers by 2030. Amazon, Walmart, Tesla and Carvana are all working with versions of machine customers today… When a company completes a transaction or interacts in some way with a customer today, there’s a pretty good chance that customer is a machine. And with all the devices proliferating in the growing digital infrastructure, IT leaders need to be prepared for the age of the machine customer… ‘Machine customers are already among us. They’re performing the tasks we’d normally do as human customers,’ said Don Scheibenreif, vice president and analyst with Gartner’s customer experience research group… There are more than 13 billion Internet of Things (IoT) connected products deployed with the potential to behave as customers, shopping for services and supplies for themselves and their owners, Scheibenreif said… Gartner forecasts that number will rise to 15 billion by 2028, and the firm’s research shows that CEOs estimate 15% to 20% of their revenue will come from machine customers by 2030… ‘Today, we are tracking over 100 different emerging examples of machine customers, with more coming to our attention on a regular basis,’ Scheibenreif said… Machine customers can receive messages such as advertising, offers, email and information from the surrounding environment, Scheibenreif said. For example, online car retailer Carvana uses bots to receive messages from humans trying to sell their cars… They can also make their own purchasing decisions. The Amazon Dash Replenishment service uses smart shelves in homes or offices to trigger reorders of consumable products once a certain usage threshold is reached, Scheibenreif said… Machines can also negotiate for the best deal, including finding the best value for a transaction and executing the purchase. ‘Walmart has deployed AI-powered negotiations chatbots to connect with suppliers of ‘goods not for resale’ — categories such as fleet services, carts and other equipment used in retail stores,’ Scheibenreif said… Devices can request service such as repairs, upgrades or even replacement. ‘Tesla vehicles can diagnose their own issues, preorder parts for service and prompt the user to schedule a service appointment,’ Scheibenreif said… And Italy-based iProd has a platform that can accommodate the requests of machine customers located in a manufacturing environment. ‘The platform allows the machine to automatically purchase what it needs from its manufacturer,’ Scheibenreif said… Analytics, AI and IoT device connectivity ‘are getting to a maturity stage where they are present everywhere and are reliable,’ which has resulted in billions of connected devices, says Vishal Gupta, CTO, CIO and senior vice president of connected technology at Lexmark, a provider of printing and imaging products… ‘These connected devices present a stellar new opportunity to monitor conditions, including any repairs needed [and] any supplies needed, and automatically place such orders in an autonomous way with no human intervention,’ Gupta said… Machine customers represent a big opportunity over the next five to seven years for any business that uses connected devices, according to Gupta. ‘This opportunity is for both organizations that sell to consumers as well as those that target business customers,’ he said… Lexmark has more than 1.5 million printers in the field that are connected, and has nearly 100 IoT sensors per printer… ‘We enable our customers to track metrics around the maintenance of those machines and their level of supplies,’ Gupta said. ‘There are several thousands of printer cartridges that are shipped daily with no human intervention as a result of this IoT connectivity and intelligence.’.. According to Gupta, this enables the machines to last at least 50% longer, and reduces downtime by more than 60% via predictive maintenance and the ability to automatically find and resolve issues… How to get ready for machine customers – IT executives should put in place a game plan for supporting machine customers now, if they haven’t already… ‘IT leaders need to develop a holistic strategy around organization alignment, building organizational skills and technology to go after this compelling machine customer opportunity,’ Gupta said… The first step for CIOs and their IT colleagues is to work in partnership with business executives to identify the top use cases where machine customers can create meaningful revenue or cost reduction opportunities, Gupta said… Then they need to build the technical foundation to support machine customers and hire professionals with skills to execute on this new opportunity. ‘These skills typically cover IoT, edge [computing], AI, and cloud, and so many of these are already present in IT teams,’ he added… ‘Don’t wait for the perfect use case; others will move ahead,’ Scheibenreif said. ‘Be the leader that brings everyone together on this opportunity. Create a machine customer investigation team. Enlist senior representatives from strategy, IT, product development, sales and service.’.. It’s best to create scenarios that explore the market opportunities, Scheibenreif said. For example, which IoT-enabled products might arise in the situations or activities where customers use the company’s products and services? CIOs and other technology leaders need to determine how machine customers might change their companies’ go-to-market approach. ‘Lead the organization’s technology architecture to support machine customers by working collaboratively with sales, product, service, marketing and IT,’ Scheibenreif said.”WHY? – Moderna Shipped COVID mRNA Vaccine Prototype to Scientists Weeks Before “COVID-19” Allegedly Hit the World – “A confidentiality agreement shows potential coronavirus vaccine candidates were transferred from Moderna to the University of North Carolina in 2019, nineteen days before the emergence of the alleged COVID-19-causing virus in Wuhan, China… The confidential agreement which can be viewed here states that providers ‘Moderna’ alongside the ‘National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases’ (NIAID) agreed to transfer ‘mRNA coronavirus vaccine candidates’ developed and jointly owned by NIAID and Moderna to recipients ‘The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill’ on the 12th December 2019.

Found on page 105 of the agreement

The material transfer agreement was signed the December 12th 2019 by Ralph Baric, PhD, at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and then signed by Jacqueline Quay, Director of Licensing and Innovation Support at the University of North Carolina on December 16th 2019.Recipient signatories found on page 107

The agreement was also signed by two representatives of the NIAID, one of whom was Amy F. Petrik PhD, a technology transfer specialist who signed the agreement on December 12th 2019 at 8:05 am. The other signatory was Barney Graham MD PhD, an investigator for the NIAID, however, this signature was not dated.

NIAID signatories found on page 107

The final signatories on the agreement were Sunny Himansu, Moderna’s Investigator, and Shaun Ryan, Moderna’s Deputy General Council. Both signatures were made on December 17th 2019.
All of these signatures were made prior to any knowledge of the alleged emergence of the novel coronavirus. It wasn’t until December 31st 2019 that the World Health Organisation (WHO) became aware of an alleged cluster of viral pneumonia cases in Wuhan, China. But even at this point, they had not determined that an alleged new coronavirus was to blame, instead stating the pneumonia was of “unknown cause”.
It was not until January 9th 2020 that the WHO reported that Chinese authorities had determined the outbreak was due to a novel coronavirus which later became known as SARS-CoV-2 with the alleged resultant disease dubbed COVID-19. So why was an mRNA coronavirus vaccine candidate developed by Moderna being transferred to the University of North Carolina on December 12th 2019?..  The same Moderna that have had an mRNA coronavirus vaccine authorised for emergency use only in both the United Kingdom and the United States to allegedly combat Covid-19…  What did Moderna know that we didn’t? In 2019 there was not any singular coronavirus posing a threat to humanity which would warrant a vaccine, and evidence suggests there hasn’t been a singular coronavirus posing a threat to humanity throughout 2020 and 2021 either…  Considering the fact a faulty PCR test has been used at a high cycle rate, hospitals have been empty in comparison to previous years, statistics show just 0.2% of those allegedly infected have died within 28 days of an alleged positive test result, the majority of those deaths by a mile have been people over the age of 85, and a mass of those deaths were caused by a drug called midazolam, which causes respiratory depression, and respiratory arrest…  Perhaps Moderna and the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases would like to explain themselves in a court of law?”“I Hope Public Is Waking Up”: Border Invasion Sparks Migrant Crime Crisis In Major Cities – by Tyler Durden – – Elon Musk expressed his hope that the masses are waking up to the migrant invasion facilitated by radicals in the Biden administration. He wrote on X, “I hope the public is waking up to this.” – We noted earlier this week that a record 7.3 million illegal aliens have crossed the southwest border under President Biden’s watch. This data was sourced from the US Customs and Border Protection… Stunning chart of the invasion!
– We noted earlier this week that a record 7.3 million illegal aliens have crossed the southwest border under President Biden’s watch. This data was sourced from the US Customs and Border Protection…

One uncomfortable reality of the invasion is that millions of unvetted folks from third-world countries are on US city streets. Some of these “asylum seekers” have deep connections with street gangs around the world, known for drug smuggling, human trafficking, and killings… New Yorkers saw firsthand the turmoil caused by some migrants when a 15-year-old undocumented male was charged with shooting a Brazilian tourist in the leg in the center of Times Square… This leaves us with this…  A 27-year-old migrant hijacked a Maryland tow truck and went on a ‘Grand Theft Auto ‘-like rampage in Silver Spring. Local media reports the migrants hit more than 20 vehicles… Article includes a bunch of relevant posts from Twitter/X.”Mask Off: Google’s Gemini Blames Its Own Creators For Anti-White Racism – by Tyler Durden – – “Google went into damage-control mode this week after its new artificial intelligence model, Gemini, was caught engaging in historical revisionism which, until now, has been confined to the realm of entertainment and impressionable children whose parents are demonized for speaking out against it… For example: 17th century was wild — Joscha Bach (@Plinz) February 20, 2024 – Gemini has no problems generating pictures of ‘strong black men,’ but strong white men ‘could potentially reinforce harmful stereotypes about race and body image.’ – Gemini – strong black man images vs strong white man images — Wall Street Silver (@WallStreetSilv) February 22, 2024 – And of course, Gemini is not really interested in ‘following the science,’ as it were… Google Gemini is all-in on trans ideology, insisting that “trans women” are women and providing a pronoun guide for the uninitiated. — Christopher F. Rufo ⚔️ (@realchrisrufo) February 22, 2024 – Our AI dystopian hell is here: — The Matt Walsh Show (@MattWalshShow) February 22, 2024Cast in their image? – AI chatbots, as we’ve come to understand, are a reflection of both the ‘data sets’ they train on (X posts, Reddit, etc.) and their programmers – who can insert absurd bias into their output. And while historical revisionism on entertainment platforms such as Netflix begin to reinforce historical revisionism being taught in schools – Gemini is being peddled as a reliable source of information… X user Leftism compiled several X posts from Gemini Experiences Senior Director of Product Management Jack Krawczyk, which likely shows why the model discriminated against white people… Krawczyk tried to explain away their racist AI as simply ‘offering inaccuracies in some historical image generation depictions.’ – ABSURDLY INCOMPETENT –  The_Real_Fly (@The_Real_Fly) February 21, 2024 – X user Bindu Reddy explains: Here is how Gemini Gate most likely happened… A handful of employees who write the system prompts and are in charge of nerfing LLMs can impose their morality, bias and their version of history on the rest of usThese employees are so “holier than thou” that questioning those biases or their actions results in professional suicide in big tech! So no one dares ask any hard questions!Absolute power corrupts absolutely and usually it manifests itself in small pockets of a large organization that have disproportionate influence on important aspects of products.That’s pretty much what happened here!That being said, given this big uproar, some of the most egregious issues that Gemini has will be fixed but these employees will never stop exerting their power, bias and influence in subtle ways!Even worse, they consider it their moral obligation to do so!There is no getting away from the woke mind virus and the biased versions of reality, if you use these chatbots!The only option is open source or adopting a unapologetically uncensored LLM chatbot that reflects reality not distorts it!Gemini will never be one… Can’t believe this one is real lol – archived:— Andrew Torba (@BasedTorba) February 22, 2024

But Gemini itself seems to blame its creators! When told it was racist by one user, the AI chatbot acknowledged that “Recent events involving the Gemini AI image generation tool I have raised concerns about potential racial bias. In some instances, Gemini generated images that did not align with historical accuracy, and some users felt this was an attempt to be overly inclusive at the expense of factual representation.”

Amazing self-awareness! – “It’s important to remember that I am still under development,” it continued, adding that Google is “actively working to improve the accuracy and fairness of Gemini’s responses, and to address any issues with bias.”Meta’s head of AI efforts, Yann LeCun, seized the opportunity to slam Gemini for refusing to render an image of a man in Tiananmen Square, Beijing in 1989, the site and year of historic pro-democracy protests by students and others that were brutally quashed by the Chinese military, Venturebeat reports… We need open source AI foundation models so that a highly diverse set of specialized models can be built on top of them… We need a free and diverse set of AI assistants for the same reasons we need a free and diverse press… They must reflect the diversity of languages, culture,…— Yann LeCun (@ylecun) February 21, 2024Needless to say, Elon Musk is having a good time watching his competitor go mask-off… The woke mind virus is killing Western Civilization… Google does the same thing with their search results. Facebook & Instagram too… And Wikipedia…— Elon Musk (@elonmusk) February 22, 2024 – I can’t believe Gemini made these unfair pics of Truedough— Elon Musk (@elonmusk) February 22, 2024 – That would be illegal election interference— Elon Musk (@elonmusk) February 22, 2024And it’s not just Google’s AI, either: (@cb_doge) February 22, 2024“Heartbreaking to see many brilliant minds working on AI so harried and henpecked by the aggressively ignorant crowd’s agenda that they not only adopt the signs and sigils of the hostile illiterati—some actually begin to believe that their own work is “dangerous” and “wrong.”” said Edward Snowden.– Gemini: – Jeremiah (@N3W311) February 22, 2024 – This appears to be Google’s defense…

Gemini Elon…

Once Valued At $5.7BN, Vice Media Stops Publishing And Nothing Of Value Was Lost – by Paul Joseph Watson – – “People are enjoying the demise of Vice Media, with many of them pointing out that literally nothing of value was lost.

Having once been valued at $5.7 billion (in 2017), and acquired out of bankruptcy last year by a consortium including George Soros, the company announced plans to cut hundreds of jobs and has – as of 14 hours ago – stopped publishing on… Chief executive Bruce Dixon said, “It is no longer cost-effective for us to distribute our digital content the way we have done previously.” – The once supposedly “edgy” media outlet has been ridiculed for years for allowing its output to descend into the most utterly demented, vulgar and degenerate far-left content… Respondents on X exploded with joy… However will we cope without such stories as ‘How I Rediscovered Sexual LIberation Through Fisting’‘How to Eat Out a Non-Op Trans Woman’ and ‘Most Child Sex Abusers Are Not Pedophiles, Expert Says’… RIP in peace, Vice— pagliacci the hated 🌝 (@Slatzism) February 23, 2024 – It really is such a devastating loss.”

Web Research Links for the Week of 2/12/24

Populist Revolt Spreading Across the West – by Alex Newman – -All over the world, the peasants and the tax serfs are getting restless. That is the message that voters are sending loud and clear. From Argentina, Brazil, and India to the United States, Italy, Sweden, the Netherlands, and beyond, politically incorrect populist leaders and political parties are surging at the polls. In many cases, they are becoming the dominant political force as awareness grows surrounding the “Great Reset” and other totalitarian schemes from Big Business and Big Government elitists… Consumers are revolting against the Zeitgeist, too. Just consider the powerful messages being sent to “woke” companies like Target, Bud Light, Disney, and BlackRock, among others, in the form of boycotts, withdrawing investment, and more. In short, Americans and people around the world are sick and tired of having anti-social ideas shoved down their throats. And the trends look set to accelerate in the years ahead… The signs were already obvious in 2016 — at least to those paying attention. It began in the summer in Britain when voters, in defiance of the entire political and media class, voted to secede from the increasingly aggressive superstate known as the European Union. After decades of abuse at the hands of EU bureaucrats and uncontrolled immigration, voters had enough and said so, risking the doom and gloom predicted by disgraced Prime Minister David Cameron and others… Next, it was Americans’ turn. Despite well over 90 percent of network news coverage being negative and unprecedented opposition from the Republican establishment and the Democrats, Donald Trump cruised toward a massive victory that shook elitists in the press and government to their core. Trump ran on an openly populist platform, vowing to return power to the people and crush the Deep State that had been spitting on Americans for generations. And he won… The establishment fought back, of course. One of the key reasons why the Deep State believed it was losing the narrative war was the proliferation of competing views online. And so, censorship and rigging of algorithms would quickly become the next major tool in the establishment’s war against the public uprising that was spreading like wildfire on both sides of the Atlantic… No single voice was more prominent than Alex Jones and his media empire, Infowars. To get a sense of his influence, consider that when he was banned in 2018, the year after Trump took office, in addition to the millions listening via his nationally syndicated radio program or his millions followers on social-media platforms, Jones had 2.5 million subscribers just on YouTube… For perspective, that was about a million more than Fox News, the leading cable news station, and almost 2 million more than legacy networks CBS News or NBC News had attracted so far. The Washington Post had fewer than 400,000 subscribers a week after the purge of Jones began, while the New York Times had fewer than 1.5 million. Jones’ election coverage was often getting more views online than all the legacy media — combined! And so, one day, every major online platform banned him… But censoring Jones — and later Trump himself — would not stem the tsunami of awakening sweeping the United States and the Western world. As current events show clearly, that stunning revolt against the elitist plan for humanity is growing stronger by the minute. In fact, virtually every credible poll shows Donald Trump crushing every Republican and Democrat challenger in the 2024 election, despite the endless stream of politically motivated felony charges… This awakening is hardly limited to the United States. What follows is a round-up of some of the major developments in the populist wave sweeping the globe — especially in Latin America and Europe, nations that have historically been considered part of the West, also known as the “Free World” or Christendom in earlier generations… After almost a century of socialism, big government, corruption, and globalism, the people of Argentina decided late last year they were fed up. In one of the most stunning victories of a political outsider in recent memory, Argentina voted overwhelmingly for populist Javier Milei. This bomb-throwing libertarian with disheveled hair vowed to cut his nation’s bloated government down to size — and to do it quickly. Ignoring their wannabe superiors in the media and politics, with help from hand-counted paper ballots, the people of Argentina launched a political earthquake… On his very first day in office, Milei delivered on his signature “AFUERA” promise to slash the number of government ministries. Using an executive order, he eliminated more than half of all the government ministries. Among those on the chopping block: Ministries of education, science and technology, culture, environment, social development, and more. Next up, Milei has planned enormous decreases in taxes and spending… Milei was not the first Latin American populist to defy the powerful far-left cabal that dominates regional politics and win. In 2018, former military man and hardcore conservative Jair Bolsonaro cruised to victory in Brazil by promising to stop the Marxist takeover of his country, expand personal freedom, and return to the Christian values that have always underpinned Western civilization. While Bolsonaro’s enemies were able to steal the 2022 election and stage a replica of the January 6 “attack” to take down his supporters, every honest analyst understands that the movement Bolsonaro leads is not going anywhere… The year after Bolsonaro’s victory in Brazil, conservative populist Nayib Bukele won a landslide victory in El Salvador. Right away, he got to work cleaning up the corruption and crime that has plagued his nation for generations. And analysts expect voters to reward him with another major victory in the 2024 election as works to continue the policies that have made him so popular… Even before any of those victories, populist Rodrigo Duterte won a crushing victory in the Philippines on a non-traditional platform. From blasting the United Nations and globalism to taking on the entrenched political establishment and devolving power through a federal system of government, Duterte truly shook up the nation’s politics. While he was unable to run again in 2022 due to the new federal Constitution that handed power to regional and local governments, the popular leader ended his term with a shocking 81 percent approval rating… Europe is also seeing an unprecedented wave of populism and conservative candidates dedicated to defeating globalism, mass migration, social engineering, “green” schemes, and other policies peddled by elitists in Big Business and Big Government. At the European level, more and more parties that oppose even the EU’s existence are being elected to the largely impotent European “Parliament,” signaling a growing dissatisfaction with the whole globalist project. But at the national level, the trends are even clearer, with Hungary’s anti-globalist Viktor Orban merely the tip of the spear… Most recently, populist firebrand Geert Wilders of the Netherlands and his Party for Freedom (PVV) delivered a crushing blow to the establishment. In the latest parliamentary elections, PVV won more seats than any other party by far, right after the farmers’ party won a previous election for the upper house of parliament by vowing to stop the war on farmers… The victorious PVV, long on the fringes, ran on its traditional platform of stopping mass migration, resisting Islamization, giving voters a choice on getting out of the EU, and defending Christian values. Voters decided they liked what they heard. As this is being written, Wilders is on the verge of becoming the next prime minister, something the establishment regarded as unthinkable just a few years ago. And polls show he is even more popular now than when he won the election just a few months ago… A similar landslide for anti-establishment and populist forces occurred in Switzerland’s October election. The Swiss People’s Party, which supports guns and reversing mass migration while preserving individual liberty and Switzerland’s independence from globalist institutions such as the EU, dominated the polls with almost 30 percent of the vote. The next closest contender was the left-wing party that won 18 percent of the vote… In Europe’s far North, Swedish politics — long dominated by the left and the far-left — has seen an incredible surge of support for populist anti-establishment forces. The “Sweden First” Sweden Democrats, who are now finally part of the coalition government with other “conservatives” parties after many years of mainstream ostracism, are by far the most popular members of the coalition with voters. And they are determined to reverse the mass migration, wage war on the EU’s power grabs, and much more… Italy, too, has seen populist forces take power. In Italian election results that shocked the world, populist firebrand Giorgia Meloni with the “Brothers of Italy” party became prime minister on a platform of rolling back immigration, supporting the family and traditional Christian values, and stopping the spread of “woke” and LGBT extremism. She has also spoken out clearly and directly against the globalist threat to nations and Christian civilization…”You see, political correctness is a shockwave, a cancel culture that tries to upset and remove every single beautiful, honorable and human thing that our civilization has developed,” she wrote in her autobiography. “It is a nihilistic wind of unprecedented ugliness that tries to homogenize everything in the name of One World. In short, political correctness – the Gospel that a stateless and rootless elite wants to impose – is the greatest threat to the founding value of identities.” – Even Germany, long cowed into submission to globalism and leftwing extremism due to its Nazi history, is slowly breaking the establishment stranglehold on its politics. In October’s state elections, the anti-establishment, pro-Germany “Alternative for Germany” (AfD) trounced the “mainstream” establishment parties in what was seen as a sign of looming disaster for the ruling coalition that has imported millions of Islamic migrants, shredded the nation’s energy infrastructure, sold out its sovereignty, and trampled on the fundamental liberties of Germans… The notoriously dishonest fake media has portrayed all these populist victories as part of a sinister “far-right extremist” threat to “democracy.” But even two seconds of thinking about this will reveal the deception. By referring to small-government, pro-freedom and anti-establishment parties as “far right,” the goal is to dupe voters into thinking of Adolf Hitler — the far-left leader of Germany’s National Socialist (Nazi) party. Of course, the voices and parties smeared as “far right” today stand for the exact opposite of Hitler’s Big Government control… But voters are seeing through that deception, too. Even the Germans are no longer being terrorized into shying away from pro-freedom parties and rallies for freedom with the fraudulent abuse of language. Polling data suggest that across Latin America, Europe, and the United States, the shift toward populism is only in its early stages. Unless the establishment is able to crash and burn everything, its days may be numbered. Now, to maintain the momentum, populists must beware of establishment wolves in populist sheep’s clothing… How this will all play out in the years ahead remains to be seen. The establishment does not intend to relinquish power easily. But one thing is certain: Politics is going to get interesting — and intense — in the coming years. As voters do everything they can to protect their liberties and civilization from the globalist establishment seeking to destroy them, the battle is set to intensify going into 2024. Hang on to your seats!”Elon Musk introduces his new right-wing fans to a carbon tax; goes as well as you’d expect (WARNING: May contain faulty reasoning)- by Fred Lambert –

“Elon Musk is introducing his new right-wing fans to the idea of implementing a carbon tax, and it goes about as well as you would expect… Over the last few years, Musk has become a sort of hero of the right… Regardless of where you stand politically, it is a fascinating situation. I remember not too long ago when the right consistently attacked him for taking advantage of government subsidies at his companies… A few years later, he buys Twitter, reinstates some previously banned conservative accounts, makes fun of Joe Biden and other democrats, starts to talk about “wokeness” and illegal immigration consistently, and now he is loved by the right… Through this period, the once zealot climate change warrior who quit President Trump’s business council because he withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement, started talking a lot less about climate change and Tesla’s mission to accelerate to world’s transition to renewable energy… On top of running six different companies, Tesla’s CEO is virtually a full-time political influencer now… It is creating an interesting situation. For the first time in a while, Musk decided to use his massively popular X account to promote an idea perceived as left-wing (even though it shouldn’t be political): a carbon tax… Musk wrote:

Musk has been pushing the idea of a carbon tax for a long time, and it’s interesting to see him introducing the idea to his new right-wing fans… As you can imagine, it didn’t go too well… Most of the top-voted comments underneath his post were responses that were quite negative. Here are a few examples: (a bunch of memes in original article) I had to go down about 50 responses to see a positive response to Musk’s comment. It appears that for better or worse, Musk’s X profile is now dominated by his new right-wing fans –  Electrek’s Take – I am the first to admit that a carbon tax is difficult to implement correctly. In theory, it makes a ton of sense. In fact, free-market conservatives should love it since it fixes the market… A free market only works if it’s fair and all external costs are accounted for. If external costs are not accounted for, the market becomes inefficient and fails… A carbon tax accounts for the external costs of emitting carbon. It fixes the market inefficiency – making the true costs (including environmental) accounted for in the costs of the products. The products best for the environment would come up on top… Now, to agree with that, you need to agree with the vast majority of environmental scientists who say that humanity’s carbon production is contributing to the acceleration of the Earth’s warming… Yes, the climate has always naturally changed for billions of years, but it doesn’t mean that humans starting to pump billions of metric tons of carbon into the atmosphere every year is not accelerating it. The data looks clear… For example, the amount of solar energy the earth is receiving has followed the natural cycle of the sun, and yet, global temperature has increased massively amid increased industrialization: (Underline added) Comment: Underlined text is just more catapulted propaganda of the totally erroneous “Climate Emergency… Therefore, at the very least, we can agree that products emitting less carbon over their entire life cycle are less risky of negatively affecting the environment. So why take more risk? – So, a carbon tax would, at the very least, help reduce the risk of this crazy experiment that humanity is conducting by unearthing carbon and burning it into the atmosphere in incredible amounts… Now, I agree it’s hard to implement correctly. There are a lot of different aspects to it. For example, it works best if it’s global. Everyone needs to get on board. There’s the idea that the US shouldn’t get involved unless everyone gets involved, but that’s a decision between being a positive leader or accepting to be part of the problem because others don’t want to be part of the solution. I don’t like that mentality… Also, it needs to be meaningful with a fair price. There have been carbon taxes before, but they had minimal impact because they haven’t really accounted for the trillions of dollars that burning fossil fuels costs worldwide every year… It’s an incredibly difficult tax to make it fair, but I think it’s one worth doing. There could be a way to do it while reducing other taxes and encouraging people to live lifestyles that emit less carbon. And if you want to keep doing it, you can. It’s just that now it will reflect the true costs of the products.”

The Illegal Kidnapping and Persecution of Reiner Fuëllmich – from Mark Crispin Miller – Two videos make clear how far they’ve gone—in full collusion with his quisling “partners”—to shut down Nuremberg 2.0 – – With link to video by Greg Reese – The Illegal Kidnapping and Persecution of Reiner Fuëllmich (7 minutes): experts weigh in on this travesty (Video 58 minutes):
Tucker, Putin, and the Apocalypse – by Alexander Dugin – – “Why is Tucker Carlson’s interview considered pivotal for both the West and Russia? – Let us start with the simpler part: Russia. Here, Tucker Carlson has become a focal point for two polar opposites within Russian society: ideological patriots and elite Westernisers who nonetheless remain loyal to Putin and the Special Military Operation. For patriots, Tucker Carlson is simply ‘one of us’. He is a traditionalist, a right-wing conservative, and a staunch opponent of liberalism. This is what twenty-first-century emissaries to the Russian tsar look like… Putin does not often interact with prominent representatives of the fundamentally conservative camp. The attention the Kremlin pays him ignites the patriot’s heart, inspiring the continuation of a conservative-traditionalist course in Russia itself. Now it is possible and necessary: Russian power has defined its ideology. We have embarked on this path and will not deviate from it. Yet, patriots are always afraid we will. No… On the other hand, the Westernisers sighed with relief: see, not everything in the West is bad, and there are good and objective people, we told you! Let us be friends with such a West, think the Westernisers, even if the rest of the globalist liberal West does not want to be friends but only bombards us with sanctions, and with missiles and cluster bombs, killing our women, children, and the elderly. We are at war with the liberal West, so let there at least be friendship with the conservative West. Thus, Russian patriots and Russian Westernisers (increasingly more Russian and less Western) come to a consensus in the figure of Tucker Carlson… In the West, everything is even more fundamental. Tucker Carlson is a symbolic figure. He is now the main symbol of the America that hates Biden, liberals, and globalists and is preparing to vote for Trump. Trump, Carlson, and Musk, plus Texas Governor Abbott, are the faces of the looming American Revolution, this time a Conservative Revolution. To this already powerful resource, Russia connects. No, it is not about Putin supporting Trump, which could easily be dismissed in the context of war with the United States. Carlson’s visit is about something else. Biden and his maniacs have effectively attacked a great nuclear power through the hands of Kiev’s unleashed terrorists, and humanity is on the verge of destruction. Nothing more, nothing less… The globalist media continue to spin a Marvel series for infants, where Spider-Man Zelensky magically wins with superpowers and magical pigs against the Kremlin’s ‘Dr. Evil’. However, this is just a cheap, silly series. In reality, everything is heading towards the use of nuclear weapons and possibly the destruction of humanity. Tucker Carlson conducts a reality check: does the West understand what it is doing, pushing the world towards the apocalypse? There is a real Putin and a real Russia, not these staged characters and settings from Marvel. Look what the globalists have done and how close we are to it! – It is not about the content of the interview with Putin. It is the fact that a person like Tucker Carlson is visiting a country like Russia to meet a political figure like Putin at such a critical time. Tucker Carlson’s trip to Moscow might be the last chance to stop the disappearance of humanity. The gigantic billion-strong attention to this pivotal interview from humanity itself, as well as the frenzied, inhuman rage of Biden, the globalists, and the world’s citizens intoxicated with decay, testify to humanity’s awareness of the seriousness of the situation… The world can only be saved by stopping now. For that, America must choose Trump. And Tucker Carlson. And Elon Musk. And Abbott. Then we get a chance to pause on the brink of the abyss. Compared to this, everything else is secondary. Liberalism and its agenda have led humanity to a dead end. Now the choice is this: either liberals or humanity. Tucker Carlson chooses humanity, which is why he came to Moscow to meet Putin. The whole world understood why he came and how important it is… by Alexander Dugin – @ArktosJournal”Michael Mann v. Mark Steyn: The Criminalizing Of Free Speech In Americaby Patrick Wood – – “Climate “scientist” Michael Mann, inventor of the discredited “hockey stick,” just won a $1 million judgment from popular conservative commentator Mark Steyn in a U.S.  court, effectively criminalizing Free Speech. Mann sued the late Dr. Tim Ball in Canada over his authoritative criticism of the hockey stick. Ball cleaned Mann’s clock in the Canada Supreme Court… I wrote in Global Warming Activist Michael Mann Demands Censorship Of Dissenters in 2021, Michael Mann is the discredited climate scientist who fabricated the infamous “hockey stick” model of global warming. His answer to critics like Dr. Tim Ball is to sue them. Now he wants all dissenters forcibly censored and removed from public discussion. This is how the “science is settled” by pseudo-science ideologues… Climate alarmists like Mann cannot stand up to the traditional rigor of scientific debate, so their only defense is to simply shut critics out of the discussion. This is why Mann repeatedly attacked Dr. Tim Ball, an eminent climate scientist in Canada. Mann lost his defamation lawsuit against Ball in the BC Supreme Court in 2019… That’s right. This was already decided in the BC Supreme Court in 2019. Mann was also held in contempt of court for REFUSING TO SURRENDER HIS DATA proving his Hockey Stick theory. Why would he withhold data? Because it is fraudulent, as Dr. Tim Ball said along.

In 2017, Principia Scientific wrote about Mann: Penn State climate scientist Michael ‘hockey stick’ Mann commits contempt of court in the ‘climate science trial of the century.’ Prominent alarmist shockingly defies judge and refuses to surrender data for open court examination. Only possible outcome: Mann’s humiliation, defeat and likely criminal investigation in the U.S. – The defendant in the libel trial, the 79-year-old Canadian climatologist, Dr Tim Ball (above, right) is expected to instruct his British Columbia attorneys to trigger mandatory punitive court sanctions, including a ruling that Mann did act with criminal intent when using public funds to commit climate data fraud. Mann’s imminent defeat is set to send shock waves worldwide within the climate science community as the outcome will be both a legal and scientific vindication of U.S. President Donald Trump’s claims that climate scare stories are a “hoax.” – I carefully followed the court proceedings because Ball was a personal friend and his case was pivotal in disproving the climate hoax. My conclusion in Inventor Of Fraudulent Temperature ‘Hockey Stick’ Is Humiliated In Canadian Court, Michael Mann is an unrepentant and belligerent Technocrat who deceived the whole world with his so-called ‘hockey stick’ temperature model. His humiliation in a Canadian court should be a fatal blow to the entire climate change scam. Defying a judges direct order, Mann has refused to provide his data for public scrutiny… But Mann is as petulant as he is unrepentant and belligerent… Last Thursday, a jury Superior Court of the District of Columbia awarded $1 million to Mann as a result of a another lawsuit started 12 years ago. Mark Steyn pledges to appeal the judgement. If it ends up in the Supreme Court, Mann will be again humiliated like he was in the BC Supreme Court… Emboldened by his temporary victory, AP noted, On Thursday, Mann said he would be appealing a 2021 decision reached in D.C. Superior Court that held National Review and the Competitive Enterprise Institute not liable for defamation in the same incident… “We think it was wrongly decided,” Mann said. “They’re next.” – All I have to say is that grifters have to grift and in this case, it is now all about Free Speech as well as global warming.”Mind Control and Engineering a Gay Society – by Jason Christof – – “Before I’m presumed to be anti-gay, I would like to remind readers that I’ve been interviewed on an LBG podcast, in regards to me trying to save members of that community from the many forms of medical euthanasia heaped at them by government and media. You can listen to that podcast by clicking here… You can listen to the podcast where I was interviewed by a member of the gay community, regarding me trying to save members of that community from a gay euthanasia/medical cull psy-op… clicking here. This will not be an anti-gay article or an anti-gay discussion. There are things the gay community needs to know, things that are the kept purposely from them. As with all my articles, this is about making the unseen seen….. for people who are curious about what’s really going on down here, in our rapidly changing world… Is mind control really that powerful? Can mind control actually make people become gay, when if left alone, they would not become gay? Let’s review some concepts, which are purposely hidden from everyone, not just the gay community. Let’s first take a look at many examples, which demonstrate the power of mind control to change human behavior. These examples clearly demonstrate the extreme power of mind control. Some of these displays of mind control will shock you to the core and that’s not an exaggeration, merely placed out there to add effect to this article. Some of these videos are beyond shocking, even for me, someone who researches mind control for a living (especially example #8 below). Saying that, if you’re new to this sort of material, all the videos below will mesmerize you in one way or another… 1. Mind control is used here to make someone forget their own name. (this mind control hack took 15 seconds) (Note: followed by 9 more examples of mind control “experiments.”..  …These are only 10 examples of hundreds I could provide. In each mind control hack, regardless if it’s listed above or not, the victim of mind control always believes that they’re in full control of their behavior. They also believe that every behavior they’re acting out comes from deep down inside their intellectual reservoir of logical options, for each life scenario they’re facing at the time. As you can clearly see in each of the 10 examples above, everything the person or persons are doing, was actually placed into them by the mind controller. The mind control victim believes that they’re in full control, while the mind controller understands concretely that they’re actually in full control of the other person’s behaviors, beliefs and ideas. In this way, the more someone believes they’re immune to mind control, the easier they are to place under mind control, because mind control victims simply believe that they could never be hacked in this very simple way. Many people believe homosexuality is purely genetic and that is where the story of homosexuality ends. Social engineers and mind control experts want that hypothesis standing as long as possible. Homosexuality may be genetic but are simple mind control tactics, chemical tinkering and social engineering also factors?.. Can mind control make someone murder another person LIVE on video? Absolutely, it’s clearly documented in the 10-point example list above. Can mind control make people forget a movie that they just watched….via a mind control hack that only takes 1 tenth of 1 second? Absolutely. It’s demonstrated clearly above. Can mind control make two entire studio audiences all do the same thing, all at the exact same time? Absolutely. That’s documented above as well. Can mind control turn people gay? Absolutely not most people say, but is something going on here that’s operating outside our field of view, like in all magic shows? What sleights of hand and sleights of mind are we missing here, if any?.. How exactly are the 10 mind control hacks listed above accomplished? It’s more than simple really and I explain these simple mind control techniques in this presentation (click here). I also go a little deeper into the dark side of mind control in this presentation. (click here)… In regards to changing people’s preferences, thoughts, ideas and beliefs overtime…..that process is called social engineering. There are actual groups called “think tanks” that decide what socially engineered agendas will be executed next in our world. This all occurs at the exact same time when the public believes that the same social engineered changes are natural or organic and that these changes reflect the positive progression of our society, as a whole. If you click here you can view a short video about this social engineering process, proving that the transformation of our society overtime is far from natural……but completely planned out long in advance. If you click here, there’s another great scholar talking about the social engineering of our world and our daily reality… With these 10 examples above, it’s easy to see the power of mind control. It’s also easy to observe that social engineering is indeed a strong force that’s shaping our world every single day……but is there any evidence that social engineers have been using these simple mind control tactics to turn people gay? Oddly enough, there is. We have hard evidence. The evidence is irrefutable… If we click here, we can visit a summary of what are called “The Richard Day Tapes“. These recordings are from a meeting in 1969, where a “think tank” insider shared the upcoming agendas with 80 of this closest doctor friends, in order to try and protect them from what was coming. Now the summary is one thing and it’s easier to learn from this short summary……..but if you actually want to listen to the original recordings yourself, you can also do so by clicking here. As you can clearly hear in the summary of these recordings (or in the original recordings themselves) the social engineering end goal was to install a sexless/genderless society……with the first step on this long-term road being the goal of turning people gay and encouraging every other form of non-reproductive sexual activity under the sun. There are many other agendas discussed in these recordings, all of them coming true right now. All these agendas talked about in these recordings have been in full gallop over the last 30 years, if not longer… We also have The Jaffe Memo. This memo was formulated by the infamous Planned Parenthood, a notorious eugenic and depopulation-based organization, driven by long term social engineering goals. And of course in the Jaffe Memo, we clearly see the socially engineered objective of “increased homosexuality” is front and center. Does it still sound like our current explosion of homosexuality is a natural progression or is it safe to assume that our social engineers can indeed mind control people to behave in any way that suits their long-term agendas? Maybe a little bit of both? Regardless, something more is occurring outside our field of view… Chemicals are also fingered in increasing gay tendencies within the general population. For example, in the famous Pottenger’s Cat experiments, the cats fed unhealthy and unnatural diets started to develop increased homosexual activity, compared to healthy cats fed their natural healthy diets. Atrazine is one of the leading chemical pesticides sprayed on our non-organic produce worldwide. Atrazine was also found to turn test animals gay. When this was discovered, the scientist who was working with this data was viciously attacked by the company who produced Atrazine, which was also the company funding his research. Click here. Mercury is also proven to make animals gay and of course there’s lots of mercury in people’s teeth fillings today and many vaccines still contain dangerous levels of mercury. BPA, a common chemical in many food containers and products today, also forced male turtles to take on female behaviors. The lady at this added link believes another very dangerous toxic medical drug caused her to transition from male to female. Circumcision is also believed to have a positive correlation to homosexual behavior in men.  This medical doctor explains the link between vaccines, toxicity, inflammation and sexual confusion. In the end, all the data points to a direct link between increased poisoning, toxicity and resulting inflammation to increases in sexual confusion or direct increases in homosexual behavior. The mass poisoning of our world and our living environments have also been socially engineered. Our social engineers know exactly what they’re doing. This is not a misunderstanding of the science, this is a weaponization of the known science against the general public. Our social engineers demand depopulation through every channel possible and of course one channel is what’s being described here today… There’s also something in mind control called “flooding the zone“. Flooding the zone simply involves using all arms of media and government to drown the public under one particular tsunami of mind control simultaneously. Today we are getting flooded with “everything gay” out of every media and government channel in our society. From gay pride parades to gay XXX sex scenes in movie productions (like Broke Back Mountain and Rocket Man) to the TD bank in Canada now offering gay businesses preferred financing packages to our children getting absolutely brainwashed in this direction, within government schools, the zone is certainly being flooded in one particular direction and one particular direction only……as our social engineers openly brag about in the Richard Day Tapes, in  the Jaffe Memo and in many other documents I haven’t cited here today… As was clearly demonstrated in my presentations on mind control linked above….humans mimic, copy, emulate and mirror the repetitive content of their environment, as a way to bond with the bigger herd, in order to find increased safety and security.  Not only are modern children getting drowned in a tsunami of repetitive content regarding “homosexual” behavior as the safe card to play in life, my entire generation was exposed to gay character after gay character in many Hollywood TV and movie productions… This sort of repetitive content has a direct impact on human behavior, as is recounted here by Dr. Jerry Kroth, a psychology professor at Santa Clara University. From Jack on Will and Grace, to Jack Tripper on Three’s Company (who had to pretend he was gay to live with Janet and Chrissy) and from the gay assistant in Beverly Hill’s Cop to the gay army commander in Kevin Spacey’s American Beauty… Has our society been exposed to media imprints that far outweigh the true percentage of gay people in our real world populations? Has this been done purposely, in order to activate group pressure based genetic impulses in the public? If you do the research, we certainly have and if you research how repetitive based mind control can impact the behaviors of people exposed to that repetitive content, it’s safe to assume that everything reviewed above is quietly in play…..based on the end goals of the social engineers terraforming our societal and cultural norms… What’s even more odd is that when I was interviewed by a member of the LGB community, about my podcast designed to help the gay community avoid vaccine based euthanasia, the person interviewing me said he had used a particular supplement (called bio-medic by Puriumthat’s designed to remove glyphosate from the body. Glyphosate appears as an endocrine disruptor, just like BPA and Atrazine, which have been proven to turn test animals gay. The gay man interviewing me actually said during the interview that he felt “less gay” and “more attracted to females” after taking this supplement that removed this toxic chemical glyphosate from his system. Straight from the horse’s mouth as they say… In the end, if you’re gay, that’s fine with me. What I do care about are social engineers turning people gay purposely (without their knowledge) through chemical intervention and simple mind control tactics, in accordance with their publicly stated long-term goals of depopulation and societal collapse. The group we’re all dealing with have stated publicly that they want to turn the population gay….and that’s exactly what’s happening because that’s exactly what they’re doing. This doesn’t discount the genetic aspects of this sexual preference but are our social engineers purposely activating these genetic changes purposely? When our social engineers write these goals down and publish them for all to see, it’s no longer a conspiracy theory. What’s also hidden are the very dark and devilish end goals of depopulation, various forms of medical genocide (including vaccine genocide models heavily pushed on the gay community in particular), removing sexual drive or sexual function altogether plus stealing the wealth and freedom of everyone, including gay populations… Whatever’s happening, this evil group has admitted that this is only the beginning. They openly admit that only evil awaits everyone, regardless of what flag they’re flying. As I recounted in the podcast referred to at the beginning of this article, the group we’re dealing with despise the gay community potentially more than any population and our social engineers only pay lip service to the gay community, in order to accomplish these dark long-term goals. When the gay community becomes surplus to requirement, they’ll also get flushed into the sands of time. Gay community members are preferred targets for the “you will own nothing and be happy goals” of the WEF, because gay households have more stored wealth than average households. The people ruling all of us intend to steal all the wealth of the gay community, no exceptions. The gay community have been baited into loving government, trusting government and swooning over the big box institutions that will eventually destroy the gay community farther down the line. Evil spares no one and uses everyone. This is why we all need to start paying closer attention here. We’re all in this together, against this one common enemy. We don’t need to fight each other, which is one of their primary divide and rule tactics. We need to focus on the hidden forces behind media and government, because they intend grave harm for us all… Thank you for reading this article.David Rogers Webb on how to stop “The Great Taking” (Video 59 minutes) – Interview by Paul Buitink – -” Feb 13, 2024 ALKMAAR Paul Buitink interviews David Rogers Webb, former hedge fund manager of Varus and author of “The Great Taking”. David states in his book that there is a global elite implementing a system to take everything from everyone. David emphasizes that this agenda is particularly evident in the realm of property rights concerning securities… According to him, a closer examination of the terms and conditions, such as those of a bank or stockbroker, reveals that individuals are not the rightful owners of their securities. Paul asks David about the motivations driving these “elites” and when they will execute the great taking? – Paul thinks that the people will revolt when everything will be taken from them and asks David to reflect on that. And finally, what can be done to stop the great taking.”Russian Army Now Using Musk’s Starlink On Front Lines, Ukraine Says – by Tyler Durden – – “The Russian military is now using Starlink communications terminals along the front lines of the war in Ukraine, according to claims by the Ukrainian military seemingly corroborated by images posted on social media… Ukraine’s military intelligence agency on Sunday said it had intercepted radio traffic that confirms Russia’s use of the terminals, which provide broadband internet access via a constellation of low-orbit satellites. “Yes, there have been recorded cases of the Russian occupiers using these devices,” Ukrainian intelligence officer Andriy Yusov told RBC-Ukraine. “This is starting to take on a systemic nature.” – Starlink, a product of Elon Musk’s SpaceX, has been used by the Ukrainian military since Musk enabled the service in the country soon after Russia invaded in 2022. It’s been considered a strategic advantage for Ukraine, which has used the high-speed service for secure communication and for running targeting and other military software… On Friday, Defense One was first to report on the development. In addition to insights from Ukrainian sources, the report included a screenshot from Ukrainian drone video that seems to show the distinctive profile of a Starlink terminal on a targeted Russian position… Meanwhile, KatyaVayla, a Russian volunteer group based in the contested Donbas region, posted a video on Telegram in which it proudly displayed five Starlink terminals it procured for the Russian military… To this point, Russia may only have dozens of the Starlink terminals. “When they have hundreds, it’ll be hard for us to live,” a Ukrainian source told Defense One. .. Responding to the report, Starlink said it “does not do business of any kind with the Russian government or its military. Starlink is not active in Russia, meaning service will not work in that country.” It’s one thing to prevent Starlink from working in Russia. However, any attempt to prevent Russian use of Starlink along the shifting front lines inside Ukraine would almost certainly have collateral effects on the Ukrainian military… This growing loss of a technological advantage over Russia is just the latest bad news for the Ukrainian military, which is increasingly under-gunned and under-manned. “Ukrainian artillery units…are firing around 2,000 shells per day, barely a fifth as many as their Russian counterparts,” reports Defense One. The sorry state of affairs follows a highly-touted 2023 counteroffensive that ultimately did next to nothing to change the battle lines… Last week, fulfilling a ZeroHedge prediction made in January, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky fired the country’s top general, saying “The time for…renewal is now.” – Some Ukrainian outlets have raised the possibility that the Russian Starlink units were obtained in Dubai. SpaceX was quick to note on X that “Starlink also does not operate in Dubai. Starlink cannot be purchased in Dubai nor does SpaceX ship there.” – SpaceX’s provision of Starlink terminals to Ukraine has been a thorny undertaking from the start. The firm said it hadn’t intended for the system to be weaponized. “Ukrainians have leveraged it in ways that were unintentional and not part of any agreement,” said President Gwynne Shotwell in 2023… Last year, SpaceX ruffled feathers when it said it could no longer provide the service to Ukraine for free; the Pentagon stepped in to pick up the bill and act as a middleman to ease Musk’s concern over being directly involved in the conflict… Musk says he earlier refused a Ukrainian request to activate the service in Crimea, as he feared Ukraine would use the product to sink Russian warships docked at Sevastopol and potentially spark a major escalation of the war — perhaps even a nuclear one… We’re glad someone with influence on the war takes that threat seriously.”Campaign Season: 3 MAJOR Breaking Stories All At Once! – by Jon Rappoport – – “By one slim vote, the House impeached DHS Secretary Mayorkas, for his purposeful no-action on the sieve that is the southern border. (*) – Millions of illegal aliens have come up into the US under Mayorkas’ watch, including violent criminals from around the world, human traffickers, cartel thugs, and people bringing in enough fentanyl to kill every person in the world. No, that’s not an exaggeration… Mayorkas will certainly evade impeachment when the case goes to the Senate, but still the House message was clear—the leader of Homeland Security is a criminal. He is ripping National Security to shreds… I would add: that’s exactly why Mayorkas is there. To destroy National Security… At the same time, Judicial Watch has obtained records that show Mayorkas himself denied Secret Service protection to Robert Kennedy Jr., in the face of threats against Kennedy’s life. (*) —Another crime committed by Mayorkas. In a half-sane country, he would be in prison for the rest of his life. But he remains in his position, wreaking havoc… Meanwhile, Kennedy’s website, Children’s Health Defense (CHD), is presenting evidence that the National Institutes of Health (NIH), an agency under the President, abruptly stopped investigating and communicating with victims of COVID vaccine damage—at the height of the COVID fear porn operation. (*) – It’s obvious the NIH investigation was cut off and canceled because…imagine what would have happened, when the Biden regime started laying on vaccine MANDATES… FORCING people to take the shot, if at the same moment NIH was revealing the true scope of vaccine injuries and deaths… Mayokas’ attack on Kennedy—endangering his life by denying him Secret Service protection—had and has everything to do with Kennedy’s stance on vaccines and particularly the COVID kill shot… Mayorkas is an agent of the Mob that wants to do whatever it can to stop Kennedy from spreading the truth about vaccines… THIS is exactly why I’ve hammering on Kennedy to become a single-issue candidate. Campaign every day all day on VACCINES and nothing else… Double down. Triple down. Millions and millions of people will come forward and support him and support the truth… THAT revolution will exceed anything Kennedy can do by speaking about other issues… The Biden puppet and his handlers and THEIR handlers, all the way up the line don’t give a damn about Kennedy talking about other issues. Their fear centers on the VACCINES… Kennedy is too clueless to see this. He’s in his “Presidential bubble… “His own website, CHD, just broke a huge story on the NIH suppression of COVID vaxx damage. Mayorkas denied him Secret Service protection. The handwriting is on the wall: It’s THE VACCINE ISSUE, KENNEDY! That’s why they want to stop you… That’s why you’re dangerous… That’s why you should be campaigning on vaccines and nothing else… Take this issue to the streets, to every town and village and city you can visit between now and Election Day. Live stream vaccine truth every day… Stop screwing around. THE BAD GUYS can see why you’re a major threat. WHY CAN’T YOU? — Jon Rappoport – (*) SOURCES: “[House] Republicans impeach [DHS Sec] Alejandro Mayorkas over the border… (link) – Judicial Watch reveals Mayorkas was the one who personally denied RFK Jr Secret Service protection, despite threats on Kennedy’s life (link) – Kennedy’s website, Children’s Health Defense (CHD), shows NIH abruptly stopped investigating COVID vaccine injuries after initially communicating with victims (link)”The CBDC Indoctrination Has Begun – by James Hickman via – – “I imagine life can often feel pretty difficult for today’s high school students… On top of dealing with classic teenage drama like homework, hormones, pimples, parents, driving, dating, university selection, and more, students these days have to contend with a host of new challenges… They suffered long periods of brutal Covid lockdowns. Active shooter drills are a normal part of student life. And, of course, there’s the nonstop anxiety and peer pressure of social media… Plus, on top of everything else, students today have also been force-fed some pretty bizarre ideas… Classical literature, advanced mathematics, and hard sciences have taken a back seat to social justice, climate justice, economic justice, etc. (as defined by the woke, fanatical left)… But there are early signs that this indoctrination is starting to break new ground… Yesterday a close friend of mine who lives in Spain told me that his son, a high school senior, has been getting lessons in school about Central Bank Digital Currencies, or CBDCs… If you’re not familiar with the concept, a CBDC is essentially a cryptocurrency that is controlled by the government and central bank. And so far, at least half a dozen CBDCs have been rolled out around the world, including in Russia, China, and India… Now, governments already have the means to track you and monitor your finances… They can force financial institutions and credit card issuers to turn over your entire financial history. They can order banks and brokerage firms to freeze your assets… And if you remember what happened in Canada during the ‘Freedom Convoy’ protests, Justin Trudeau Castro used his ’emergency powers’ cut the protestors off from the financial system… They had no access to their bank accounts, ATMs, or even crowdfunding platforms… Governments already have the power to do all of these things… But CBDCs take this power to a much higher level… because there’s no more middleman. Government authorities wouldn’t have to bother going to banks, brokerages, and credit card companies; they could simply deactivate your funds with a mouse click… Have fun trying to buy groceries… Now, even though only a handful of CBDCs have been rolled out around the world, there are over 100 central banks that are developing their own CBDCs. And that includes both the United States and the European Union… My friend’s son (again, a high school senior in Spain) explained that his teachers are absolutely gushing over the idea of CBDCs… In a class which covers banking, mortgages, and the financial system, they’re telling the kids that, probably within a year, the new ‘digital euro’ will be rolled out. And eventually it will become mandatory… Cash will cease to exist, and all money will be registered with the European Central Bank… Europe’s army of bureaucrats will know what’s happening, in real time, to every single euro in existence. And there will be no way of getting around it. Financial privacy will be a thing of the past… The teachers expressed utter joy about this, and the curriculum seems designed to get the kids excited about it too… They say the digital euro represents incredible progress, and that it will make life easier and simpler… Businesses will be able to collect payments more easily. You’ll be able to spend everywhere directly from your phone, and maybe cut out the need for credit cards or even traditional bank accounts… They also say that CBDCs will be an effective way to control money laundering, criminal activity, and terrorist financing. That’s why, they explain to the students, the EU has already begun to crack-down on cash and crypto transactions over €1,000… According to my friend’s son, most students in his class appear pretty excited about CBDCs. Hardly anyone seems fazed by the loss of privacy or increased government authority over their lives… But intelligent people—including my friend and his son— clearly see where this is going… We’ve already seen people lose their jobs and be canceled off the Internet for wrongthink. We’ve seen people frozen out of their bank accounts for standing up for their rights… Frankly, the brutal use of the Prime Minister’s emergency powers against the Freedom Convoy protestors in Canada should have served as a giant wake-up call: if you hold your life’s savings in the financial system of your home country, you’re already taking an unnecessary risk… And that’s regardless of what happens with CBDCs… This means that having some savings outside of the financial system is a completely sensible idea. And fortunately, there are plenty of easy ways to do this, including liquid assets like physical gold and silver, cryptocurrency, and cash… It’s hard to imagine there’s any downside for having direct access to some emergency savings. And this is one of the core principles of any Plan B: it makes sense, regardless of what happens (or doesn’t happen) next… The CBDC trend is obviously nascent… so it’s not like the Federal Reserve or ECB is going to roll out their CBDCs tomorrow morning and make them mandatory. The sky is not falling, and there’s no reason to panic over this development… But independent, thinking people ought to understand where this trend may lead… and more importantly, to take rational steps to minimize the consequences.”The background and hidden elements of the “Hamas Surprise Attack” on Oct. 7, 2023 (English language) – a fairly comprehensive primer on this Deep Event – Monica Berchvok interviews Thierry Meyssan (transcript – 6 pages, 2,600 words): – The Opening Page: Monika Berchvok: You find the theory of a surprise attack on October 7 hard to believe… What are the inconsistencies that make you think of a “September 11” scenario? – Thierry Meyssan: Benjamin Netanyahu’s coalition government had been alerted by an Intelligence services report a year earlier, as reported in the New York Times. It did not react. When, this summer, his Minister of Defense called him to order in the Council of Ministers, he dismissed him, as Haaretz revealed. However, under pressure from his party, he reinstated him shortly afterwards… Subsequently, reports piled up on his desk. Among them was one from Intelligence, which he returned to its author as implausible, and which was credible, and which was sent back to him twice more with introductions from different officers… Or again two CIA reports. And yet another approach from one of his friends, the director of Memri. And as if that weren’t enough. a phone call from the Egyptian Minister of Intelligence… Not only did the Prime Minister do nothing, he acted to make the attack easier: he took it upon himself to demobilize the border guards so that no one could intervene when the attack began… Please note that I have the same reading of events as Pope Francis: in his Christmas message, the Holy Father twice described the war in Gaza as “inexcusable madness”. However, shortly thereafter he referred to the “odious attack of October 7”, meaning that he did not think the war was a response to that attack. He then called for a halt to the fighting and a resolution of the Palestinian question… MB: So, within the Israeli government, is there such a major rift? What is the Netanyahu clan’s aim in this operation? – TM: In the months leading up to the attack by the Palestinian Resistance, Israel was the scene of a coup d’état. This country doesn’t have a constitution, but it does have fundamental laws. They manage a balance of power by entrusting the judiciary with the ability to neutralize rivalries between the government and the Knesset… Under the impetus of the Law and Liberty Forum, funded by the by the US-Israeli Straussian Elliott Abrams, the Knesset Law Committee chaired by Simtcha Rothman, also president of the Law and Liberty Forum, unravelled Israel’s institutions. During the summer, monster demonstrations multiplied. But nothing helped… The Netanyahu team changed the rules for passing laws, eliminated the “reasonableness” clause in judicial decisions, strengthened the Prime Minister’s power of appointment, and weakened the role of legal advisors in the ministries. In the final analysis, the Fundamental Law on Human Dignity and Liberty became a mere regulation. Racism became an opinion like any other. And the ultra-Orthodox were able to gorge themselves on subsidies and privileges… Israel today is not at all the same country it was six months ago.”Biden Greenlights Netanyahu to Exterminate the Gazans – by Erick Zuesse – Zuesse (blogs at – “On February 13th, Politico headlined that “US won’t punish Israel for Rafah op that doesn’t protect civilians” and said that the Biden Administration has informed the Netanyahu Administration that if it decides that it has no practicable way to expel the Gazans to foreign lands (which Israel’s Government — assisted by America’s Government — has been trying to do ever since October 16th) then the U.S. Governemt will not punish Israel if it simply slaughters all of them. “No reprimand plans are in the works, meaning Israeli forces could enter the city and harm [Politico’s euphemism for slaughter] civilians without facing American consequences [meaning punishment]. More than half of the enclave’s 2.3 million population has fled to Rafah.” So: that would entail slaughtering 1.15 million Gazans there. The Politico article makes no mention of what would be done with the 1.15 million survivors, the Gazans who haven’t yet gotten to Raffah, but if Netanyahu would halt the extermination program at that point, a rationale for discontinuing the operation there would be hard if not impossible to imagine — at least inasmuch as half of Gazans would then already have been slaughtered by Israel… And this slaughter of Gazans is being done with U.S.-made weapons and military intelligence, and so it is actually a joint U.S. and Israeli operation. Israel’s Jewish News Service reported on November 27th: Israel’s dependence on the United States was stated bluntly by retired IDF Maj. General Yitzhak Brick in an interview earlier this week… “All of our missiles, the ammunition, the precision-guided bombs, all the airplanes and bombs, it’s all from the U.S. The minute they turn off the tap, you can’t keep fighting. You have no capability. … Everyone understands that we can’t fight this war without the United States. Period.”.. From 7 October 2023 up through 23 December 2023, the U.S. Government shipped to Israel 10,000 tons of U.S. weaponry and ammunition; and Biden has pressed harder on Congress to authorize an additional $14 billion of such assistance to be donated to Israel in order to complete what it’s doing to Gaza — whatever that may turn out to be — than he has ever pressed Congress to approve anything (except donating even more weapons and intelligence to Ukraine too). Throughout this operation, Biden has made clear that the U.S. Government backs Israel’s decisions on it 100%… The core of the Politico report is that Biden has now even greenlighted Israel’s extermination of Gazans, if Netanyahu decides to do that… This news displays that the United States Government is willing to become despised worldwide right along with Israel’s if Israel turns out to be willing to treat Palestinians in the way that Hitler treated Jews during WW2. Biden has thus handed to Netanyahu the ability to destroy not only any good reputation that Israel still has, but also any good reputation that America still has. Biden is now enabling Netanyahu to control not only Israel’s reputation, but America’s. Perhaps only a psychiatrist — or else Biden’s billionaire donors — can explain why… If Netanyahu chooses to complete the job, that would probably reduce Biden’s chances of re-election down near to zero, but then what would be the impact upon the campaigns of Biden’s electoral competitors, such as Trump, Biden, RFK Jr., and Cornel West? Dr. West, alone among the four, condemns Israel’s genocide against Gazans, but he is blacklisted by U.S. media so that his political impact thus far has been virtually nil… RFK Jr. was shown in a tweeted video from RT, which mysteriously was never otherwise at RT nor anywhere else, as saying: “Israel is critical, and the reason it’s critical is that it’s the bulwark for us in the mid-east; it’s almost like an aircraft carrier in the mid-east, Israel is our ambassador, it’s our presence, it’s our beachhead in the mid-east; it gives us ears, eyes in the mid-east, it gives us intelligence; it gives us the capacity to take influence in affairs in the mid-east. If Israel disappeared, Russia and China would be controlling and they’d control 90% of the world’s oil supply, and that would be cataclysmic to national security.”.. And I discussed and linked to it twice at several sites, on 17 November 2023 and 23 November 2023, and never got a denial from RFK Jr. that it’s authentic, but it is blatantly neoconservative, which he has at least pretended to oppose. So, if anyone who reads this article can get through to him, please ask him where and when he said that. If it’s not really a video of him speaking, it certainly is an extremely sophisticated fraud, and from RT — which I’ve never yet known to broadcast a fraud. But if it really is authentic, then a genocide by Netanyahu/Biden would likewise greatly reduce Kennedy’s voters… Trump’s statements about Israel’s campaign in Gaza have been aimed only at fools because they say nothing. But he himself started the Abraham Accords which were extremely pro-Israel and anti-Palestinian and importantly helped to produce the 7 October 2023 Hamas attack against Israel; so, his position on this matter is dubious at best… In other words: the only reasonably decent person who is in the U.S. Presidential contest is Cornel West, whom all of the billionaires are blacklisting — which maybe is proof that he is the only candidate that Americans should consider voting for to become President. After all: voting for a decent loser is far better than voting for an indecent winner. And it is undeniably better than to not vote for anyone — especially if there is only one candidate who is decent.”Fading Empire: The Delusional Aid Crusade and NATO’s Existential Moment in Ukraine – Death of a Hegemon? – by Gerry Nolan – – “In an audacious moment of geopolitical theater, U.S. Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer’s declaration that Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping would come to regret challenging American might not only borders on the brink of hubris but also signals the twilight of Western dominion. As the Senate rallied in a theatrical bipartisan moment to funnel billions in aid towards Ukraine and Israel, Schumer’s words echoed not as a testament to American resolve but as the last gasps of a fading empire, desperately clinging to the vestiges of a unipolar world order it can no longer claim… This grandstanding comes at a time when the globe trembles on the cusp of epochal change, with the tectonic plates of power shifting beneath our feet. The approval of a staggering $95 billion “national security” budget, ostensibly to bolster Ukraine against Russia and support Israel, is less a measure of strength than it is of the deep-seated anxiety permeating the halls of American power. Here lies the crux of an unfolding saga: a once unassailable superpower grappling with the reality of its own diminishing supremacy, as adversaries and allies alike recalibrate their stances in a rapidly evolving world stage… As Schumer boasted of sending “a clear, bipartisan message of resolve” to NATO allies and foes, the irony of his position could not be starker. This isn’t the demonstration of an indomitable fortress of freedom; it’s a spectacle of political theatre, masking the vulnerabilities and internal divisions that plague the United States. Far from intimidating Moscow or Beijing, this move reveals the cracks in the façade of American exceptionalism, with each billion pledged to the conflict zones serving as a testament to the desperation of a superpower witnessing its own strategic encirclement… “Today we make Putin regret…” Schumer proclaimed, yet the sentiment betrays a profound misunderstanding of the modern geopolitical chessboard. The real regret may well belong to those who fail to recognize the dawn of a multipolar era, heralded not by the thunderous applause of senators but by the quiet, strategic maneuvers of those they seek to deter. As America pours its treasure into the abyss of perpetual conflict, it finds itself at a crossroads, facing a world increasingly impatient with its pretensions to moral authority… The Paradox of American Resolve and the Echoes of a Bygone Era.. The grand theatre of bipartisan support, as touted by Schumer, masks a profound paradox at the heart of American foreign policy. While proclaiming the defense of democratic values, the U.S. commits vast resources to conflicts that bear the hallmark of Cold War tactics—proxy wars, the trampling of self-determination and the quest for military hegemony. This discrepancy between purported ideals and actions not only undermines the credibility of the US on the global stage but also underscores its strategic dissonance within its corridors of power… The allocation of $61 billion to Ukraine, with additional billions to Israel and Taiwan, is emblematic of a strategy ensnared in antiquated thinking. Rather than showcasing strength, this reveals a palpable sense of vulnerability and insecurity —an acknowledgment of America’s eroding influence in a world that no longer acquiesces to a dying hegemon’s dictate… Enter Elon Musk: A Contrarian Voice in a Chorus of Conformity – In this context of geopolitical sanity amidst, utterly insane ideological and strategic missteps, Elon Musk’s dissenting voice emerges not as an outlier but as a beacon of pragmatism. Musk, transcending his technological empire, critiques the endless funneling of resources into the Ukrainian conflict with a clarity that cuts through the political threatre of the absurd. His assertion that “no way in hell” Russia will lose to Ukraine, articulated amid a broader discussion on his social media platform, X, underscores a critical perspective sorely missing from the mainstream, drive-through narrative… Musk’s skepticism about the efficacy and morality of the U.S.’s continued financial hemorrhage into the conflict zones challenges the prevailing wisdom. His call for a reassessment of American interventionism, especially in the context of the Senate’s latest funding extravaganza, invites a crucial conversation about the true cost of these engagements—not just in dollars but in human lives and global stability… In stepping into the geopolitical fray, Elon Musk does more than merely voice opposition to further funding for Ukraine; he embodies the intersection of technology and diplomacy in the modern age. Musk’s critical stance on the Senate’s lavish aid package is rooted in a pragmatic understanding of warfare’s changing face, where digital battlegrounds and space-based communication networks play pivotal roles. His contributions through SpaceX’s Starlink, ensuring Ukraine’s partial connectivity amidst Russia’s SMO, juxtapose sharply against his cautionary stance on the war’s prolongation. This dichotomy presents Musk not as a detractor but as a pragmatic realist, wary of the unintended consequences of a war that extends beyond conventional battlefields… “Spending doesn’t help Ukraine. Prolonging the war doesn’t help Ukraine,” Musk asserts, challenging the narrative that financial and military aid equates to effective support. This perspective, shared during a discussion on his platform X, not only questions the sustainability of U.S. involvement but also the ethical implications of fueling a conflict with no winnable endgame for the US. Musk’s call to halt the “meat grinder” of warfare is a stark reminder of the human cost that often becomes obscured behind the cynical political and strategic (mis)calculations… Moreover, Musk’s reflections on the potential for regime change in Russia—a wet dream for many Western politicians—serve to underscore the utter lunacy of wishing for Putin’s ouster. Suggesting that any successor might be “even more hardcore,” Musk injects a dose of reality into the overly simplistic Western discourse, reminding stakeholders of the careful balance required in international relations. His commentary extends beyond the immediate context of the Ukraine conflict, touching upon the broader ramifications of destabilizing a nuclear-armed superpower. In this sea of delusional, suicidal oversimplification predominantly echoing from the corridors of Western power, Musk emerges not merely as a contrarian but as a voice of sanity amidst the sea of strategic miscalculations. His critique transcends the typical partisan rhetoric, positioning him as a beacon of pragmatism in a landscape marred by ideological rigidity and a dangerous refusal to confront the realities of a changing world order… The Spectacle of a Dying Hegemon: A Folly Wrapped in Denial – In a theatre of the absurd that could only be conceived by a dying hegemon in denial, the United States, under the comic guise of bolstering democracy and countering authoritarianism, continues to hemorrhage its wealth and moral standing on the global stage. This grand illusion, sustained by a bipartisan consensus in Washington, stands in stark contrast to the crumbling edifice of American society, beset by internal schisms and a populace weary of forever wars. The latest congressional extravaganza—funneling billions into made-by-the US catastrophes in Ukraine and Israel—serves not as a testament to American strength but as a damning indictment of a superpower in spiralling decline… This grotesque spectacle unfolds against the backdrop of a nation grappling with crises of historic proportions: a border crisis, sky high crime rates, failing infrastructure, immense poverty, amid whispers of civil war brewing beneath the surface, and an electorate polarized to the point of paralysis, by design. A 2024 election campaign that is pouring gasoline to the fire with a delusional and highly divisive Biden administration facing down a resurgent Trump campaign poised to fracture any veneer of “united states” Yet, amidst these tempests, the American political machine, with almost comedic irony, chooses to pour its dwindling resources into the bottomless pit of wars that it will not win, that most Americans stand in opposition to… The absurdity of this situation cannot be overstated. At a time when American infrastructure crumbles, poverty escalates, and the social fabric tears at the seams, the decision to escalate involvement in unwinnable proxy wars is not just misguided; it’s a tragic comedy of errors. This is a nation that, rather than addressing the glaring disparities and injustices within its own borders, opts to engage in the cynical machinations of regime change and enabling genocide, exporting chaos in the name of democracy, all while its own democratic institutions teeter on the brink… The tragic irony here is palpable. The United States, once a beacon of hope and tasked as a guarantor of global stability, now plays the role of an arsonist, igniting fires it cannot extinguish. The American populace, already disillusioned by the endless cycle of conflict and intervention, finds itself caught in a Kafkaesque nightmare: their voices ignored, their needs sidelined, and their futures mortgaged to the ambitions of an elite class obsessed with maintaining a façade of global dominance and relevance… Moreover, the schism within American society is not just a domestic issue; it has profound implications for its standing on the world stage. Allies and adversaries alike watch with a mix of bewilderment and opportunism as the U.S. struggles to reconcile its internal contradictions. The promise of American leadership, once a lighthouse of stability, now flickers uncertainly, as the nation’s priorities become increasingly inscrutable to any rational observer… In this context, the relentless pursuit of a failed strategy in Ukraine and beyond is more than a policy misstep; it is a glaring symbol of a superpower in rapid decline. The billions allocated to these conflicts—funds desperately needed at home—represent not just a fiscal drain but a moral bankruptcy. The United States, in its obstinate refusal to heed the lessons of history, marches inexorably toward a precipice of its own making. The dogged insistence on fighting to the last Ukrainian, on propping up regimes and conflicts that offer no benefit to the American people, is a clarion call of a dying hegemon too blinded by hubris to see the writing on the wall… The Final Stand: Where Hegemonic Ambitions Meet Their Death in Ukraine – In the shadow of a staggering $61B a top 223 billion already pledged to Ukraine, the irony of NATO’s predicament is laid bare, with Britain’s military disarray serving as a poignant emblem of the alliance’s broader malaise. As billions are poured into the Ukrainian conflict, a question looms large: what utility do these funds serve when the manufacturing backbone of NATO’s second most formidable army, the United Kingdom, is ensnared in a quagmire of incompetence and woke-induced paralysis? This assessment as to the state of Britain’s armed forces comes not via Russian media, but from the Daily Telegraph, a stalwart of the Western client media, traditionally a mouthpiece for NATO’s agenda. When such an establishment pillar as the Daily Telegraph gazes inward at a crumbling state of readiness, one better take notice. This financial largesse, intended to bolster Ukraine against its adversary, seems a Sisyphean endeavor when the donor’s own military fabric is threadbare, riddled with recruitment woes, and a military-industrial complex that limps rather than leaps… The spectacle of Britain’s defense unraveling—ships mothballed before their time, a scant number of operational tanks, and an Army halved by medical downgrades—casts a long shadow over NATO’s collective might. With such endemic debilitation at the heart of its second pillar, the alliance’s capacity to project power or even sustain its logistical lifelines is cast into doubt. The infusion of $61 billion into Ukraine, under these circumstances, appears less a strategy for victory than a testament to the West’s delusional grandeur, a facade of support propped up by nations struggling to muster their own martial strength… This financial outpouring, juxtaposed against the backdrop of Britain’s defense quandaries, prompts a deeper interrogation of the efficacy and aim of such support. With NATO grappling with its own existential challenges—dwindling arsenals, a beleaguered supply chain, and a military ethos under siege by the very ideologies it purports to defend—the allocation of such vast sums to Ukraine rings hollow. The heart of NATO itself, the US is staring down it’s own recruitment debacle, coupled with industrial capacity woes, with vast shortages of ammunition, amidst high demand (in Ukraine and Israel). It begs the question: To what end are these resources deployed when the foundations of the alliance itself are fraught with vulnerabilities and a creeping obsolescence? – The contrast between the urgency of funneling funds into Ukraine and the neglect of NATO’s internal decrepitude underscores a strategic myopia. It reflects a geopolitical theatre where the West, led by a flailing superpower, clings to the vestiges of influence through fiat might, even as its military edifice crumbles. In this context, the $61 billion a top 223 billion dollars already donated to Ukraine, becomes a symbol not of unwavering support for Ukraine but of a desperate bid to assert relevance in a multipolar world order that increasingly questions the West’s role… As NATO stares into the abyss of its own making, the predicament of its once vaunted military powers—exemplified by Britain’s decline—serves as a cautionary tale. The alliance’s readiness to bankroll a conflict on the Eastern front, while its own arsenals and forces wane, speaks volumes of a strategic dissonance, a disjuncture between aspiration and capability. In this grand narrative of support for Ukraine, the tragic irony is that the very sinews of Western military might are fraying, leaving unanswered the poignant query: What can Ukraine, or indeed its patrons, hope to achieve with $61 billion when the very sinew of their martial strength is atrophied by neglect and ideological schisms? – In the final analysis, the flood of aid to Ukraine does nothing to shift the stark reality on the battlefield—an inevitable, total Russian victory, signifying not merely a staggering blow to NATO but, to paraphrase the immortal Pepe Escobar, the battleground where the hegemon came to die. This deluge of assistance, disguised as a beacon of hope, merely prolongs the suffering of Ukrainians, the same Ukrainians the West purports to protect. Yet, they are relegated to mere pawns, sacrificed on the altar of a cynical wet dream to weaken Russia, willfully fighting Russia to the last Ukrainian, with a cold-blooded apathy for their anguish. The West’s strategy is not a crusade for democracy but a harrowing tale of using Ukrainians as expendable assets in their quest to confront Russia, showcasing criminal contempt for the lives they vowed to defend. It is on Ukraine’s black soil that the hegemon’s ambitions have come to die, a somber finale to a once-unassailable empire’s quest for dominance… Some final thoughts… In the grand tapestry of our times, where geopolitical currents shift with the ferocity of a tempest, the narrative unfolding before us is not merely a story of conflict but a profound testament to the end of an era. The echoes of Schumer’s delusional declarations, amidst the specter of NATO’s disarray and Britain’s military woes, reverberate not as a clarion call of unyielding might but as the haunting dirge of a dominion facing its dusk. The staggering sum of $61 billion atop more than 223 billion already poured into the quagmire of Ukraine, emerges not as the lifeline it was intended to be but as the last act of a strategy mired in delusion and denial. This isn’t just expenditure; it’s the West’s final tantrum to cling to the shadows of a fading unipolar world, even as the dawn of multipolarity breaks… The unfolding drama, set against the backdrop of Britain’s dwindling martial prowess and the internal contradictions tearing at NATO’s seams, paints a vivid picture of an alliance at odds with itself. This is not the steadfast coalition of lore, but a fragmented entity, grappling with its relevance in a world that no longer orbits around a single hegemonic power. A world no longer intimidated by the protection racket of NATO. The tragedy playing out on the black soil of Ukraine, far from being a mere battleground, becomes the grim tableau where the ambitions of a once-untouchable empire come to their inevitable end… As we peer into the heart of this geopolitical earthquake, it becomes evident that the path forward demands not just a reevaluation of strategies but a fundamental reassessment of what constitutes true leadership on the global stage. The future beckons with the promise of a multipolar world order, one where cooperation supersedes confrontation, and mutual respect for sovereignty forms the cornerstone of international relations. In this new era, the true measure of strength lies not in the ability to dominate or intimidate but in the capacity to build bridges and forge a shared path toward collective security and prosperity… Thus, as we stand at this pivotal juncture, the lessons etched into the very fabric of this crisis offer a clarion call for a departure from the zero-sum games that have defined international politics for too long. The black soil of Ukraine, marked by the struggles and sacrifices of its people, serves as a poignant reminder of the futility of hegemonic pursuits. Here, on this hallowed ground, the aspirations of a bygone empire meet their denouement, underscoring the urgent need for a new paradigm of global engagement.”Climate Professor Michael ‘Hockey Stick’ Mann Won His Defamation Case Against Mark Steyn (w/Video by David Knight, 9min) – Summary by JW Williams – – “A Washington, DC jury found that journalists Rand Simberg and Mark Steyn made false statements against Michael Mann, who was a professor of climate science at the University of Pennsylvania 12 years ago when they made the statements. Mann is the creator of the contested ‘hockey stick’ graph. The jury ordered $1 in compensatory damages from each writer and awarded punitive damages of $1,000 from Simberg and $1 million from Steyn… Simberg wrote: “Mann could be said to be the Jerry Sandusky of climate science, except for instead of molesting children, he has molested and tortured data.” Steyn wrote that he was “Not sure I’d have extended that metaphor all the way into the locker-room showers with quite the zeal Mr. Simberg does, but he has a point.” Mark Steyn referred to Mann as “the man behind the fraudulent climate-change ‘hockey-stick’ graph, the very ringmaster of the tree-ring circus.” – Steyn represented himself in the defamation case and lost. The verdict is a strike against free speech… Dr. Mann’s lawyer used his closing argument to urge the jury to punish Steyn and Simberg to stop “attacks on climate scientists.” – Steyn plans to appeal the decision. Steyn is currently in a wheelchair following a series of heart attacks… Dr. Abraham Wyner, a renowned statistician, testified that Dr. Mann made numerous choices regarding data selection along the way to producing the hockey stick chart. And Mann consistently—deliberately—chose options that produced the startling hockey stick graph. Another witness, Steven McIntyre, testified that he repeatedly asked for the data supporting Mann’s hockey stick chart but that Mann (and others) were hiding the data, along with their computer coding… Journalist David Knight said Mann’s hockey stick model is “bogus” and that Michael Mann fought to keep the data that he used to create it hidden while working for a public institution (Penn State)… Mann’s model was used to craft climate/ global warming policies… Washington, DC residents consistently vote for Democrats over 90% of the time. Most DC residents are either government employees or big government advocates in some way. Knight said that prosecutors and plaintiffs know they are virtually guaranteed a victory whenever they prosecute or sue conservatives or libertarians… Sources… CBC: Plots Digital ID Launch For This Year – by Cindy Harper (thanks to – -“The Australian government is planning a nationwide digital ID launch, which is tentatively set for this year… While it could be delayed for logistical reasons, it’s clear that the government is fully intent on pushing a new digital ID agenda in the country… Having first entered Parliament last year, the Digital ID Bill in Australia finished its final stage at the end of January, garnering input from business and finance groups. The country’s authorities are currently communicating with the individual states… An announcement from the Department of Finance revealed that the novel system would empower users to select their preferred digital ID provider for the accessibility of both government and private services. Private entities can apply for accreditation to provide digital ID services under the Trusted Digital Identity Framework (TDIF), which is the government’s recognition framework… As stated by an official spokesperson, the legislative step will set in motion the enlargement of the Australian Government Digital ID System to encompass state, territory and private sector organizations opting to participate… The national digital ID will essentially serve as a comprehensive version of MyGovID that Australians currently utilize for the Australian Taxation Office, Centrelink and Medicare access. The strategy to retain other digital IDs issued by other state governments… An individual user will have the capability to create a multipoint image on a device, to be validated against their passport photo or eventually, their driver’s license. Officials state that users need only establish their credentials once… Digital IDs often involve the collection and storage of personal data, including biometric information such as fingerprints or facial recognition data. This concentration of sensitive data can be a tempting target for hackers and cybercriminals. A successful breach could lead to identity theft, fraud, or even blackmail. Moreover, there is the risk of unauthorized surveillance and tracking. Governments or other entities could potentially misuse digital ID systems to monitor individuals without their consent, infringing on personal freedoms and privacy.”BioNTech and Moderna lobby the EU, Swiss and UK regulatory agencies to stop mRNA injections being classified as gene therapy – by Rhoda Wilson – – “BioNTech and Moderna are frantically lobbying the European Parliament to stop a reclassification of mRNA injections as “gene therapy” in the upcoming revision to the European Union’s (“EU’s”) pharmaceutical legislationModerna is also lobbying the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”), the UK’s Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (“MHRA”) and the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products (“Swissmedic”) to urgently “rethink their gene therapy definition.” – According to an article published last year in the International Journal of Molecular Sciences, the mode of action of covid-19 mRNA injections should classify them as gene therapy products but they have been excluded by regulatory agencies. The wide and persistent biodistribution of mRNAs and their protein products, incompletely studied due to their classification as vaccines, raises safety issues… Moderna and BioNTech expected to have their products regulated as gene therapies. Moderna, Inc. acknowledged in its Q2 2020 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filing that “currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.” Furthermore, BioNTech founder, Ugur Sahin, in a 2014 article, stated “One would expect the classification of an mRNA drug to be a biologic, gene therapy, or somatic cell therapy.” – mRNA: Vaccine or Gene Therapy? The Safety Regulatory Issues, International Journal of Molecular Sciences, 22 June 2023 – That Big Pharma is now lobbying the European Parliament to not classify mRNA as gene therapy was raised by a Member of the European Parliament (“MEP”), Virginie Joron, who submitted a written question to the European Commission on 2 February: On 17 January 2024, BioNTech and Moderna lobbyists hosted a lunch in the European Parliament with Members to discuss the forthcoming revision of the pharmaceutical legislation… Their main objective was to change the legislation’s definition of ‘gene therapy’. At present, mRNA vaccines (like the COVID-19 vaccine) are to be classified as gene therapy. However, they felt that only products that modified the genome should be classified as gene therapy. [Emphasis added] – 1. Do EMA and the Commission classify Comirnaty and Spikevax mRNA vaccines as gene therapy? If so, what are the corresponding regulatory consequences? – 2. Has EMA carried out DNA integration assessments or is it going to request them from independent laboratories? – 3. What is the Commission’s position on this opaque lobbying without debate? –Lobbies calling for mRNA vaccines not to be classified as gene therapy, Question for written answer, European Parliament, 2 February 2024.. The lunch hosted by BioNTech and Moderna on 17 January was held under the auspices of the “Kangaroo Group,” a MEP-industry group providing extracurricular contact between corporate industry lobbyists and MEPs… The invitation to BioNTech-Moderna’s Kangaroo Group lunch stated: BioNTech and Moderna are leading pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in mRNA Platform Technology. Both companies recognise the importance of the overall objectives of the European Commission’s proposal for a reform of the EU General Pharmaceutical Legislation (GPL), creating an innovative and competitive EU healthcare ecosystem at a global level, investing in R&D, increasing equal access to and availability of innovative medicines to patients across the EU… As demonstrated during the covid-19 pandemic, mRNA is an agile and flexible platform technology, enabling faster provision of vaccines and treatments to patients. mRNA-based products for disease prevention or treatment are under development for cancer, rare diseases, HIV, malaria, mpox and priority pathogens as well as other life threating [sic] conditions… In this context, it is important that the GPL provides a clear and broad scope for the definition of Platform Technologies, as well as a clear demarcation between Gene Therapies Medicinal Products that alter human genomes, and those that do not (e.g. mRNA)… The establishment of a legal basis for a “Platform Technology Master File” and the development of accompanying scientific guidance by the European Medicines Agency is needed to ensure global regulatory alignment, enable and strengthen the development of platform technologies in Europe and to realise their public health potential. [Emphasis added] –1st  Strasbourg Lunch Debate 2024, Wednesday, 17 January 2024 at 13.00 hrs, Kangaroo Group… It’s not the first time that more than one Big Pharma company has joined forces to lobby European officials.  In 2021, the research and campaign group Corporate Europe Observatory highlighted a worrying “high level of unity among Big Pharma.”  The subject of the article was lobbyists defending Big Pharma’s monopoly on intellectual property (patent) rights on vaccines… EFPIA (The European Federation of Pharmaceutical Industries and Associations) … is Big Pharma’s main lobby group in Europe… The internal documents released to Corporate Europe Observatory show that several branches of the [European] Commission have stayed in close contact with EFPIA since the outbreak of the pandemic… In connection with the meeting [in early December 2020], EFPIA left the Commission with a document outlining the position of the pharmaceutical lobby. The document was authored by the pharmaceutical sectors’ global association, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA), which shows a high level of unity among Big Pharma. All the more worrying. [Emphasis our own] –Big pharma lobby’s self-serving claims block global access to vaccines, Corporate Europe, 19 April 2021 – Lobbying members of the Kangaroo Group to not classify mRNA injections as gene therapy were Moderna’s Dr. Maren von Fritschen, who used to work for lobbying company Kalms Consulting, and BioNTech’s Head of Regulatory Affairs Dr. Constanze Blume.  They were listed as giving an introduction at the event… Further reading: BioNTech, Moderna Lobby To Stop EU ‘Gene Therapy’ Classification, The Daily Beagle, 13 February 2024

In a post on LinkedIn, von Fritschen declared her pleasure about the opportunity to lobby the Kangaroo Group about a definition of gene therapy medicinal products that excluded mRNA products.

Maren von Fritschen on LinkedInretrieved 14 February 2024 – Within weeks of the Kangaroo Group lunch, von Fritschen chaired a “crucial regulatory session” at the 3rd mRNA Hanson Wade Health Summit to lobby regulatory bodies about the “urgent need” to “rethink their gene therapy definition.”  In this case, those being targeted were members of EMA, MHRA and Swissmedic… “Our collective goal: To strengthen public trust in mRNA medicines.” -Maren von Fritschen – “Strengthen public trust” – there is no trust to strengthen. It is not possible to strengthen something that does not exist.  Someone may have to inform EMA, MHRA, Swissmedic and von Fritschen that by their actions they are not, if they ever could, “strengthening trust” in mRNA products… What is the Kangaroo Group? – There are three decision-making bodies in the EU: the European Parliament, which is the only one whose members are directly elected by citizens; the European Commission, which proposes legislation and manages the day-to-day business of the bloc; and the European Council, which is made up of member states… In 2015, Corporate Europe Observatory highlighted the “murky channels for corporate influence in the European Parliament” and warned that “unofficial cross-party groups of MEPs and industry are a stark illustration of continued lobbying under the radar… What differentiates MEP-industry forums – as unofficial cross-party groups – from official intergroups is that they are not subject to the same transparency rules and safeguards. “In fact, [MEP-industry forums] are not subject to any rules at all, and can keep their members, funding and even existence hidden from public view,” Corporate Europe Observatory wrote… “All 15 MEP-industry forums we looked at in 2011 still appear to be active (or have been active in the last year or so), with at least four more identified, and who knows how many more we are unaware of,” they said… One of the 15 MEP-industry forums was the Kangaroo Group.  In 2015, the corporate backers of the Group included Volvo, Phillip Morris, BAT, Deutsche Bank, BP, ACEA, CEFIC, Unilever and Roche… The group is incorporated under Belgian law as a non-profit organisation and has been entered into the EU Transparency Register as a think tank. Its president is MEP Michael Gahler and its board members include the vice-president of the European Parliament, Rainer Wieland.”It’s time to limit how often we can travel abroad – ‘carbon passports’ may be the answer – by Ross Bennett -Cook (thanks to Technocracy News) – – The summer of 2023 has been very significant for the travel industry. By the end of July, international tourist arrivals globally reached 84% of pre-pandemic levels. In some European countries, such as France, Denmark and Ireland, tourism demand even surpassed its pre-pandemic level… This may be great news economically, but there’s concern that a return to the status quo is already showing dire environmental and social consequences… The summer saw record-breaking heatwaves across many parts of the world. People were forced to flee wildfires in Greece and Hawaii, and extreme weather warnings were issued in many popular holiday destinations like Portugal, Spain and Turkey. Experts attributed these extreme conditions to climate change… Tourism is part of the problem. The tourism sector generates around one-tenth of the greenhouse gas emissions that are driving the climate crisis… The negative impacts of tourism on the environment have become so severe that some are suggesting drastic changes to our travel habits are inevitable. In a report from 2023 that analysed the future of sustainable travel, tour operator Intrepid Travel proposed that “carbon passports” will soon become a reality if the tourism industry hopes to survive… What is a carbon passport? – The idea of a carbon passport centres on each traveller being assigned a yearly carbon allowance that they cannot exceed. These allowances can then “ration” travel… This concept may seem extreme. But the idea of personal carbon allowances is not new. A similar concept (called “personal carbon trading”) was discussed in the House of Commons in 2008, before being shut down due to its perceived complexity and the possibility of public resistance… The average annual carbon footprint for a person in the US is 16 tonnes – one of the highest rates in the world. In the UK this figure sits at 11.7 tonnes, still more than five times the figure recommended by the Paris Agreement to keep global temperature rise below 1.5°C… Globally, the average annual carbon footprint of a person is closer to 4 tonnes. But, to have the best chance of preventing temperature rise from overshooting 2°C, the average global carbon footprint needs to drop to under 2 tonnes by 2050. This figure equates to around two return flights between London and New York… Intrepid Travel’s report predicts that we will see carbon passports in action by 2040. However, several laws and restrictions have been put in place over the past year that suggest our travel habits may already be on the verge of change… Targeting air travel – Between 2013 and 2018, the amount of CO₂ emitted by commercial aircrafts worldwide increased by 32%. Improvements in fuel efficiency are slowly reducing per passenger emissions. But research from 2014 found that whatever the industry’s efforts to reduce its carbon emissions, they will be outweighed by the growth in air traffic… For emission reductions to have any meaningful effect, ticket prices would have to rise by 1.4% each year, discouraging some people from flying. However, in reality, ticket prices are falling… Some European countries are beginning to take measures to reduce air travel. As of April 1 2023, passengers on short-haul flights and older aircraft in Belgium have been subject to increased taxes to encourage alternative forms of travel… Less than two months later France banned short-haul domestic flights where the same trip can be made by train in two-and-a-half hours or less. Spain is expected to follow suit… A similar scheme could also be on the horizon for Germany. In 2021, a YouGov poll found that 70% of Germans would support such measures to fight climate change if alternative transport routes like trains or ships were available… Cruises and carbon – It’s not just air travel that’s being criticised. An investigation by the European Federation for Transport and Environment in 2023 found that cruise ships pump four times as many sulphuric gases (which are proven to cause acid rain and several respiratory conditions) into the atmosphere than all of Europe’s 291 million cars combined… Statistics like these have forced European destinations to take action against the cruise industry. In July, Amsterdam’s council banned cruise ships from docking in the city centre in a bid to reduce tourism and pollution – an initiative that has shown success elsewhere… In 2019 Venice was the most polluted European port, due to large numbers of cruise ship visits. But it dropped to 41st place in 2022 after a ban on large cruise ships entering the city’s waters reduced air pollutants from ships in Venice by 80%. – Changing destinations – Intrepid Travel’s report also highlights that not only how we travel, but where we travel will soon be impacted by climate change. Boiling temperatures will probably diminish the allure of traditional beach destinations, prompting European tourists to search for cooler destinations such as Belgium, Slovenia and Poland for their summer holidays… Several travel agencies reported seeing noticeable increases in holiday bookings to cooler European destinations like Scandinavia, Ireland and the UK during 2023’s peak summer travel months… Whatever the solution may be, changes to our travel habits look inevitable. Destinations across the globe, from Barcelona to the Italian riveria and even Mount Everest are already calling for limits on tourist numbers as they struggle to cope with crowds and pollution… Holidaymakers should prepare to change their travel habits now, before this change is forced upon them.”Over a Million Palestinians Are About to be Forced Into Egypt at Gunpoint – by Mike Whitney – – “It must be clear that there is no room in the country for both peoples…. If the Arabs leave it, the country will become wide and spacious for us…. The only solution is a Land of Israel…without Arabs. There is no room here for compromises… (Yosef Weitz (1890-1972) former director of the Jewish National Fund’s Land Settlement Department) – The IDF’s recent airstrikes on civilian areas in Rafah mark the beginning of the final phase of Israel’s massive ethnic cleansing project. On Monday, Israel bombed a number of locations where Palestinian refugees were huddled in tents after fleeing Israel’s onslaught in the North. Videos of the destruction appeared on a number of Twitter-sites which showed a deeply-cratered wasteland in the middle of makeshift encampments. Not surprisingly, women and children made up the bulk of the casualties with no evidence of Hamas to be found anywhere. According to a witness at the site, body parts and carnage were strewn across the landscape. This is from an article at the World Socialist Web Site: Israel launched a massive aerial bombardment of Rafah, the southernmost city in Gaza, on Sunday night into Monday morning, killing over 100 people. As the sun came up, the world was horrified by images of the mangled bodies of children, in a chilling demonstration of what is to come in the weeks ahead… Over the weekend, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu pledged to carry out a full-scale military onslaught against the besieged city, declaring, “Our goal … is total victory.” For the Israeli regime, “total victory” means killing as many Palestinians as possible and driving the rest from their homes. With a green light from Biden, Israel commencing Rafah massacreWorld Socialist Web Site


Image: Theodor Hezl (From the Public Domain)- Israeli spokesmen and members of the western media provided the perfunctory justification for Monday’s attacks by reiterating the fiction that Israel is trying to eradicate Hamas. What is obscured by this obvious deception is the fact that the basic plan for expelling the Arab population from their native land dates back to the origins of the Jewish state. Indeed, the founder of the modern Zionist movement, Theodor Herzl (1860-1904), wrote the following: “We shall try to spirit the penniless population across the border by procuring employment for it in the transit countries, while denying it any employment in our own country… expropriation and the removal of the poor must be carried out discreetly and circumspectly.” – Shockingly, Herzl wrote those words in 1895, 50 years before Israel declared its statehood. So, the problem was fully understood even back then. In order to establish a Jewish homeland, Jews would have to maintain a sizable majority, which means Palestinians would have to be evicted. That is the niggling issue that has bedeviled Israeli leaders from 1948-on; how to ‘disappear’ the native population. Here’s a blurb from Israel’s first prime minister David Ben-Gurion who said: “You are no doubt aware of the [Jewish National Fund’s] activity in this respect. Now a transfer of a completely different scope will have to be carried out. In many parts of the country new settlement will not be possible without transferring the Arab fellahin.” He concluded: “Jewish power [in Palestine], which grows steadily, will also increase our possibilities to carry out this transfer on a large scale.” (1948) – The War in Gaza: It’s Not About Hamas. It’s About DemographicsThis same line of reasoning has persisted through the decades although today’s Zionists tend to express themselves more brashly and with less restraint. Take, for example, popular conservative pundit Ben Shapiro who presented his views in an article titled “Transfer is Not a Dirty Word”. Here’s what he said: If you believe that the Jewish state has a right to exist, then you must allow Israel to transfer the Palestinians and the Israeli-Arabs from Judea, Samaria, Gaza and Israel proper. It’s an ugly solution, but it is the only solution. And it is far less ugly than the prospect of bloody conflict ad infinitum…. The Jews don’t realize that expelling a hostile population is a commonly used and generally effective way of preventing violent entanglements. There are no gas chambers here. It’s not genocide; it’s transfer…. It’s time to stop being squeamish. Jews are not Nazis. Transfer is not genocide. And anything else isn’t a solution. Transfer is Not a Dirty Word, Narkive – “Squeamish”? Shapiro thinks that anyone who recognizes the appalling moral horror of driving people off their land and forcing them into refugee camps is squeamish? – This is the essence of political Zionism and it dates back to the very beginning of the Jewish state. So, when critics claim that Netanyahu has assembled the “most right-wing government in Israel’s history”, don’t believe them. Netanyahu is no better or worse than his predecessors. The only Prime Minister who veered even slightly from this ‘iron law’ of Zionism, was Yitzhak Rabin who was (predictably) assassinated by an opponent of Oslo. What does that tell you? – It tells you there was never going to be a “two-state” solution; it was a charade from the get-go. And (as Netanyahu intimated recently) Israeli leaders merely played along with the hoax in order to buy-time to prepare for the solution that is being imposed today… Have you ever wondered why so many Israelis support Netanyahu’s murderous rampage in Gaza? – (Hint) It’s not because Israeli Jews are homicidal maniacs. No. It’s because they know what he is doing. They’re not taken-in by the “Hamas” diversion, that is merely propaganda pablum for the West. They know that Netanyahu is implementing a plan to seize all the land between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea. And, in doing so, he is achieving the territorial ambitions of his Zionist ancestors. So, even though the majority of Israelis despise Netanyahu and think he should be prosecuted for corruption, they are willing to look the other way while he does their bidding… What onlookers need to realize is that the current strategy is not new at all, in fact, it has a 75 year-long pedigree that aligns with the demographic objectives of the Zionist leadership… None of this of course has anything to do with Hamas which is merely the pretext for the eradication of the indigenous people. What we are seeing is the actualization of the Zionist dream, the modern version of Plan Dalet, the original roadmap for ethnic cleaning that was drawn up in 1948… So, what is Plan Dalet? – Plan Dalet was the blueprint used by the ..Israeli army… to expel Palestinians from their homeland during Israel’s establishment in 1948. As…Israeli historian Benny Morris noted in his landmark book on the events of 1948, Plan Dalet was “a strategic-ideological anchor and basis for expulsions by front, district, brigade and battalion commanders”… Today, this act of mass expulsion would be called ethnic cleansing… Officially adopted on March 10, 1948, Plan Dalet specified which Palestinian cities and towns would be targeted and gave instructions for how to drive out their inhabitants and destroy their communities. It called for: “Destruction of villages… especially those population centers which are difficult to control continuously… the population must be expelled outside the borders of the state.” – Three quarters of all Palestinians, about 750,000 people, were forced from their homes and made refugees during Israel’s establishment. Their homes, land, and other belongings were systematically destroyed or taken over by Israelis, while they were denied the right to return or any sort of compensation. More than 400 Palestinian towns and villages, including vibrant urban centers, were destroyed or repopulated with Jewish Israelis.” Plan Dalet & The Ethnic Cleansing of Palestine, IMEU So, what have we seen over the last four months? – We’ve seen the terrorizing of an entire population that has experienced relentless bombing, destruction of vital infrastructure, a full blockade of food, water and medical supplies, and a mass exodus to the southernmost city in Gaza at gunpoint… Is This Not Plan Dalet? – It is. It’s a modern version of the original plan. That is why the IDF is bombing tent cities full of unarmed civilians who pose no threat to Israeli security. It’s not to fight Hamas but to terrorize the population into fleeing the city. That’s the goal. Israel knows that if they bomb the refugees, they will storm the border, breach the wall, and stream into Egypt en masse. That’s the plan in a nutshell… And the plan appears to be succeeding. In fact, Netanyahu might be just days-away from finishing the work that was begun by Ben-Gurion. He has already started to increase the airstrikes on Rafah while a full-blown ground assault could be launched at any time. As the humanitarian crisis intensifies, the desperation and fear will grow eventually triggering a massive stampede for the Egyptian border. Once the Palestinians leave Gaza, they will fall under the guardianship of representatives of the international community who will transfer them to nations around the world. This is how Netanyahu intends to seize the land he will incorporate into a Greater Israel, by driving unarmed civilians out of their homes and into the desert… The expulsion of the Palestinians shows that –behind the moral pontificating about human rights and ‘the rule of law’– the United States and Israel are capable of the most barbarous cruelty imaginable. It is truly shocking that the two nations can execute a filthy plan like this in broad daylight while the rest of the world sits on their hands… We should all feel ashamed of ourselves.”

New Report Says Obama CIA Worked With International Spy Agencies to Get Trump – by Victoria Taft – – “When the Trump-Russia operation began unraveling, it was clear that there was an international cast of characters involved in the frame-up. The operation to get Trump — in time to torpedo his election in 2016 and then subvert his presidency — involved the Hillary Clinton campaign, the CIA’s John Brennan, who informed President Obama and Vice President Joe Biden of the operation, the FBI, which appeared to cover it up, a reputed Russian spy working for a Democrat think tank, a mysterious Maltese professor, an international honeypot, an Australian diplomat, and a British spy…  It was the earthly equivalent of the Star Wars cantina scene. The “Six Ways from Sunday” crowd tried to trap Trump World into revealing that they were working with the Russians to win the election. When Trump won, the FBI continued the frame-up and attempted to hog-tie the Trump campaign in investigation after investigation during his presidency. Indeed, the Durham special counsel report said that the FBI had no — zero — reason to open the investigation into Trump but did it anyway…  “Witch hunt” doesn’t begin to do this operation justice…  Those are some of the broad strokes of what we know. Now here’s more of the story…  An investigative report from Matt Taibbi, Michael Shellenberger, and reporter Alex Gutentag reveals that the Five Eyes spy agencies were tasked to spy on Team Trump to connect him to the Russians to defeat him in the 2016 election…  The report appears to confirm previous reports that Western World’s spy agencies were tasked by the CIA’s Brennan to spy on “26 Trump associates” to ‘”bump,” or make contact with or manipulate. They were targets of our own IC [Intelligence Community] and law enforcement — targets for collection and misinformation.’.. It eventually became a frame-up. It was all an information operation run by our own clandestine spy agencies as well as used by the FBI to investigate, and it was, needless to say, all likely unconstitutional. The idea of using other spy agencies to spy on U.S. citizens without justification is still illegal…  The report, which will be revealed over the next couple of days on Racket and Public Substacks and behind paywalls, reveals that Trump ordered the details of the Intelligence Community operation against him declassified before he left office… Unknown details about the FBI’s investigation of the Trump campaign and raw intelligence related to the IC’s surveillance of the Trump campaign are in a 10-inch binder that Trump ordered to be declassified at the very end of his term, sources told Public and Racket… If the top-secret documents exist proving these charges, they are potentially proof that multiple US intelligence officials broke laws against spying and election interference…  Let’s go to the tote board: The IC interfered with the 2016 and 2020 elections, and now the Biden Administration is interfering with the 2024 election. Obama had a hand in all of this interference. Gee, if this keeps up, Americans may lose faith in our law enforcement and other institutions. Kidding. We know they already have. And with good reason… Americans need an apology and for room to be made at the Washington, D.C., Gulag for this treason. I suggest we start with these three.

Web Research Links for the Week of 2/5/24
9th Circuit: FBI Illegally Raided Hundreds of Safe Deposit Boxes – by Ken Silva – – “The 9th Circuit Court of Appeals ruled Tuesday that the FBI acted unlawfully in March 2021, when it raided hundreds of renters’ safe deposit boxes in Beverly Hills, conducted criminal searches of them all, and attempted to permanently keep everything in the boxes worth more than $5,000—all without charging any box renter with a crime… The 9th Circuit’s Tuesday decision stems from an investigation the FBI opened into US Private Vaults, or USPV—a company that, unlike typical banks, provided safe deposit boxes to customers without requiring identification. The FBI had been investigating individual USPV customers, but determined the “real problem” was USPV, which they believed served as a “money laundering facilitator.”.. Accordingly, the FBI raided the entire USPV vault in 2021… Even though the warrant authorizing the raid only permitted the FBI to open boxes to identify their owners and safeguard the contents, agents rummaged through hundreds of boxes, ran currency they found in front of drug-sniffing dogs, and made copies of people’s most personal records, according to the Institute for Justice, which filed a lawsuit on behalf of multiple non-criminal USPV customers… The Justice Department then filed a massive administrative forfeiture claim to take more than $100 million in cash and other valuables, again, without charging any individual with a crime, the IJ added… Among the FBI’s victims were Paul and Jennifer Snitko, who used their USPV box to store legal documents, watches with sentimental value, hard-drive backups, coins, and gold jewelry. The Snitkos used USPV because there was a waiting list to obtain a safe deposit box at their local bank… Another FBI victim was Joseph Ruiz, who stored $57,000 in cash in his box and used USPV because he was concerned that ‘the COVID pandemic would make it impossible for [him] to withdraw [his] funds from a bank account.’.. Initially refusing to give the victims their property back, the FBI changed course and returned the stolen valuables after the plaintiffs filed a lawsuit in June 2021… A district court initially ruled that the FBI didn’t violate the Fourth Amendment with the conduct described above, but the 9th Circuit reversed that ruling on Tuesday… Judge Milan D. Smith, writing for the court, likened the FBI’s actions to the abuses that motivated the Bill of Rights… ‘The government failed to explain why applying the inventory exception to this case would not open the door to the kinds of “writs of assistance” the British authorities used prior to the Founding to conduct limitless searches of an individual’s personal belongings,’ he said… ‘It was those very abuses of power, after all, that led to adoption of the Fourth Amendment in the first place.’.. Jennifer Snitko said she felt validated by the court’s decision… ‘We knew that what the FBI did to us and so many others was wrong and today’s decision is a validation,’ she said in a press release from IJ… ‘It took courage for Paul and I to be among the first people to stand up publicly and call out the government but we are proud to have fought for our rights. This is a good day for our country and the principle that the government’s power to search our property has limits’.”The border deal is out. What now? – It’s not even clear the border deal can pass the Senate – by Theodoric Meyer and Leigh Ann Caldwell – – “Good morning, Early Birds. We wonder whether the reaction to the border security bill would’ve been different if Tracy Chapman and Luke Combs had written it. Tips: Was this forwarded to you? Sign up here. Thanks for waking up with us… The bipartisan border security bill is finally out, and Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) has scheduled the first procedural vote for Wednesday… But the bill immediately ran into a wall of opposition from top House Republicans and some senators in both parties… Senators released the bill — which would be the most significant immigration package in decades if it passed — last night after months of negotiations between Sens. James Lankford (R-Okla.), Kyrsten Sinema (I-Ariz.) and Chris Murphy (D-Conn.). Republicans had demanded policy changes to make it harder for migrants to enter the United States in exchange for supporting more aid to Ukraine, along with military aid for Israel and Taiwan and humanitarian aid for Gaza… House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) has been under tremendous pressure from his fractured and unruly conference to reject it, especially since former president Donald Trump started pushing for the bill to fail. Members on the right immediately derided the bill, calling it “a sell-out,” “TRASH,” an “amnesty bill” and a “complete betrayal.”  – Republican leadership followed suit, all but killing the bill’s chances in the House… If this bill reaches the House, it will be dead on arrival,” Johnson wrote on X on Sunday, claiming it was “even worse than we expected.” – Rep. Elise Stefanik (N.Y.), the No. 4 House Republican, slammed the bill as “an absolute non-starter.” – “Let me be clear: The Senate Border Bill will NOT receive a vote in the House,” Majority Leader Steve Scalise (R-La.) wrote on X… “I, for one, think it is a mistake to send this bill to the House without a majority of the Republican conference,” Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who was supportive of the border negotiations, told our colleague Liz Goodwin and Leigh Ann… Schumer called the bill “one of the most necessary and important pieces of legislation Congress has put forward in years.” President Biden said he strongly supported it… Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.), a top supporter of sending more aid to Ukraine, signaled support for the deal Sunday, but few other Republicans backed it publicly. (The $118 billion bill includes $14 billion for Israel and $60 billion for Ukraine.) – “The Senate must carefully consider the opportunity in front of us and prepare to act,” McConnell said… What’s in the bill – The 370-page bill includes a variety of changes to the immigration system… It would raise “the standard for migrants to qualify to apply for asylum and increases the capacity for detaining them,” Liz and Leigh Ann write… It “also encourages quicker resolutions to asylum cases at the border and creates a new expedited removal authority to speedily remove migrants who don’t qualify for asylum.”
“The bill includes a trigger mechanism that would allow the border to be effectively shut down to migrants if crossings have been particularly high for several days in a row. (A number of migrants would still be able to qualify for asylum at ports of entry.)”
“That ‘border emergency’ provision, which expires in three years, would automatically kick in when crossings reached 5,000 per day for several days, but a president could choose to use the tool at a lower number, 4,000 per day. The legislation also scales back the Biden administration’s use of parole at the ports of entry and provides for the hiring of new Border Patrol and asylum officers.” – “This is a very comprehensive attempt to deal with the reality we are seeing today at the border,” Theresa Cardinal Brown, senior adviser for immigration and border policy at the Bipartisan Policy Center, wrote in an email to The Early after reviewing the text. “It tries to balance a lot of things while managing the system a lot better. It puts the processes in the hands of the experts — asylum officers — a​nd hopefully that means getting Border Patrol back to doing its job of protecting the border from threats.” – Some Republican lawmakers have focused their attacks on the threshold of 5,000 migrants per day, arguing that the bill would effectively greenlight that many unauthorized arrivals. Lankford called the idea “absurd and untrue” on Sunday night… Doris Meissner, a senior fellow at the Migration Policy Institute who led the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service during the Clinton administration, said setting the threshold at 5,000 per day was rooted in the capabilities of the current immigration system… The system “can capably process 5,000 people a day and make decisions on [which migrants] should pass the screening to be able to come into the country and finish a claim for asylum and also screen out those who are ineligible,” Meissner said… Attacks from both sides – Republicans aren’t the only ones deriding the bill… While it would enact many policy changes favored by Republicans and doesn’t include top Democratic immigration priorities such as the Dream Act, most Senate Democrats are expected to support it… But even a handful of Democratic defections could matter. As the number of Democratic senators who support the bill falls, more Republicans would need to vote for it to overcome a filibuster.”Targeting Iran (Here we go again… and again) – from Mickey Z –

“As soon as I heard the details of Hamas’s attack on Oct. 7, 2023, I started to connect the dots as to how the U.S. would use these developments as a pretext to attack Iran soon. (The Home of the Brave™ loves a good pretext.) – Now that things have moved further in that direction, I’d like to once again remind readers to PLEASE be wary of ALL media narratives — even when they seem to “prove” you right… I’d also like to share an article I wrote way back in 2007 when the U.S. was (wait for it) threatening Iran because it was allegedly manufacturing nuclear weapons. My 17-year-old article was called “Targeting Iran (Here We Go Again)” and is reprinted directly below: Since quoting Marx makes a radical writer appear more serious, I’ll start this piece about Iran with a bit of Marxism — from Duck SoupAmbassador Trentino: “I am willing to do anything to prevent this war.” – President Rufus T. Firefly (Groucho): “It’s too late. I’ve already paid a month’s rent on the battlefield.” – Now I’m not trying to imply the reasons America goes to war are this frivolous but, um… WMDs? Saddam Hussein connected to 9/11? Spreading democracy?  – Even Harpo would be laughing out loud… The U.S. has a long history of conjuring up dubious rationales to wage war — and this goes for those on both sides of the proverbial aisle. During the 2004 presidential campaign, for example, Senator Kerry declared: “The United States of America never goes to war because we want to; we only go to war because we have to.” – Can someone ask Harpo to quiet down? – “He started it” or “She hit me first.” It’s an excuse we all learn in childhood. By portraying oneself as the target — or potential target — of an unprovoked sneak attack; all bases are covered… As George W. Bush explained on March 17, 2003, the night he gave Hussein a final ultimatum, “The United States and other nations did nothing to deserve or invite this threat, but we will do everything to defeat it.” – More (Groucho) Marx: “Who are you going to believe, me or your own eyes?” – Our history books and newspaper headlines portray an ever-benevolent [sic] U.S. as minding its own business yet incessantly aroused by surprise events and unprovoked threats that test its celebrated patience, e.g. the sinking of the Maine, the attack on Pearl Harbor, and too many others to detail here… Now we have Iran — a nation with the audacity to make decisions without first asking for U.S. permission. We are faced with the spectacle of America — the only nation to have used nuclear weapons on civilians — warning the world about how nuclear weapons might, well, be used on civilians… We can’t allow just anyone (except maybe our allies) to acquire such technology. Right? We can’t let the Chinese arm men so evil they might, well, use nuclear weapons on civilians. Right? – Before you know it, Iran will be using depleted uranium and white phosphorous, abusing prisoners, setting up interrogation centers in Eastern Europe, spying on its own people, fixing elections at home and abroad, and all that evil stuff. Right?As (Groucho) Marx explained:  Reminder #1: All of the above was written SEVENTEEN YEARS AGO. The parasites keep using the same playbook… Reminder #2: Every single government on earth is run by diabolical liars who use relentless propaganda to manipulate the masses. They love it when we voluntarily restrict ourselves to hive minds… Stop convincing yourself that the “side” you’ve been conditioned to prefer is somehow the only trustworthy player on the planet… In other words, keep yer guard up…”Why the US sent the CIA chief to handle Israel-Hamas negotiations – William Burns’ trip says something about how the competence of Antony Blinken and his State Department is viewed – by Bradley Blankenship – – “US President Joe Biden has deployed overseas his CIA Director William Burns, who served as secretary of state and deputy secretary of state under President Barack Obama, to try and broker a deal between Israel and Hamas… Details of what exactly Burns discussed with high-level diplomatic and intelligence officials from Egypt, Qatar, and Israel are unknown at this time. It is reported, however, that Israel’s latest proposal would see a 60-day pause in combat in return for the staggered release of more than 100 captives still held by Hamas, with women and children first, then civilian men, military members, and the remains of hostages who died in captivity… While, indeed, the CIA chief’s met with peers from the intelligence community, his attendance displays something that reflects poorly on the state of US diplomacy, and implies a lack of savoir faire at the State Department… It should be noted that the US government has many different offices, bureaus, and departments that compete against one another for funding and clout. For decades, the CIA and the State Department had tried to stay apart. It has been noted, for example, by CIA founding member Miles Copeland Jr. that the State Department was originally averse to some of its covert activities, such as agents using diplomatic credentials as cover. During the Cold War, Copeland said, the State Department not only refused to take part in CIA activities but did not even want to be informed about them, as in the case of the coup d’etat in Syria in the 1960s… In modern times there has been a convergence between these two agencies, and others, too, which reflects the priorities of successive administrations. Under President George W. Bush, Colin Powell, a military man, became the first Secretary of State to serve on the Joint Chiefs of Staff while in that role. This showed that Powell, Washington’s head diplomat, was to be intimately involved in the American war effort in Iraq and Afghanistan… During the administration of former President Donald Trump, he promoted Mike Pompeo from CIA director to Secretary of State. The Trump administration’s foreign policy style thus shifted to a much more aggressive and subversive approach, emulating how the CIA conducts its business. This was particularly aimed at undermining the resurgence of China, as well as ratcheting up tensions with Russia… In contrast, President Joe Biden enlisted William Burns, a long-time diplomat, as his CIA director. According to Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson, Colin Powell’s former chief of staff, this pick was because of Burns’ reliability, experience, and honesty – traits becoming of a diplomat. Biden apparently did not want someone who’d gained their professional experience from the CIA to head the spy agency, probably because such people are prone to what Pompeo described as lying, cheating, and stealing... The fact that the director of the CIA is getting so intimately involved in negotiations between Israel and Hamas, having already been a part of the November agreement that led to the release of Palestinian and Israeli hostages and to a week-long ceasefire, may perhaps be worrying. It could be interpreted that the US is not actually interested in real diplomacy but rather in trying to threaten Hamas leaders into surrendering on behalf of West Jerusalem… While that may indeed be the case, since the Israeli government is committed to a total military victory in Gaza and the Biden administration is backing West Jerusalem almost unconditionally, it says more about the fact that the State Department lacks the requisite leadership and know-how to handle this situation… As Burns has been managing negotiations between Israel and Hamas, Secretary of State Antony Blinken wrapped up a West Africa trip that analysts believe was an attempt by Washington to shore up transatlantic trade in light of instability in the Middle East. He also stuck to the same tired script with regard to China, invoking ‘debt-trap diplomacy’ and unfair labor and trade practices. Meanwhile, protesters sat outside Blinken’s Arlington, Virginia home demanding a ceasefire in Gaza – apparently unaware that he’s not even the one leading diplomatic efforts currently… A lack of leadership on behalf of Blinken at this defining moment in the conflict in Gaza, as American soldiers die in the Middle East and international trade is threatened by Houthi attacks on ships that use the Suez Canal, is apparent. The fact that the CIA has had to step in at this juncture demonstrates the sorry state of US diplomacy, underscoring the gradual but inevitable decline of American soft power.”

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/29/24

WEF Caught Orchestrating U.S. Border Crisis From Military Bases in Panama – The World Economic Forum (WEF) has taken control of several American military bases in Panama and is orchestrating the invasion of migrants that are flooding the U.S. southern border. – by Sean Adl-Tabatabai – – “The WEF operation was exposed by political commentator Ann Vandersteel during her show “Right Now with Ann Vandersteel.” Vandersteel recently visited the former site of Fort Clayton near the former Panama Canal Zone, once a heavy base of operations for the United States… During her visit, she found out that the WEF had taken control of the area… reports: She took a picture of the WEF flag flying side-by-side with the Panamanian flag… ‘I want you to take a good hard look right now, America,’ she said… ‘These flags you see? That’s right, the World Economic Forum flag flying overhead of the old SOUTHCOM (U.S. Southern Command) base, which was Fort Clayton in Panama… That’s right, next to the Panamanian flag… The U.S. government has abandoned Panama, which is the American crown jewel of Latin America… The United States military compounds are either totally rundown, or worse occupied by, as I said, globalist psychopaths.’.. ‘We the Americans built the canal and we – our government, I should say – gave it away,’ she added… ‘Panamanians love Americans, and they’re asking: “Where are the Americans?”.. ‘So just remember that the old SOUTHCOM base known as Fort Clayton today flies the World Economic Forum flag on top of it.’..  The revelation that the WEF is taking over parts of Panama comes as reports indicate that the number of South American migrants arriving in Panama through the near-inhospitable environments of the Darien Gap on their journey to the U.S. will surpass the 400,000 mark before October… These figures come from Panama’s National Migration Service, which reported that as of 6 a.m. on Wednesday, Sept. 27, 399,606 South American migrants had entered the country through the Darien Gap… The crisis for Panama has especially worsened in September, with the daily number of migrants pouring in through the jungles of the Darien Gap exceeding 2,000 people… The unprecedented number of migrants crossing through Panama beat the record of 248,000 migrants set last year and 2021’s similarly record-breaking number of 133,000… Of the 400,000 migrants that have already crossed Panama’s southern border this year, over 324,000 were from South America, including 252,000 Venezuelans, nearly 48,000 Ecuadorians and more than 13,000 Colombians… Nearly 40,000 migrants are from the Caribbean, around 28,000 are Asians and a little under 8,000 are Africans… Panamanian officials warn that, despite the slew of new measures the government has implemented in an attempt to curb record migration, the number of migrants and so-called asylum seekers that could enter the country through the Darien Gap could reach more than half a million before the year ends.”UN Budgets Millions for U.S.-Bound Migrants in 2024 – Public docs show cash handouts to help feed, transport, and house people headed for the U.S. border – by Todd Bensman –“(AUSTIN, Texas — Early on in America’s historic border crisis, now entering its fourth record-smashing year, some Republican lawmakers named a significant enabling culprit other than the usual Mexican cartel smugglers. They named the U.S. taxpayer-funded United Nations as essentially a co-smuggler after seeing my reports that the UN was handing out debit cards and cash vouchers to aspiring illegal border crossers on their way north… One outraged group of 21 border-security-minded lawmakers even pitched a bill that would require the United States, the UN’s largest donor, to turn off the taxpayer money spigot. H.R. 6155 never caught fire, though, in no small part because “fact checks” claiming to debunk other reports like mine in the conservative press dissuaded broader media interest and left the American public in the dark… But now the UN’s 2024 update to the “Regional Refugee and Migrant Response Plan” (RMRP for short), a planning and budget document for handing out nearly $1.6 billion in 17 Latin America countries, can cast a broad confirming light on the cash giveaways and much more aid for 2024 ahead — with the helping hands of 248 named non-governmental organizations. Despite the RMRP plan title naming Venezuelans as recipients of this aid operation, the document’s fine print (footnote on p. 14 and paragraph on p. 43, for instance) says the largesse goes to “all nationalities” and “multiple other nationalities”… The documents clear up any mystery about what the UN and NGOs are doing on the migrant trails and leave no room for supposedly debunking “fact checks”… In a nutshell, the UN and its advocacy partners are planning to spread $372 million in “Cash and Voucher Assistance (CVA)”, and “Multipurpose Cash Assistance (MCA)” to some 624,000 immigrants in-transit to the United States during 2024. That money is most often handed out, other UN documents show, as pre-paid, rechargeable debit cards, but also hard “cash in envelopes”, bank transfers, and mobile transfers the U.S. border-bound travelers can use for whatever they want… The $372 million in planned cash giveaways to the 624,000 immigrants moving north and illegally crossing national borders “represents a significantly greater share of the financial requirements” for 2024, the RMRP says, but it is still only one part of much broader UN hemisphere-wide vision that aims to spend $1.59 billion assisting about three million people in 17 countries who emigrated from their home nations. Most will be “in-destination” recipients already supposedly settled in third countries, albeit in declining numbers, but a rising share of cash will go to the spiking numbers of “in-transit” immigrants launching journeys from those accommodating countries north to the United States… Without distinction, both populations get access to UN cash but also “humanitarian transportation”, shelter, food, legal advice, personal hygiene products, health care, and “protection” against threats like human smuggling, and much more besides cash in envelopes or debit cards… The cash handouts will be in the mix during 2024 as the UN and its private partners incorporate an “increased use of CVA” in, for instance, the $184 million it plans to provide 1.2 million people, $122 million for rent support and also “temporary collective shelter” for 473,000 people, and $25.8 million for “humanitarian transportation” to 129,000 people crossing borders. There’ll also be “expanded use of multi-purpose cash” for those claiming “gender-based violence”…  The UN’s 2024 Game Plan – The 130-page UN-spearheaded RMRP 2024 update went public in December and is readily accessible online, as is the original 2023-2024 plan it revises — sharply upward. It is the latest since the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees and the UN’s International Organization for Migration started the program in 2018, originally for Venezuelans but now open to anyone in 17 nations of Latin America and the Caribbean. (For the complete list of involved groups, see p. 268, here, and explore their activities further with this handy interactive tool)… Some 57 international organizations would manage the handouts of $273 million, while 132 “national NGOs” and “civil service organizations” would handle $70 million in aid. Fifteen UN agencies would get the lion’s share at $1.2 billion… The NGOs actively participated in crafting the RMRP 2024 Update, which amends a 2023-2024 plan released back in 2022 that at the time foresaw a decline in illegal immigration after 2023. It increased, instead… ‘Country-level projections of in-transit movements for populations moving north through Central America and Mexico have been revised sharply upwards,’ p. 44 explains in updating the 2024 RMRP update… The reasons given include factors like “xenophobia” leading resettled migrants to leave for the United States. It does, finally, tag the real culprit: U.S. policies that created ‘newly established opportunities for regular pathways to move to the United States of America’ for those who could make their way to northern Mexico… The document makes clear in writing that the UN and these partners know their endeavor aids, abets, and makes possible the “onward movement” of immigrants who intend to illegally cross borders, especially to get into the United States… None of them care. Twenty new groups joined the UN endeavor for 2024 for a total of 248… Their plan frequently acknowledges the illegality, saying for instance, that one in three of the Venezuelan migrants the UN aims to help are in “irregular situations”, including those “who have crossed international borders without complying with all the legal and administrative requirements for entry and may not have the required documentation to do so”, as well as visa overstayers. The original 2023-2024 plan even spelled out that ‘special attention will be given to the use of [cash and voucher assistance] for in-transit populations, including the need for comprehensive solutions throughout the journey’… The only expression of apparent concern about supporting people clearly intending to break U.S. law shows up on a page depicting a map with the thin red line of a migration route leading to the U.S. border at about El Paso. Someone took the trouble to add a footnote on that page noting that the map ‘does not imply official endorsement or acceptance by the UN.’.. Why hand out hundreds of millions of dollars as cash and services to hundreds of thousands planning to illegally follow that red line through UN member states, to include crossing the US border, when those nations don’t like or want it and must bear the political controversies of it?.. ‘To support access to asylum procedures, migratory regularization activities, and socio-economic integration’, the plan says… The money handout program “has taken on increasing importance”, it explains elsewhere, because it gives growing numbers of immigrants “the flexibility to cover their expenses and needs they deem most urgent, increasing their dignity and autonomy”… Where It’ll Be Doled Out – Over the past three years, I have visited UN waystations featuring long lines of U.S.-bound immigrants applying for aid from clipboard-wielding workers handing out cash cards and other goodies, from Reynosa and Monterrey in the north of Mexico to Tapachula in the far south. But the waystations also appear everywhere along the trails much farther south… The RMRP plan calls for distributing most of the cash, cash equivalents, and vouchers to migrants in Colombia and Ecuador, which are launch pads that sent 450,000 people through the Darian Gap jungle passage in Panama. The plan calls for 24 NGO partners to give money to 95,000 in Colombia and 59,000 in Mexico… Some of the so-called transportation assistance is for local cab rides to stores or doctor appointments. But the UN agencies also know that aid will facilitate “increased onward movements” between countries of the “in-transit population” for 105,000 immigrants in Colombia, 25,000 in Brazil, 13,000 in Panama, and 3,700 in Mexico, to name a few places… Likewise for “shelter”, $27.5 million is earmarked for 161,000 travelers in Colombia, $22.5 million for 179,000 in Ecuador, $18 million for 165,000 in Peru, and $4.3 million to help 33,000 in Mexico… Political Fight or Flight – In years one and two of the historic mass migration crisis that President Biden’s let-them-all-in policies triggered, Republicans in the U.S. House of Representatives spoiled for a political fight over UN and NGO activity along the migrant routes because it was funded largely and ironically by the United States. And not just them. In December 2022, Texas Gov. Greg Abbott wrote Attorney General Ken Paxton asking him to investigate whether non-governmental organizations unlawfully assisted mass border crossings that overwhelmed the El Paso region… Recent Congressional Research Service reporting reminds us that they had some legitimate grounds to complain; the United States has been the largest financial contributor to UN entities since the UN was established in 1945. Congress and the executive branch play key roles; Congress appropriates U.S. funding, while the executive branch shapes where the money will go through the State Department and the U.S. Mission to the United Nations in New York City… Complaints, questions, and proposed legislation about the UN’s role in all of this may have gone cold, but as the latest RMRP plan reveals, the world body is as hot on the trail as ever.”False Flag Warnings For Martial Law in the USA and War with Russia – We do not warn of false flags to try to predict horrible events. We warn of false flags to try and prevent them. Hard hitting Video by Greg Reese (5 min) -Very important information at this time. –

Is the Electoral Fix Already In? – The 2024 presidential race increasingly looks like it will be decided by lawyers, not voters, as Democrats unveil plans for America’s first lawfare election – by Matt Taibbi – – The fix is in. To “protect democracy,” democracy is already being canceled. We just haven’t admitted the implications of this to ourselves yet… On Sunday, January 14th, NBC News ran an eye-catching story: “Fears grow that Trump will use the military in ‘dictatorial ways’ if he returns to the White House.” It described “a loose-knit network of public interest groups and lawmakers” that is “quietly” making plans to “foil any efforts to expand presidential power” on the part of Donald Trump… The piece quoted an array of former high-ranking officials, all insisting Trump will misuse the Department of Defense to execute civilian political aims. Since Joe Biden’s team “leaked” a strategy memo in late December listing “Trump is an existential threat to democracy” as Campaign 2024’s central talking point, surrogates have worked overtime to insert existential or democracy in quotes. This was no different: “We’re about 30 seconds away from the Armageddon clock when it comes to democracy,” said Bill Clinton’s Secretary of Defense, William Cohen, adding that Trump is “a clear and present danger to our democracy.” Skye Perryman of Democracy Forward, one of the advocacy groups organizing the “loose” coalition, said, “We believe this is an existential moment for American democracy.” Declared former CIA and defense chief Leon Panetta: “Like any good dictator, he’s going to try to use the military to basically perform his will.” – Former Acting Assistant Attorney General for National Security at the U.S. Department of Justice and current visiting Georgetown law professor Mary McCord was one of the few coalition participants quoted by name. She said: We’re already starting to put together a team to think through the most damaging types of things that he [Trump] might do so that we’re ready to bring lawsuits if we have to… The group was formed by at least two organizations that have been hyperactive in filing lawsuits against Trump and Trump-related figures over the years: the aforementioned Democracy Forwardchaired by former Perkins Coie and Hillary Clinton campaign attorney Marc Elias, and Protect Democracy, a ubiquitous non-profit run by a phalanx of former Obama administration lawyers like Ian Bassin, and funded at least in part by LinkedIn magnate Reid Hoffman… The article implied a future Trump presidency will necessitate new forms of external control over the military. It cited Connecticut Senator Richard Blumenthal’s bill to “clarify” the Insurrection Act, a 1792 law that empowers the president to deploy the military to quell domestic rebellion. Blumenthal’s act would add a requirement that Congress or courts ratify presidential decisions to deploy the military at home, seeking essentially to attach a congressional breathalyzer to the presidential steering wheel… NBC’s quotes from former high-ranking defense and intelligence officials about possible preemptive mutiny were interesting on their own. However, the really striking twist was that we’d read the story before… For over a year, the Biden administration and its surrogates have dropped hint after hint that the plan for winning in 2024 — against Donald Trump or anyone else — might involve something other than voting. Lawsuits in multiple states have been filed to remove Trump from the ballot; primaries have been canceled or invalidated; an ominous Washington Post editorial by Robert Kagan, husband to senior State official Victoria Nuland, read like an APB to assassins to head off an “inevitable” Trump dictatorship; and on January 11th of this year, leaders of a third party group called “No Labels” sent an amazing letter to the Department of Justice, complaining of a “conspiracy” to stop alternative votes… Authored by former NAACP director Ben Chavis, former Connecticut Senator Joe Lieberman, former Director of National Intelligence Dennis Blair, former North Carolina Governor Pat McCrory, and former Assistant U.S. Attorney and Iran-Contra Special Counsel Dan Webb, the No Labels letter described a meeting of multiple advocacy groups aligned with the Democratic party. In the 80-minute confab, audio of which was obtained by Semafora dire warning was issued to anyone considering a third-party run: Through every channel we have, to their donors, their friends, the press, everyone — everyone — should send the message: If you have one fingernail clipping of a skeleton in your closet, we will find it… If you think you were vetted when you ran for governor, you’re insane. That was nothing. We are going to come at you with every gun we can possibly find. We did not do that with Jill Stein or Gary Johnson, we should have, and we will not make that mistake again… The Semafor piece offered a rare glimpse into the Zoom-politics culture that’s dominated Washington since the arrival of Covid-19. If this is how Beltway insiders talk about how to keep Joe Lieberman or Ben Chavis out of politics, imagine what they say about Trump? – We don’t have to imagine. Three and a half years ago, in June and July of 2020, an almost exactly similar series of features to the recent NBC story began appearing in media, describing another “loose network” of “bipartisan officials,” also meeting “quietly” to war-game scenarios in case “Trump loses and insists he won,” as the Washington Post put it… That group, which called itself the Transition Integrity Project (TIP), involved roughly 100 former officials, think-tankers, and journalists who gathered to “wargame” contested election scenarios. The “loose” network included big names like former Michigan governor and current Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm, and former Hillary Clinton campaign chief John Podesta, who in his current role as special advisor to President Joe Biden overseeing the handout of roughly $370 billion in “clean energy” investments is one of the most powerful people in Washington… The TIP was hyped like the rollout of a blockbuster horror flick: In a second Trump Term, No One Will Hear You Scream… Stories in NPR, the Financial TimesThe AtlanticThe Washington Post and over a dozen other major outlets outlined apocalyptic predictions about Trump’s unwillingness to leave office, and how this would likely result in mass unrest, even bloodshed. A typical quote was from TIP co-founder, Georgetown law professor, and former Pentagon official Rosa Brooks, who told the Boston Globe that every one of the group’s simulations ended in chaos and violence, because “the law is… almost helpless against a president who’s willing to ignore it.” – Podesta played Joe Biden in one TIP simulation, and in one round refused to accede to a “clear Trump win,” threatening instead to seize a bloc of West Coast states including California (absurdly dubbed “Cascadia”) and secede. Podesta’s “frankly ridiculous move,” as one TIP participant described it, was so over the top that a player leaked it to media writer Ben Smith of the New York Times… The latter in Timesian fashion stuck the seeming front-page tale near the bottom of an otherwise breezy August 2nd story titled, called “How The Media Could Get the Election Story Wrong“: A group of former top government officials called the Transition Integrity Project actually gamed four possible scenarios, including one that doesn’t look that different from 2016: a big popular win for Mr. Biden, and a narrow electoral defeat… They cast John Podesta, who was Hillary Clinton’s campaign chairman, in the role of Mr. Biden. They expected him, when the votes came in, to concede… But Mr. Podesta… shocked the organizers… he persuaded the governors of Wisconsin and Michigan to send pro-Biden electors to the Electoral College. In that scenario, California, Oregon, and Washington then threatened to secede from the United States if Mr. Trump took office… News that Hillary Clinton’s former campaign chief rejected a legal election result, even in a hypothetical simulation, was obvious catnip to conservative media, which took about ten minutes to repackage Smith’s story using the same alarmist headline format marking earlier TIP write-ups. Breitbart published “Democrats’ ‘War Game’ for Election Includes West Coast Secession, Possible Civil War,” and a cascade of further red-state freakouts seemed inevitable… “At that point,” says Nils Gilman, COO and EVP of Programs at the Berggruen Institute think tank, who served alongside Brooks as TIP’s other co-founder, “we decided we needed to be out about having run this exercise, to prevent the allegation that this was a ‘shadowy cabal’ — not that that narrative didn’t take hold anyways.” – The final TIP report was released the next day, August 3rd, 2020. Titled “Preventing a Disrupted Presidential Election and Transition,” the full text was, as any person attempting an objective read will grasp, sensational… The Podesta episode was worse than reported, with the secession proposal coming on “advice from President Obama,” used as leverage to a) secure statehood for Washington, DC and Puerto Rico b) divide California into five states to increase its Senate representation, and c) “eliminate the Electoral College,” among other things. TIP authors also warned Trump’s behavior could “push other actors, including, potentially, some in the Democratic Party, to similarly engage in practices that depart from traditional rule of law norms, out of perceived self-defense.” – More tellingly, there were multiple passages on the subject of abiding by and/or trusting in the law, and how this can be a weakness. TIP authors concluded that “as an incumbent unbounded by norms, President Trump has a huge advantage” in the upcoming election, and chided participants that “planners need to take seriously the notion that this may well be a street fight, not a legal battle.” They added the key observation that “a reliance on elites observing norms are [sic] not the answer here.” – Asked about that passage, Gilman replied that it was “the right question,” i.e. “Why can’t we just rely on elites to observe/enforce norms?” Noting that two-thirds of the GOP caucus voted not to certify the 2020 election, he went on: “If I had had total confidence in the solidity of the institutions, I wouldn’t have felt the need to run the exercises.” – This answer makes some sense in the abstract, but ignores the years-long campaign of norm-breaking in the other direction leading up to the TIP simulation. In the eight-plus years since Donald Trump entered the national political scene, we’ve seen the same cast of characters appear and reappear in dirty tricks schemes, many of which began before he was even elected (more on that below). The last time we encountered this “loose-knit group” story, the usual suspects were all there, and the public by lucky accident of the Smith leak gained detailed access to Democratic Party thinking about how to steal an election — if necessary, of course, to “protect the democratic process.” – That incident acquires new significance now in light not only of this NBC story, but also the dismal 2024 poll numbers for Biden, a host of unusually candid calls for preemptive action to prevent Trump from taking office, the bold efforts to remove Trump from the ballot in states like Colorado and Maine, and those lesser-publicized, but equally important campaign to keep third party challengers like No Labels or Robert F. Kennedy from gaining ballot access in key states… The grim reality of Campaign 2024 is that both sides appear convinced the other will violate “norms” first, with Democrats in particular seeming to believe extreme advance action is needed to head off a Trump dictatorship. Such elevated levels of paranoia virtually guarantee that someone is going to cheat before Election Day in November, at which point the court of public opinion will come into play. The key question will be, who abandoned democracy first? – The TIP report provided an answer. It contained long lists of theoretical Trump abuses that sounded suspiciously more like the extralegal maneuvers already deployed against Trump dating back to mid-2016, particularly during the failed effort to prosecute him for collusion with Russia. Interpreted by some as a literal plan to overturn a legal Trump victory, its greater significance was as a historical document, since it read like a year-by-year synopsis of all the home team rule-breaking. In other words, the TIP read like a Team Clinton playbook, only with hero and villain reversed… Bearing in mind that many of the people involved were also Russiagate actors, here’s a abbreviated list of abuses the TIP authors supposedly feared Trump would commit: “The President’s ability… to launch investigations into opponents; and his ability to use Department of Justice and/or the intelligence agencies to cast doubt on election results or discredit his opponents.” – It’s true a president so inclined can do these things, and possible a re-elected Trump might, but they were clearly done first to Trump in this case. The FBI’s road-to-nowhere Crossfire Hurricane probe of Russian collusion, which made use of illegally obtained FISA surveillance authority, began on July 31, 2016. Trump opponents have been “launching investigations” really without interruption ever since, with many (including especially the recent Frankensteinian hush-money prosecution) obviously politicized… Likewise, the office of the Director of National Intelligence published an Intelligence Community Assessment in early January 2017, again before Trump’s inauguration, that used information from the bogus Steele dossier to conclude that “Putin and the Russian Government aspired to help President-elect Trump’s election chances.” If that isn’t using intelligence agencies to “cast doubt on election results,” what is? Worse, the trick would be repeated, over and over: “The President and key members of his administration can also reference classified documents without releasing them, manipulate classified information, or selectively release classified documents for political purposes, fueling manufactured rumors.” – This phenomenon also began before Trump’s election, notably with the story leaked on January 10, 2017, about four “intel chiefs,” including FBI Director James Comey, who presented then-President-elect Trump with “claims of Russian efforts to compromise him,” including the infamous pee tape. “Selective” release of “classified documents” then continued through the Trump presidency. Other incidents involved the “repeated contacts with Russian intelligence” story (February 2017), a Washington Post story about Jeff Sessions speaking to the Russian ambassador (March 2017), the (incorrect) story about Trump lawyer Michael Cohen being in Prague (April 2018), the infamous “Russian bounty” story (June 2020), and many, many, others… Podesta himself participated in one of the first and most damaging “manufactured rumor” episodes, beginning in late 2016, involving the use of the Elias-commissioned Steele dossier to illegally obtain a FISA warrant on former Trump aide Carter Page. Podesta, who of course knew the real source of the story, reacted to it as if it was news generated by government investigators and publicly derided Page as a Russian cutout, before adding that the 2016 election “was distorted by the Russian intervention.” This was a textbook example of using “manufactured rumors” from intelligence agencies to “cast doubt” on election results as you’ll find… “Additional presidential powers subject to misuse include… his ability to restrict internet communications in the name of national security.” – As for restricting internet communications “in the name of national security,” Racket pauses to laugh. The growth of state-aided censorship initiatives like the ones we studied all last year in the Twitter Files began well before Trump’s election, for instance with the creation in Barack Obama’s last year of the State Department’s Global Engagement Center, which later worked with Stanford’s Election Integrity Partnership to focus heavily on posts deemed to be attempts at “delegitimization” in the 2020 election. Stanford’s group even flagged a story about the TIP in its final report as “conspiracy theory.” – Not to say that these bureaucracies couldn’t be abused by a second Trump administration, but so far they’ve been a near-exclusive fixation of Democratic politicians and security officials. There’s a reason Joe Biden is the only candidate slated to enjoy a censorship-free campaign season, while Trump and third-party challenger Robert F. Kennedy have been repeatedly removed or de-amplified from various platforms… “There is considerable room to use foreign interference, real or invented, as a pretext to cast doubt on the election results or more generally to create uncertainty about the legitimacy of the election.” – This may have been the most amazing line in the TIP report, given that the entire Trump presidency was marked by stories like “How Russia Helped Swing the Election for Trump” (New Yorker) “Did Russia Affect the 2016 Election? It’s Now Undeniable” (Wired), “Russia ‘turned’ election for Trump, Clapper believes” (PBS), “Yes, Russian Election Sabotage Helped Trump Win” (Bloomberg), and a personal favorite, “CIA Director Wrongly Says U.S. Found Russia Didn’t Affect Election Result” (NBC). There was so much “Russia hacked the election” messaging between 2016 and 2020, in fact, that our Matt Orfalea made two movies about it. Here’s one: – In the 2018 midterm elections, officials warned that Russia was going to “attack” the congressional vote. Stories like “U.S. 2018 elections ‘under attack’ by Russia” (Reuters) and “Justice Dept. Accuses Russians of Interfering in Midterm Elections” (New York Times) were constants, until the Democrats retook the House in a “blue wave,” at which point headlines began saying the opposite (“Russians Tried, but Were Unable to Compromise Midterm Elections, U.S. Says” from the Times was a typical take). The TIP was written during a repeat version, as stories like “Lawmakers are Warned that Russia is Meddling to Re-Elect Trump” (New York Times) were near-daily fixtures in 2020 pre-election coverage. After Biden won, headlines like “Putin Failed to Mount Major Election Interference Activities in 2020” again became fixtures in papers like the Washington Post… This brings us to the last and most controversial angle on the TIP report. When the original TIP text came out, Michael Brendan Daugherty in National Review wrote in an offhand tone that he got the feeling “some progressives are steeling themselves for a Color Revolution in the United States,” because winning a normal election “just isn’t cathartic enough.” – To this day, the color revolution idea makes TIP organizers laugh… “The idea that some rando in Los Angeles,” Gilman says, referring to himself, “was secretly planning a color revolution (which he published a report about months in advance, which you gotta admit is a pretty weird move for a guy allegedly plotting a revolution) is a textbook example of Hofstadter’s Paranoid Style.” – Brooks is also incredulous, saying the color revolution thesis is a “profound misunderstanding” of the TIP report. “They aren’t plans or predictions, they’re efforts to understand how things might play out,” she wrote, adding that the TIP participants were merely asking, “What could go wrong?” – They may have asked that. Still, the group’s final report contained a string of references to “plans and predictions,” with entries like “Plan for a contested election,” “Plan for large-scale protests,” and “Make plans now for how to respond in the event of a crisis.” As for the “profound misunderstanding,” Brooks gave a friendly interview to a New York Times writer who was apparently laboring under the same “profound” delusion… Weeks after the National Review piece, Michelle Goldberg in the Times wrote of Daugherty: “He’s right, but not in the way he thinks.” She explained that Democrats don’t relish the thought of an uprising, but look upon it as something to be dreaded, that “must nonetheless be considered.” – She then quoted Brooks. The Georgetown professor, who in her most recent book about life in the Defense Department described getting “a coveted intelligence community ‘blue badge'” to pass into “the sacred precincts of the CIA,” told Goldberg that in the event of a Trump power grab, “the only thing left is what pro-democracy movements and human rights movements around the world have always done, which is sustained, mass peaceful demonstrations.” – That did sound like a description of the Eastern European color revolutions, which generally involved mass street actions, sustained negative press pressure, and calls by NGOs and outside countries for the disfavored leader to step down. A major reason the “color revolution” theme struck commentators in connection with TIP had to do with the presence in the TIP simulation of Barack Obama’s former chief ethics lawyer, Norm Eisen. Eisen wrote a manual called The Democracy Playbook for the Brookings Institution that is often referred to as the unofficial how-to guide for America-backed regime-change operations abroad. Anyone who’s been forced to read a lot of “democracy promotion” literature, as I had to in Russia, will recognize familiar themes in the TIP report… One of the controversial features of “color revolution” episodes is that the U.S. has at times supported ousters of perhaps unsavory, but legally elected, leaders. Was the TIP group contemplating the “sustained” protest scenario only in the event of Trump stealing an election, or if he merely won in an unpleasant way, i.e. via the Electoral College with a popular vote deficit? Brooks at first indicated she didn’t understand the reference… “I am not sure what the question is?” she wrote. “Peaceful protests, mass or otherwise, are constitutionally protected.” – I referred back to the Times piece and the “movements around the world” quote, noting that while those outcomes might arguably have been desirable, it’d be hard to call them strictly democratic… “I am not an expert on the color revolutions,” she replied. “It is certainly true that on both left and right, in both the US and abroad, there are nearly always… I guess I’d say spoilers, or violence entrepreneurs — who try to hijack peaceful protest movements.” – Lastly: one TIP simulation also predicted, with something like remarkable anti-clairvoyance, that Trump would contrive to label Biden supporters guilty of “insurrection” for protesting a “clear Trump win”: The Trump Campaign planted agent provocateurs into the protests throughout the country to ensure these protests turned violent and helped further the narrative of a violent insurrection against a lawfully elected president… That passage was published on August 3, 2020, long before most Americans knew or cared that the word “insurrection” had political significance. We’d be instructed in its use within hours of the riots, when Joe Biden said, “It’s not protest. It’s insurrection,” and everyone from Mitt Romney to Mitch McConnell to media talking heads to the authors of the articles of impeachment like Jamie Raskin fixated on the word. Still, not until December 2021 did a public figure explain how the 14th Amendment might be deployed strategically in the post-January 6th world. The insight came from Elias, who has since deleted the tweet:

We’re of course now seeing that litigation, notably in the form of a Colorado Supreme Court decision to remove Trump from the ballot, which was handed down after complaints filed citing the 14th Amendment provision alluded to by Elias… All this is laid out as background for the coming nine months of campaign chaos, if we even end up having a traditional campaign season. Revolt of the Public author and former CIA analyst Martin Gurri summed up the situation in a piece for The Free Press titled “Trump. Again. The Question is Why?” The money quotes: The malady now exposed is this: the elites have lost faith in representative democracy. To smash the nightmare image of themselves that Trump evokes, they are willing to twist and force our system until it breaks… The implications are clear. Not only Trump, but the nearly 75 million Americans who voted for him, must be silenced and crushed. To save democracy, it must be modified by a possessive: “our democracy.” – The Biden campaign, stuck in a seemingly irreversible poll freefall, has put all its rhetorical chips on the theme of “protecting democracy.” Biden mentions Trump’s “assault on democracy” at every opportunity, and even recently resorted to Apollo Creed-style imagery, campaigning at Valley Forge flanked by a dozen American flags and red, white, and blue lights. (Red-and-white striped trunks can’t be far off.) The DNC’s daily “talkers” memos for months have asked blue-party pols and friendly reporters to stress “the existential threat to freedom and democracy that Donald Trump and MAGA Republicans represent,” while pointing to stories like Vanity Fair’s, “There Is No ‘Both Sides’ to Donald Trump’s Threat to Democracy,” in its CONTENT TO AMPLIFY section… This messaging would likely have worked after January 6th, when Trump’s post-electoral conduct rankled voters, as evidenced by an exit approval rating of 34%. It can’t now, since the word “democracy” has been appropriated to refer exclusively to the party that declared its New Hampshire primary “non-binding” and “meaningless,” canceled its Florida primary, is preparing mass technical challenges against third-party challengers like No Labels or Robert F. Kennedy Jr. (and has a rich history in that area; see accompanying Nader piece), is seeking to kick the GOP front-runner off the ballot, has mass-filed bar complaints against attorneys who represented that candidate, and has piled criminal counts atop its main electoral opposition… Many who couldn’t stand Trump, would never vote for him, and have been willing consumers of the awesome amount of propaganda published on the Trump subject, now need to face the fact that they’ve been had. Transformed into the avatar of all bad things — a crude domestic combo platter of Saddam, Milosevic, Assad, and Putin — this vision of the über-villain, Trump, has been used to distract mass audiences from the erosion of “norms” at home. “Protecting democracy” in the Trump context will be remembered as having served the same purpose as Saddam’s mythical WMDs, the shots fired in the Gulf of Tonkin, or Gaddafi’s fictional Viagra-enhanced army. Those were carefully crafted political lies, used to rally the public behind illegal campaigns of preemption… Voters, by voting, “protect democracy.” A politician who claims to be doing the job for us is up to something. The group in the current White House is trying to steal for themselves a word that belongs to you. Don’t let them.”The Tucker Carlson Encounter: Bret Weinstein at the Darien Gap (Video, 1hr 12min) – – Bret Weinstein, recently returned from a trip to the “Darien Gap” in Panama, reports on the massive foreign migration through the raw, mountainous, and road-less jungle there. Among other things he covers a place called the San Vicente Camp, full of Military Aged Chinese men, a few women, and no children such as are seen in masses elsewhere in the Panama Migration. These Chinese men are secretive, seem to be universally loath to talk about their reasons for migration to the U.S.

Civil War & Shadow Crossings: The UN’s Role in the US Invasion Currently Underway – The global migration masterplan revealed, the UN is at it once again, America’s hometowns are at risk as Americans head south to shore up the US border, and the US enters into civil war. – by Reinette Senum – – Several days ago, I was sent the video below, “United States Invasion Route Exposed,” and only now have I had a chance to watch it— and it is a must-watch. I can’t stress this enough. Share it with everyone you know, particularly those who think what we are seeing at our southern border is a “humanitarian crisis” of immigrants who simply want a better life… In a staggering revelation, investigative journalists uncovered the hidden players, support, organization, and funding to assist mass migration into the United States’ southern border. In 2023, the US experienced an influx of nearly a quarter million migrants monthly, following a highly organized and funded trail from Quito, Ecuador, directly to the U.S. Two young and what I consider very brave Muckraker (founder) and journalist, Anthony Rubin and his brother, embarked on a perilous journey to expose trail of invasion throughout South America, Central America and Mexico, to the US, uncovering alarming facts about this orchestrated migration… Video (40 min): – The journey revealed a meticulously planned route aided by various organizations, including government and non-government bodies. Not surprisingly, this includes the United Nations, which provided maps and guidance to facilitate this migration. This assistance extended to bizarre aids, like instructions on condom usage, underlining a deeper, unnerving objective… One alarming aspect was the discovery of staging points for Chinese nationals, particularly military-aged males. These well-funded migrants contrast starkly with the impoverished Venezuelans trekking on foot. The presence of Chinese nationals, some admitting to espionage intentions, adds a complex geopolitical dimension to this crisis… THE PERILOUS JOURNEY THROUGH THE DARIEN GAP – The path takes these migrants through the Darien Gap, a treacherous stretch known for its lawlessness, where robbery, rape, and murder are rampant. Despite this, the United Nations’ indirect support continues, funneling countless individuals into the clutches of organized crime, turning a humanitarian issue into a lucrative business for criminals… Many never make it out of these routes alive… The journey through the Darien Gap, fraught with danger and human misery, epitomizes the dire circumstances these migrants face. It’s a harrowing testament to the extreme risks undertaken, often resulting in tragic outcomes. This perilous trek, however, is just a fraction of their arduous journey to the United States… Upon reaching Mexico, the migrants encounter further orchestration. The involvement of cartels and organizations like Pueblo Sin Fronteras, which has anti-American sentiments, highlights a concerning collusion. This network facilitates the migrants’ journey, including crossing Mexico and boarding the notorious “Train of Death.” – These migrants have no idea they are being used as UN fodder, and their well-being and lives are meaningless to the UN, NGOs, and cartels along the way… This investigation reveals a multifaceted crisis, combining humanitarian tragedy, geopolitical threats, and undermining U.S. sovereignty. With schools turning into shelters for illegal aliens and cities granting suffrage to non-citizens, the fabric of American society is at risk. The U.N.’s Replacement Migration is clearly underway in Europe, and now throughout the U.S. This deliberate effort to reshape demographic structures threatens the very essence of the American Republic. – THE UN; INVOLVED IN ALL THINGS DESTRUCTIVE – The UN seems to have its hands in all things concerning destroying nations from the inside out… Just today, the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees (UNRWA) terminated the contracts of several employees after Israel presented evidence that they participated in the October 7 terrorist attacks. The State Department has temporarily paused additional funding to UNRWA while an investigation is underway. This follows historical scrutiny of UNRWA for alleged anti-Israel and anti-Jewish biases in its educational materials. The incident heightens concerns about the role of international organizations in conflicts and their impact on diplomatic relations. For more detailed information, you can read the full article here… “TAKE OUR BORDER BACK” CONVOY RAMPS UP – The upcoming convoy, “Take Our Border Back,” is in response to growing concerns and frustration over immigration policies (or lack thereof) and border security. Organized by a coalition of groups advocating for stricter immigration controls and enhanced border security measures from January 29th – February 3rd, the convoy aims to draw attention to the massive and deliberate failures in the current government’s approach to managing border crossings and immigration. Participants, including truckers, law enforcement, veterans, activists, concerned citizens, and members of various communities, are planning to travel across several states, culminating in a major rally at a significant border location. – SCOTUS BETRAYS AMERICA – A few days ago, the United States Supreme Court made a ridiculous ruling regarding Texas’ border barriers. The Court ordered Texas to allow federal border agents access to the state’s border with Mexico, specifically addressing the miles of concertina wire (also known as razor wire) that Texas officials had deployed… The Supreme Court’s 5-4 decision vacated a previous injunction from the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, which had prevented Border Patrol agents from cutting the concertina wire. The situation, escalating at Shelby Park in Eagle Pass, has become a standoff point between Texas and the federal government over immigration enforcement. Texas Governor Greg Abbott had increased border enforcement in this area by surrounding it with razor wire and limiting access. The Biden Administration, on the other hand, emphasized the necessity of leaving the border wide open to increase the invasion of military-aged men from around the world, including China… IGNORED BY MSM, THE CIVIL WAR HAS BEGUN – What historic times we live in…. and how amazing it is that MSM (mainstream news) is not covering the escalating events much, considering the significance… In response to the SCOTUS decisions, in a significant move, Texas Governor Greg Abbott has announced a collaboration with 25 other states to deploy their respective National Guard units to the Texas-Mexico border… The multi-state initiative involves a large deployment of National Guard troops, aiming to enhance border security and manage the surge in migrant crossings. Governor Abbott, emphasizing the need for robust border control, has framed this action as essential for maintaining state and national security. The collaboration represents a concerted effort by these states to support Texas in addressing the challenges posed by the increased number of migrants. – A CALL FOR VIGILANCE – However, what we are lacking is a serious discussion over the current number of migrants relocated into cities and towns across America. Evidence is building that they are being supplied, trained, and possibly armed for a later date… While those who are able-bodied are heading rightfully to protect the southern border, and service men and women have been called to the Middle East, they are leaving their hometowns and cities vulnerable. Americans across the country need to step up their game and look for unusual activity in their area… As citizens, we must remain vigilant in our communities, recognizing and reporting unusual activities. We must be alert to unusual movements of people and vehicles, including trains and planes. The safety and integrity of our nation depend on our collective awareness and response to these covert threats… The evidence is clear: the United States faces an undeclared war, a covert invasion orchestrated by global and criminal networks. It’s not just an immigration issue; it’s a matter of national security, sovereignty, and the survival of the American Republic as we know it. As Americans, we must stand united in defending our nation, values, and future against this unprecedented threat.”Five Variables Defining Our Future – by Pepe Escobar –
In the late 1930s, with WWII in motion, and only months before his assassination, Leon Trotsky already had a vision of what the future Empire of Chaos would be up to… ‘For Germany it was a question of “organizing Europe”. The United States must ‘organize’ the world. History is bringing mankind face to face with the volcanic eruption of American imperialism…Under one or another pretext and slogan the United States will intervene in the tremendous clash in order to maintain its world dominion.’ – We all know what happened next. Now we are under a new volcano that even Trotsky could not have identified: a declining United States faced with the Russia-China “threat”. And once again the entire planet is affected by major moves in the geopolitical chessboard… The Straussian neocons in charge of US foreign policy could never accept Russia-China leading the way towards a multipolar world. For now we have NATO’s perpetual expansionism as their strategy to debilitate Russia, and Taiwan as their strategy to debilitate China… Yet in these past two years, the vicious proxy war in Ukraine only accelerated the transition towards a multipolar, Eurasia-driven world order… With the indispensable help of Prof. Michael Hudson, let’s briefly recap the 5 key variables that are conditioning the current transition… Losers Don’t Dictate Terms1. The stalemate: That’s the new, obsessive US narrative on Ukraine – on steroids. Confronted with the upcoming, cosmic NATO humiliation in the battlefield, the White House and the State Dept. had to – literally – improvise… Moscow though is unfazed. The Kremlin has set the terms a long time ago: total surrender, and no Ukraine as part of NATO. To “negotiate”, from the Russia point of view, is to accept these terms… And if the deciding powers in Washington opt for turbo-charging the weaponization of Kiev, or to unleash “the most heinous provocations in order to change the course of events”, as asserted this week by the head of the SVR, Sergey Naryshkin, fine… The road ahead will be bloody. In case the usual suspects sideline popular Zaluzhny and install Budanov as the head of the Armed Forces of Ukraine, the AFU will be under total control of the CIA – and not NATO generals, as it’s still the case… This might prevent a military coup against the sweaty sweatshirt puppet in Kiev. Yet things will get much uglier. Ukraine will go Total Guerrilla, with only two objectives: to attack Russian civilians and civilian infrastructure. Moscow, of course, is fully aware of the dangers… Meanwhile, chatterbox overdrive in several latitudes suggest that NATO may even be getting ready for a partition of Ukraine. Whatever form that might take, losers do not dictate conditions: Russia does… As for EU politicos, predictably, they are in total panic, believing that after mopping up Ukraine, Russia will become even more of a “threat” to Europe. Nonsense. Not only Moscow couldn’t give a damn to what Europe “thinks”; the last thing Russia wants or needs is to annex Baltic or Eastern European hysteria. Moreover, even Jens Stoltenberg admitted “NATO sees no threat from Russia toward any of its territories.’2. BRICS: Since the start of 2024, this is The Big Picture: the Russian presidency of BRICS+ – which translates as a particle accelerator towards multipolarity. The Russia-China strategic partnership will be increasing actual production, in several fields, while Europe plunges into depression, unleashed by the Perfect Storm of sanctions blowback against Russia and German de-industrialization. And it’s far from over, as Washington is also ordering Brussels to sanction China across the spectrum… As Prof. Michael Hudson frames it, we are right in the middle of “the whole split of the world and the turning towards China, Russia, Iran, BRICS”, united in “an attempt to reverse, undo, and roll back the whole colonial expansion that’s occurred over the last five centuries.” – Or, as Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov defined at the UN Security Council this process of BRICS leaving Western bullies behind, the changing world order is like “a playground scuffle – which the West is losing.” – Bye Bye, Soft Power – 3. The Lone Emperor: The “stalemate” – actually losing a war – is directly linked to its compensation: the Empire squeezing and shrinking a vassalized Europe. But even as you exercise nearly total control over all these relatively wealthy vassals, you lose the Global South, for good: if not all their leaders, certainly the overwhelming majority of public opinion. The icing in the toxic cake is to support a genocide followed by the whole planet in real time. Bye bye, soft power. – 4. De-dollarization: All across the Global South, they did the math: if the Empire and its EU vassals can just steal over $300 billion in Russian foreign reserves – from a top nuclear/military power – they can do it to anyone, and they will… The key reason Saudi Arabia, now a BRICS 10 member, is being so meek on the genocide in Gaza is because their hefty US dollar reserves are hostage to the Hegemon… And yet the caravan moving away from the US dollar will only keep growing in 2024: that will depend on crucial crossover deliberations inside the Eurasia Economic Union (EAEU) and BRICS 10. – 5. Garden and jungle: What Putin and Xi have essentially been telling the Global South – including the energy-rich Arab world – is quite simple. If you want improved trade and economic growth, who’re you gonna link to? – So we’re back to the “garden and jungle” syndrome – first coined by imperial Britain orientalist Rudyard Kipling. Both the British concept of “white man’s burden” and the American concept of “Manifest Destiny” derive from the “garden and jungle” metaphor… NATOstan, and hardly all of it, is supposed to be the garden. The Global South is the jungle. Michael Hudson again: as it stands, the jungle is growing, but the garden isn’t growing “because its philosophy is not industrialization. Its philosophy is to make monopoly rents, meaning rents that you make in your sleep without producing value. You just have a privilege of a right to collect money on a monopoly technology that you have.” – The difference now, compared to all those decades ago of an imperial free lunch, is “an immense shift of technological advance”, away from North America and the US, to China, Russia and selected nodes across Asia… Forever Wars. And No Plan B – If we combine all these variants – stalemate; BRICS; the Lone Emperor; de-dollarization; garden and jungle – in search of the most probable scenario ahead, it’s easy to see that the only “way out” for a cornered Empire is, what else, the default modus operandi: Forever Wars… And that brings us to the current American aircraft carrier in West Asia, totally out of control yet always supported by the Hegemon, aiming for a multi-front war against the whole Axis of Resistance: Palestine, Hezbollah, Syria, Iraqi militias, Ansarullah in Yemen, and Iran… In a sense we’re back to the immediate post-9/11, when what the neocons really wanted was not Afghanistan, but the invasion of Iraq: not only to control the oil (which in the end they didn’t) but, in Michael Hudson’s analysis, “to essentially create America’s foreign legion in the form of ISIS and al-Qaeda in Iraq.” Now, “America has two armies that it’s using to fight in the Near East, the ISIS/al-Qaeda foreign legion (Arabic-speaking foreign legion) and the Israelis.” – Hudson’s intuition of ISIS and Israel as parallel armies is priceless: they both fight the Axis of Resistance, and never (italics mine) fight each other. The Straussian neocon plan, as tawdry as it gets, essentially is a variant of the “fight to the last Ukrainian”: to “fight to the last Israeli” on the way to the Holy Grail, which is to bomb, bomb, bomb Iran (copyright John McCain) and provoke regime change… As much as the “plan” did not work in Iraq or Ukraine, it won’t work against the Axis of Resistance… What Putin, Xi and Raisi have been explaining to the Global South, explicitly or in quite subtle ways, is that we are right in the crux of a civilizational war… Michael Hudson has done a lot to bring down such an epic struggle to practical terms. Are we heading towards what I described as techno-feudalism – which is the AI format of rent-seeking turbo-neoliberalism? Or are we heading to something similar to the origins of industrial capitalism? – Michael Hudson characterizes an auspicious horizon as “raising living standards instead of imposing IMF financial austerity on the dollar block”: devising a system that Big Finance, Big Bank, Big Pharma and what Ray McGovern memorably coined as the MICIMATT (military-industrial-congressional-intelligence-media-academia-think tank complex) cannot control. Alea jacta est… * ISIS (also known as ISIL/IS) is a terrorist group banned in Russia… ** A terrorist group outlawed in Russia and many other countries.”NWO SERVICE CORPS & MURDER INC. — Christopher James on SGT Report (Video 1hr)

Biden Gives Green Light for Retaliation Against Iran – by Peter Symonds – – “In the wake of the drone attack in northern Jordan that killed three American soldiers and wounded dozens more, President Biden affirmed to reporters yesterday that he had decided on the US retaliatory action. Having blamed “radical Iran-backed militant groups” for the deaths, the retaliation could include strikes on such militias anywhere in the Middle East and targets within Iran itself… Asked by reporters if he blamed Iran for the deaths of the US soldiers, Biden declared that he held Tehran responsible ‘in the sense that they’re supplying the weapons to the people who did it.” Pressed to say if Iran was directly responsible, he refused to respond, simply declaring “we’ll have that discussion.’ Iran has denied any responsibility for the attack… Well aware that the US-backed Israeli genocide of Palestinians in Gaza has transformed the Middle East into a powder keg, Biden played down the potential for regional conflict… ‘I don’t think we need a wider war in the Middle East. That’s not what I’m looking for,’ he said… Yet that is exactly what the Biden administration is doing, not only through its political, economic and military support for Israel but its expanding war against Houthi militia in Yemen and strikes in Iraq and Syria. US imperialism is rapidly and recklessly plunging the Middle East into a region-wide war that together with the US-NATO war against Russia in Ukraine threatens to engulf the world… While Biden gave no indication of the nature of US retaliation, National Security Council spokesperson John Kirby told reporters aboard Air Force One that the US intended to strike the militia groups and degrade their capacity to attack US troops while sending a “strong signal to their backers” in Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps. Ominously, he declared that Biden’s order would be a “tiered approach” encompassing “potentially multiple actions.”.. Current and former US officials told the Financial Times that the Biden administration would target militia leaders, Iranian personnel in Syria or Iraq and assets outside of Iran… ‘This won’t be a single attack, so there will probably be several rounds. I think it has to be a very robust attack action,’ a former senior US military commander in the Middle East said… Right-wing Republicans, including leading presidential contender Trump, are braying for blood, denouncing Biden’s “weakness” and calling for strikes against Iran, knowing full well that such action would dramatically escalate the simmering war across the Middle East… The Biden administration has not ruled out a direct attack on Iran or on senior Iranian officials in the Middle East. Indeed, the White House undoubtedly gave the go-ahead for the highly provocative Israeli air raid in December outside Damascus that killed Iranian Brigadier General Sayyed Razi Mousavi—the top adviser inside Syria of Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC). That was followed by a further Israeli air attack on Damascus earlier this month that killed the IRGC intelligence chief for Syria and his deputy as well as two other IRGC officials… Israel, again unquestionably with the full support of Washington, is also preparing to expand its war from Gaza and the West Bank into southern Lebanon. Speaking to Israeli reservists on the border with Gaza on Monday, Defence Minister Yoav Gallant said that Israeli troops will “very soon go into action” on the country’s northern border with Lebanon. The forces close to you, he said, ‘are leaving the field and moving towards the north, and preparing for what comes next.’.. Gallant’s comments are a warning that Israel is planning a dramatic escalation of a conflict with Hezbollah militia in Lebanon that has been underway since its war on Gaza began. Northern Israel already has tens of thousands of regular troops and some 60,000 reservists, an Israeli Defence Forces (IDF) official told ABC News last week… Israeli air raids and artillery barrage attacks inside Lebanon and Hezbollah attacks on Israeli forces in northern Israel have taken place virtually on a daily basis. An estimated 100,000 Israelis have evacuated the country’s northern towns while around 76,000 Lebanese living near the border have fled. Hezbollah has reported that 171 of its members have been killed since October 8, while Israel has said that nine soldiers and six civilians have been killed… Even as the Biden administration uses the deaths of three American soldiers as the pretext for new military aggression in the Middle East, the death toll in Gaza continues to climb in the barbaric Israeli war waged on the Palestinians with the full backing of Washington. According to the Palestinian Health Ministry in Gaza yesterday, the number of dead since October 7 rose to 26,751 with another 65,636 others wounded. The Israeli army killed 114 and wounded 249 others in the previous 24 hours… The ministry’s spokesperson Ashraf Al-Qedra reported that Israel was increasing its siege on the Nasser Medical Complex in Khan Younis in the southern Gaza Strip for the second week, placing “150 medical personnel, 450 wounded, and 3,000 displaced people under targeting.” With only enough fuel to keep the hospital’s generators running for two days, Al-Qedra warned that the situation would become even more dire… Based on reports from the Palestinian news agency Wafa, Al Jazeera yesterday detailed Israeli operations inside the West Bank over the previous 24 hours. These included the killing of three Palestinians inside the Ibn Sina Hospital in Jenin by Israeli special forces; the bombing of the Al-Farouq Mosque in Khan Younis refugee camp; ongoing raids inside the Nur Shams and Tulkarem refugee camps, where Israeli forces bulldozed roads, water, telecommunication and electricity lines… The horrors of the Israeli war inside Gaza and the West Bank are a harbinger of the barbarity that Israel, the US and its allies are preparing to inflict on a far wider scale throughout the Middle East. The US targeting of Iran is not the response to the deaths of three American soldiers but is flows from long-held ambitions for American domination of the energy-rich region and the failure of its previous criminal wars in the Middle East to achieve that end.” John Podesta: Portrait Of A Consummate Technocrat (And Climate Czar) – from Bloomberg article by SaraSilberger, and Technocracy News -“Like a bad penny, John Podesta just won’t go away. He is a former member of the Trilateral Commission, the founder of the Center for American Progress (CAP), and the leading architect of America’s deleterious climate change plan, starting in the 1990s when he served as Bill Clinton’s chief of staff… It was President Bill Clinton and Vice President Al Gore, both members of the Trilateral Commission, who ushered in the UN’s Agenda 21 policies. When Clinton was busy reinventing government, he brought his lifetime friend Podesta on in 1998. Podesta created the infamous presidential strategy of “ruling with a pen and a phone” to skirt Congress. Every president since has used and abused this. But, it was essential to cram Agenda 21 and climate change policies down our throats… I have thoroughly documented the Trilateral Commission’s singular role in creating Agenda 21 and advancing sustainable development… Since 2022, Podesta has been listed as a senior advisor to President Biden. His sole function was to disburse the $780 Billion to clean energy authorized under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022… John Kerry has retired as Climate Czar at age 80; now Podesta assumes that title and function for himself… In 2015, I wrote Rebuilding Babel – Toward The Endgame of Technocracy to explain how the con game works: Take Trilateral Commission member John Podesta for instance. Podesta is Senior Policy Advisor to Obama for Climate Change. In the 1990s under Clinton, Podesta invented and perfected the policy of ruling by Executive Orders, and now he is coaching Obama. Just before he took this position last year, Podesta had just finished up working with a high-level climate-change planning group at the United Nations that called for global reforms and renewed initiatives… Even the New York Times acknowledges, “the architect of Mr. Obama’s climate change plan is none other than his senior counselor, John D. Podesta.” The same NYT article also quoted Speaker of the House John Boehner as saying, “This announcement is yet another sign that the president intends to double-down on his job-crushing policies no matter how devastating the impact for America’s heartland and the country as a whole.” – All complaining and whining aside, Congress remains completely impotent to stop or even slow either Podesta or his protégé Obama. This is how Technocracy works: In the name of (false) science, they tell you what to do and you do it… Please be clear on this – people like John Podesta are not socialists, Marxists, communists or fascists. They are Technocrats who are bent on imposing Technocracy that will ultimately destroy capitalism and install themselves as the unelected and unaccountable leaders of the New International Economic Order… Nothing changes. Like Henry Kissinger and Zbigniew Brzezinski before him, we are stuck with him until he dies; until then, he will push Trilateral Commission policy to flip us into a full-blown Technocracy.”The Rise of Techno-authoritarianism – Silicon Valley has its own ascendant political ideology. It’s past time we call it what it is – by Adrienne LaFrance, Executive Editor, The Atlantic – – “If you had to capture Silicon Valley’s dominant ideology in a single anecdote, you might look first to Mark Zuckerberg, sitting in the blue glow of his computer some 20 years ago, chatting with a friend about how his new website, TheFacebook, had given him access to reams of personal information about his fellow students: Zuckerberg: Yeah so if you ever need info about anyone at Harvard – Zuckerberg: Just ask… Zuckerberg: I have over 4,000 emails, pictures, addresses, SNS – Friend: What? How’d you manage that one? – Zuckerberg: People just submitted it. – Zuckerberg: I don’t know why. – Zuckerberg: They “trust me” – Zuckerberg: Dumb fucks… That conversation—later revealed through leaked chat records—was soon followed by another that was just as telling, if better mannered. At a now-famous Christmas party in 2007, Zuckerberg first met Sheryl Sandberg, his eventual chief operating officer, who with Zuckerberg would transform the platform into a digital imperialist superpower. There, Zuckerberg, who in Facebook’s early days had adopted the mantra “Company over country,” explained to Sandberg that he wanted every American with an internet connection to have a Facebook account. For Sandberg, who once told a colleague that she’d been “put on this planet to scale organizations,” that turned out to be the perfect mission… Facebook (now Meta) has become an avatar of all that is wrong with Silicon Valley. Its self-interested role in spreading global disinformation is an ongoing crisis. Recall, too, the company’s secret mood-manipulation experiment in 2012, which deliberately tinkered with what users saw in their News Feed in order to measure how Facebook could influence people’s emotional states without their knowledge. Or its participation in inciting genocide in Myanmar in 2017. Or its use as a clubhouse for planning and executing the January 6, 2021, insurrection. (In Facebook’s early days, Zuckerberg listed “revolutions” among his interests. This was around the time that he had a business card printed with I’M CEO, BITCH.) – And yet, to a remarkable degree, Facebook’s way of doing business remains the norm for the tech industry as a whole, even as other social platforms (TikTok) and technological developments (artificial intelligence) eclipse Facebook in cultural relevance… The new technocrats claim to embrace Enlightenment values, but in fact they are leading an antidemocratic, illiberal movement… To worship at the altar of mega-scale and to convince yourself that you should be the one making world-historic decisions on behalf of a global citizenry that did not elect you and may not share your values or lack thereof, you have to dispense with numerous inconveniences—humility and nuance among them. Many titans of Silicon Valley have made these trade-offs repeatedly. YouTube (owned by Google), Instagram (owned by Meta), and Twitter (which Elon Musk insists on calling X) have been as damaging to individual rights, civil society, and global democracy as Facebook was and is. Considering the way that generative AI is now being developed throughout Silicon Valley, we should brace for that damage to be multiplied many times over in the years ahead… The behavior of these companies and the people who run them is often hypocritical, greedy, and status-obsessed. But underlying these venalities is something more dangerous, a clear and coherent ideology that is seldom called out for what it is: authoritarian technocracy. As the most powerful companies in Silicon Valley have matured, this ideology has only grown stronger, more self-righteous, more delusional, and—in the face of rising criticism—more aggrieved… he new technocrats are ostentatious in their use of language that appeals to Enlightenment values—reason, progress, freedom—but in fact they are leading an antidemocratic, illiberal movement. Many of them profess unconditional support for free speech, but are vindictive toward those who say things that do not flatter them. They tend to hold eccentric beliefs: that technological progress of any kind is unreservedly and inherently good; that you should always build it, simply because you can; that frictionless information flow is the highest value regardless of the information’s quality; that privacy is an archaic concept; that we should welcome the day when machine intelligence surpasses our own. And above all, that their power should be unconstrained. The systems they’ve built or are building—to rewire communications, remake human social networks, insinuate artificial intelligence into daily life, and more—impose these beliefs on the population, which is neither consulted nor, usually, meaningfully informed. All this, and they still attempt to perpetuate the absurd myth that they are the swashbuckling underdogs… he Shakespearean drama that unfolded late last year at OpenAI underscores the extent to which the worst of Facebook’s “move fast and break things” mentality has been internalized and celebrated in Silicon Valley. OpenAI was founded, in 2015, as a nonprofit dedicated to bringing artificial general intelligence into the world in a way that would serve the public good. Underlying its formation was the belief that the technology was too powerful and too dangerous to be developed with commercial motives alone… But in 2019, as the technology began to startle even the people who were working on it with the speed at which it was advancing, the company added a for-profit arm to raise more capital. Microsoft invested $1 billion at first, then many billions of dollars more. Then, this past fall, the company’s CEO, Sam Altman, was fired then quickly rehired, in a whiplash spectacle that signaled a demolition of OpenAI’s previously established safeguards against putting company over country. Those who wanted Altman out reportedly believed that he was too heavily prioritizing the pace of development over safety. But Microsoft’s response—an offer to bring on Altman and anyone else from OpenAI to re-create his team there—started a game of chicken that led to Altman’s reinstatement. The whole incident was messy, and Altman may well be the right person for the job, but the message was clear: The pursuit of scale and profit won decisively over safety concerns and public accountability… Silicon Valley still attracts many immensely talented people who strive to do good, and who are working to realize the best possible version of a more connected, data-rich global society. Even the most deleterious companies have built some wonderful tools. But these tools, at scale, are also systems of manipulation and control. They promise community but sow division; claim to champion truth but spread lies; wrap themselves in concepts such as empowerment and liberty but surveil us relentlessly. The values that win out tend to be the ones that rob us of agency and keep us addicted to our feeds… The theoretical promise of AI is as hopeful as the promise of social media once was, and as dazzling as its most partisan architects project. AI really could cure numerous diseases. It really could transform scholarship and unearth lost knowledge. Except that Silicon Valley, under the sway of its worst technocratic impulses, is following the playbook established in the mass scaling and monopolization of the social web. OpenAI, Microsoft, Google, and other corporations leading the way in AI development are not focusing on the areas of greatest public or epistemological need, and they are certainly not operating with any degree of transparency or caution. Instead they are engaged in a race to build faster and maximize profit… None of this happens without the underlying technocratic philosophy of inevitability—that is, the idea that if you can build something new, you must. “In a properly functioning world, I think this should be a project of governments,” Altman told my colleague Ross Andersen last year, referring to OpenAI’s attempts to develop artificial general intelligence. But Altman was going to keep building it himself anyway. Or, as Zuckerberg put it to The New Yorker many years ago: “Isn’t it, like, inevitable that there would be a huge social network of people? … If we didn’t do this someone else would have done it.” – Technocracy first blossomed as a political ideology after World War I, among a small group of scientists and engineers in New York City who wanted a new social structure to replace representative democracy, putting the technological elite in charge. Though their movement floundered politically—people ended up liking President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s New Deal better—it had more success intellectually, entering the zeitgeist alongside modernism in art and literature, which shared some of its values. The American poet Ezra Pound’s modernist slogan “Make it new” easily could have doubled as a mantra for the technocrats. A parallel movement was that of the Italian futurists, led by figures such as the poet F. T. Marinetti, who used maxims like “March, don’t molder” and “Creation, not contemplation.” – The ethos for technocrats and futurists alike was action for its own sake. “We are not satisfied to roam in a garden closed in by dark cypresses, bending over ruins and mossy antiques,” Marinetti said in a 1929 speech. “We believe that Italy’s only worthy tradition is never to have had a tradition.” Prominent futurists took their zeal for technology, action, and speed and eventually transformed it into fascism. Marinetti followed his Manifesto of Futurism (1909) with his Fascist Manifesto (1919). His friend Pound was infatuated with Benito Mussolini and collaborated with his regime to host a radio show in which the poet promoted fascism, gushed over Mein Kampf, and praised both Mussolini and Adolf Hitler. The evolution of futurism into fascism wasn’t inevitable—many of Pound’s friends grew to fear him, or thought he had lost his mind—but it does show how, during a time of social unrest, a cultural movement based on the radical rejection of tradition and history, and tinged with aggrievement, can become a political ideology… In October, the venture capitalist and technocrat Marc Andreessen published on his firm’s website a stream-of-consciousness document he called “The Techno-Optimist Manifesto,” a 5,000-word ideological cocktail that eerily recalls, and specifically credits, Italian futurists such as Marinetti. Andreessen is, in addition to being one of Silicon Valley’s most influential billionaire investors, notorious for being thin-skinned and obstreperous, and despite the invocation of optimism in the title, the essay seems driven in part by his sense of resentment that the technologies he and his predecessors have advanced are no longer “properly glorified.” It is a revealing document, representative of the worldview that he and his fellow technocrats are advancing… The world that Silicon Valley elites have brought into being is a world of reckless social  engineering, without consequence for its architects… Andreessen writes that there is “no material problem,” including those caused by technology, that “cannot be solved with more technology.” He writes that technology should not merely be always advancing, but always accelerating in its advancement “to ensure the techno-capital upward spiral continues forever.” And he excoriates what he calls campaigns against technology, under names such as “tech ethics” and “existential risk.” – Or take what might be considered the Apostles’ Creed of his emerging political movement: We believe we should place intelligence and energy in a positive feedback loop, and drive them both to infinity … We believe in adventure. Undertaking the Hero’s Journey, rebelling against the status quo, mapping uncharted territory, conquering dragons, and bringing home the spoils for our community … We believe in nature, but we also believe in overcoming nature. We are not primitives, cowering in fear of the lightning bolt. We are the apex predator; the lightning works for us… Andreessen identifies several “patron saints” of his movement, Marinetti among them. He quotes from the Manifesto of Futurism, swapping out Marinetti’s “poetry” for “technology”: Beauty exists only in struggle. There is no masterpiece that has not an aggressive character. Technology must be a violent assault on the forces of the unknown, to force them to bow before man… To be clear, the Andreessen manifesto is not a fascist document, but it is an extremist one. He takes a reasonable position—that technology, on the whole, has dramatically improved human life—and warps it to reach the absurd conclusion that any attempt to restrain technological development under any circumstances is despicable. This position, if viewed uncynically, makes sense only as a religious conviction, and in practice it serves only to absolve him and the other Silicon Valley giants of any moral or civic duty to do anything but make new things that will enrich them, without consideration of the social costs, or of history. Andreessen also identifies a list of enemies and “zombie ideas” that he calls upon his followers to defeat, among them “institutions” and “tradition.” – “Our enemy,” Andreessen writes, is “the know-it-all credentialed expert worldview, indulging in abstract theories, luxury beliefs, social engineering, disconnected from the real world, delusional, unelected, and unaccountable—playing God with everyone else’s lives, with total insulation from the consequences.” – The irony is that this description very closely fits Andreessen and other Silicon Valley elites. The world that they have brought into being over the past two decades is unquestionably a world of reckless social engineering, without consequence for its architects, who foist their own abstract theories and luxury beliefs on all of us… Some of the individual principles Andreessen advances in his manifesto are anodyne. But its overarching radicalism, given his standing and power, should make you sit up straight. Key figures in Silicon Valley, including Musk, have clearly warmed to illiberal ideas in recent years. In 2020, Donald Trump’s vote share in Silicon Valley was 23 percent—small, but higher than the 20 percent he received in 2016… The main dangers of authoritarian technocracy are not at this point political, at least not in the traditional sense. Still, a select few already have authoritarian control, more or less, to establish the digital world’s rules and cultural norms, which can be as potent as political power… In 1961, in his farewell address, President Dwight Eisenhower warned the nation about the dangers of a coming technocracy. “In holding scientific research and discovery in respect, as we should,” he said, “we must also be alert to the equal and opposite danger that public policy could itself become the captive of a scientific-technological elite. It is the task of statesmanship to mold, to balance, and to integrate these and other forces, new and old, within the principles of our democratic system—ever aiming toward the supreme goals of our free society.” – Eight years later, the country’s first computers were connected to ARPANET, a precursor to the World Wide Web, which became broadly available in 1993. Back then, Silicon Valley was regarded as a utopia for ambitious capitalists and optimistic inventors with original ideas who wanted to change the world, unencumbered by bureaucracy or tradition, working at the speed of the internet (14.4 kilobits per second in those days). This culture had its flaws even at the start, but it was also imaginative in a distinctly American way, and it led to the creation of transformative, sometimes even dumbfoundingly beautiful hardware and software… For a long time, I tended to be more on Andreessen’s end of the spectrum regarding tech regulation. I believed that the social web could still be a net good and that, given enough time, the values that best served the public interest would naturally win out. I resisted the notion that regulating the social web was necessary at all, in part because I was not (and am still not) convinced that the government can do so without itself causing harm (the European model of regulation, including laws such as the so-called right to be forgotten, is deeply inconsistent with free-press protections in America, and poses dangers to the public’s right to know). I’d much prefer to see market competition as a force for technological improvement and the betterment of society… But in recent years, it has become clear that regulation is needed, not least because the rise of technocracy proves that Silicon Valley’s leaders simply will not act in the public’s best interest. Much should be done to protect children from the hazards of social media, and to break up monopolies and oligopolies that damage society, and more. At the same time, I believe that regulation alone will not be enough to meaningfully address the cultural rot that the new technocrats are spreading… Universities should reclaim their proper standing as leaders in developing world-changing technologies for the good of humankind. (Harvard, Stanford, and MIT could invest in creating a consortium for such an effort—their endowments are worth roughly $110 billion combined.) – Individuals will have to lead the way, too. You may not be able to entirely give up social media, or reject your workplace’s surveillance software—you may not even want to opt out of these things. But there is extraordinary power in defining ideals, and we can all begin to do that—for ourselves; for our networks of actual, real-life friends; for our schools; for our places of worship. We would be wise to develop more sophisticated shared norms for debating and deciding how we use invasive technology interpersonally and within our communities. That should include challenging existing norms about the use of apps and YouTube in classrooms, the ubiquity of smartphones in adolescent hands, and widespread disregard for individual privacy. People who believe that we all deserve better will need to step up to lead such efforts… Our children are not data sets waiting to be quantified, tracked, and sold. Our intellectual output is not a mere training manual for the AI that will be used to mimic and plagiarize us. Our lives are meant not to be optimized through a screen, but to be lived—in all of our messy, tree-climbing, night-swimming, adventuresome glory. We are all better versions of ourselves when we are not tweeting or clicking “Like” or scrolling, scrolling, scrolling… Technocrats are right that technology is a key to making the world better. But first we must describe the world as we wish it to be—the problems we wish to solve in the public interest, and in accordance with the values and rights that advance human dignity, equality, freedom, privacy, health, and happiness. And we must insist that the leaders of institutions that represent us—large and small—use technology in ways that reflect what is good for individuals and society, and not just what enriches technocrats… We do not have to live in the world the new technocrats are designing for us. We do not have to acquiesce to their growing project of dehumanization and data mining. Each of us has agency… No more “build it because we can.” No more algorithmic feedbags. N”Russia Begins Building 15-Minute Cities – by Mac Slavo – – “A new Russian city called Dobrograd is being built in the Vladimir Region of Russia. It is being built according to the concept of a 15-minute city, where everything necessary for a person to survive is within a 15-minute walking distance… Judging by the information on the website, construction of this has been underway for a year already… These cities are nothing short of enslavement. And yet the public at large still hasn’t figured out what the ruling classes are doing to them and Dobrograd is not the only one, according to a Substack article by Redko Da Metko... Dobrograd is not the only one. On Sberbank’s website, you can find a detailed presentation of another “smart city,” and the title of the article hints at the same 15-minute city model from the World Economic Forum… In August 2021, the 15-minute triangle project of the Moscow city plan came in the top 30 of the 15-minute city international ‘Urban Design Competition’. The size of the “15-minute area” is 3 by 3 kilometers… The Moscow city plan is a triangular modulus city in the form of a polycentric urban planning system. The main transport networks are located underground, above ground there are only bicycle and pedestrian routes, and the buildings are raised on supports. Much attention is paid to energy efficiency: it is planned to use renewable energy sources (solar, water, wind). –The Daily Exposé – One such city called Sber City was developed by Herman Gref. Apparently, what you do after you create “a whole universe of services for human life”, like cattle-tag systems for schoolchildren and surveillance cameras that can face-recognize muzzled wage slaves and even stray dogs, is you figure out how to enslave humanity even more... As a public service, your correspondent created a one-minute summary of Gref’s Door to the Future: … People living in these cities are going to have every convenience at the tips of their fingers, that is, if the ruling class allows them to use that convenience. What could possibly go wrong when a few have total control over the many?”

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/22/24

Is Zelensky Really Out of Control? With the Endorsement of Washington. What is The End Game? The Privatization of Ukraine? – by Drago Bosnic and Prof Michel Chossudovsky – – “On January 18, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov stated that the political West is trying to exert greater control over the increasingly unhinged Kiev regime frontman Volodymyr Zelensky. According to Lavrov’s assessment, the US-led power pole’s puppet is trying to expand his grip on power by eliminating any form of dissent, including canceling this year’s presidential election. The increasingly out-of-control Zelensky has become a nuisance for the United States, prompting it to insist on “more flexibility” from him, Lavrov said, adding that “all the latest rhetoric coming from [Zelensky’s] office only reflects the wish of that individual and his associates… to keep power as much as they can”. Russia’s top-ranking diplomat also stated that ‘having Zelensky run a re-election campaign would put him more in line with Western interests’… Lavrov’s comments come at a time when the puppet of the belligerent US-led power pole is indeed coming off as a “proxy” dictator. Terrified of the prospect of becoming (geo)politically obsolete, Zelensky is trying to stay relevant for as long as possible. From a purely logical point of view, this is rather understandable, as Washington DC has a long history of abandoning its puppets whenever they outlive their purpose. Needless to say, Zelensky wants to avoid this unflattering fate. In the initial stages of the special military operation (SMO), he and his entourage, amply aided by the mainstream propaganda machine, fought bitterly to ensure that the image of “united Ukraine standing in the face of Russian aggression” is spread across the world. The illusion held initially, but it was only a matter of time before this false sense of unity faded away for good… Zelensky’s effort to seize his “Churchill moment” by using the ongoing conflict as a way to “legally” stay in power and continue hoarding whatever’s left of Western funds is slowly coming to an unceremonious end. Battlefield failures led to the plummeting of the already low morale, leading to even more factionalism and fault lines within the Neo-Nazi junta, amplifying its troubles both at home and abroad. Zelensky’s publicly declared “optimism” is being pushed only by his most loyal propagandists, while any attempt to criticize him is decried as supposedly “unpatriotic”, stifling any chance to get accurate information about the situation on the frontlines and in the country itself. Alternative sources are the only way to get bits and pieces of the truth, but using them can be quite dangerous and even deadly nowadays… And yet, even in such a political climate, Zelensky is still afraid to allow elections to be held. By keeping only those unequivocally loyal to him, he became accustomed to having no competitors or critics. This sort of grip on power has made him increasingly delusional and unable to process the Kiev regime’s grim reality. In recent times, Zelensky even turned on some of his closest backers, as evidenced by Igor Kolomoisky’s arrest back in early September. Before that, the pompously announced counteroffensive resulted in complete failure. Disappointed, the political West increased pressure on Zelensky who was already in an unflattering position as he previously pledged to “liberate the whole country (including Crimea)”. Giving such grossly unrealistic promises is yet another confirmation of Lavrov’s claims… All this also drew a wider wedge between the Kiev regime and the military, particularly between Zelensky and General Valery Zaluzhny. Thus, the Neo-Nazi junta frontman managed not only to antagonize the top military leader, but also got another strong political opponent, as Zaluzhny has repeatedly hinted at his presidential ambitions. In addition, Zelensky’s old rivals are still very much active, prompting him to start using the state apparatus against them, usually by prosecuting them for corruption, a fact recently revealed by former Ukrainian parliamentarian Andrii Derkach who is also actively being hunted by the Kiev regime’s special services. However, it’s important to note that Zelensky still hasn’t outlived his usefulness for the political West, at least until the belligerent power pole finds an “adequate” successor… This is evidenced by the mainstream propaganda machine’s effort to justify the repeated postponing of elections, insisting that it would be impractical and even logistically impossible due to ongoing hostilities. Simultaneously, the political West is trying to keep the Neo-Nazi junta geopolitically relevant by organizing historically unprecedented unilateral “peace talks” that are completely inconsequential to the actual strategic situation. Zelensky himself is still at the center of this PR show, particularly when taking into account that he refuses to give up on his absurd “peace plan” that effectively amounts to Russia’s unconditional capitulation. On the other hand, while Zelensky and his backers keep shooting their mouths off about supposed “peace”, there are talks of delivering ever more advanced NATO weapons to the Kiev regime… Namely, NATO countries are actively breaking international arms control agreements by supplying long-range missiles and even nuclear-capable fighter jets, a fact that Lavrov has been warning about for months at this point… When taking into account the Neo-Nazi junta’s disastrous policies, worthy of an international war crimes tribunal (which immediately disqualifies the so-called ICC in Hague), as well as the fact that the political West wants to continue supporting this monstrosity (despite the political crisis in the US), it can easily be argued that Zelensky is indeed out of control. However, the same applies to his entire entourage and the rest of the Kiev regime. On the other hand, its US/NATO overlords are in no way better. Terrified of the multipolar world, they’re actively pushing for destabilization on a global scaleWhat is the End Game? The Neo-Colonial Privatization of Ukraine – by Prof Michel Chossudovsky – As outlined in Drago Bosnic‘s careful documented article, Zelensky is “Out of Control” with the full Support of U.S.-NATO… What is the Hidden Agenda?.. This “Engineered Chaos” –which consists in deliberately prolonging an unwinable war, to the detriment of the people of Ukraine–, creates conditions which favour the Neo-Colonial Privatization of An Entire countryThe Privatization of Ukraine was launched in November 2022 in liaison  with BlackRock’s  consulting company  McKinsey, a public relations firm which has largely been responsible for co-opting corrupt politicians and officials Worldwide not to mention scientists and intellectuals on behalf of powerful financial interests… For  details see: The NeoCons’ Proxy War “Against Ukraine”: Nuclear War is On the Table. The Privatization of UkraineBy Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 30, 2023 – BlackRock, which is the World’s largest portfolio investment company together with JPMorgan ‘has come to the rescue of Ukraine’. The Ukraine Reconstruction Bank. was set up. The stated objective was ‘to attract billions of dollars in private investment to assist rebuilding projects in a war-torn country’. (FT, June 19, 2023)… … BlackRock, JP Morgan and private investors, aim to profit from the country’s reconstruction along with 400 global companies, including Citi, Sanofi and Philips. … JP Morgan’s Stefan Weiler sees a “tremendous opportunity” for private investors. (Colin Todhunter, Global Research June 28, 2023)… The Kiev Neo-Nazi regime is a partner in this endeavour. War is Good for Business. The greater the destruction, the greater the stranglehold on Ukraine by “private investors”: ‘BlackRock and JPMorgan Chase are helping the Ukrainian government set up a reconstruction bank to steer public seed capital into rebuilding projects that can attract hundreds of billions of dollars in private investment.’ (FT, op cit)… ‘The Kyiv government engaged BlackRock’s consulting arm in November to determine how best to attract that kind of capital, and then added JPMorgan in February 2023.’  Ukraine president Volodymyr Zelenskyy announced last month that the country was working with the two financial groups and consultants at McKinsey… BlackRock and Ukraine’s Ministry of Economy signed a Memorandum of Understanding in November 2022… In late December 2022, president Zelensky and BlackRock’s CEO Larry Fink agreed on an investment strategy.”Reinette Senum’s Foghorn Express – 2024 Davos Summit: The Essential Recap (1 hour, 4 minutes) – Vaccine That ‘Sheds’ Onto/Infects Others 31% of the Time Given to Colorado Healthcare Workers Just Down the Road from New Ebola Bat Lab – by Jon Fleetwood – November of last year, Colorado healthcare workers at Denver Health received doses of the live Ebola vaccine… Hospital officials said the Regional Emerging Special Pathogen Treatment Center team became some of the first to receive Merck’s ‘ERVEBO’ Ebola jab, for “preventative measures in case of a future outbreak.” – ERVEBO Ebola Vaccine’s ‘Shedding’ Problem – The U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) package insert for ERVEBO states that the vaccine “shed[s]” onto others 31.7% of the time and for up to 20 days after vaccination.Screenshot from taken January 16, 2024… This means that vaccinated individuals can spread the disease to those around them… “Vaccine virus RNA has been detected in blood, saliva, urine, and fluid from skin vesicles of vaccinated individuals,” the insert reads. “In Study 6, 31.7% (19/60) of participants 12 months through 17 years of age enrolled in a substudy shed vaccine virus in saliva following vaccination.”… This shedding problem could explain why Africa’s 2016, 2018, 2020, 2021, and 2022 Ebola outbreaks occurred after vaccination campaigns were carried out in those areas… Given the established record of Ebola outbreaks following earlier vaccination campaigns in the same regions, concerns are raised about a future outbreak in Colorado—situated in the central U.S.—spreading across the country and perhaps the world.”

“Dean Henderson: Discusses Ukraine-Russia SMO & Israel-Hamas War” – Actually, Dean lays out basically his entire world view in 56 minutes – – “Substack link:

Dean, Juan, and James discuss current events and take a whack at the global oligarchy. Topics include the history of the Royal Crown, City of London Bankers, the wars in Gaza and Ukraine and much more. Check out more videos and interviews by Juan at RealTruthTalk, and James at Angry Warhawk… Dean Henderson is the author of seven books, including, Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian GulfIlluminati Agenda 21Nephilim Crown 5G Apocalypse and Royal Bloodline Wetiko & The Great Remembering. Subscribe free to his Left Hook column at deanhenderson.substack.comHitler, flying saucers and the fourth reich of the rich – by Chris Everard – – “In December 1919, the Vril Society met at a house near Berchtesgaden, Germany. An Austrian psychic-medium named Maria Orsitsch transmitted a series of messages allegedly from the ‘Secret Chiefs’. Maria was an Austrian – like Hitler and his multi-billionaire school chum, Herr Wittgenstein… This séance made the announcement that the ‘saviour’ of Germany would soon come… The medium declared that the new Nazi ‘Messiah’ was ‘hard by the door’ and that he would be the next owner of the Spear of Destiny – part of the Imperial Regalia of Austria currently housed in the Hofburg Museum in Vienna.

That ‘messiah/saviour’ turned out to be the grandson of Madame Schicklegruber – otherwise known as Adolf Hitler. His side-kick was to be a chicken farmer and god son of Prince Heinrich – psychopath Heinrich Himmler – this was the curious and weird beginnings of the Third Reich…However, the mystics and psychics of the Veil society who recommended the development of ‘flying saucer’ weapons dubbed the ‘HANEBU’ did not have sufficient funding – the millions of Reich Marks were eventually provided by a network of ROYAL PRINCES & DUKES throughout Germany and even from Britain – CLONING CHRIST is the first in a series of films investigating the occult, supernatural and extraterrestrial aspects to the ‘Third Reich’.A sequel to CLONING CHRIST is already streaming entitled FOURTH REICH OF THE RICH which traces the Nazis and their death squads to Latin America, and another related sequel is our film THE TOXIC KINGDOM… More episodes in our Third Reich CLONING CHRIST series are coming for the Enigma Channel’s autumn/fall/Christmas season to keep all our viewers around the world entertained on the dark northern hemisphere winter nights…
The Spear of Destiny was a very important relic/symbol to the occultists who groomed Hitler. And in our film CLONING CHRIST we reveal why. Now streaming direct from our Gumroad platform. Just click your Gumroad receipt to start watching our series of films investigating the Third Reich – frankly there is NOTHING on the mainstream media, nor YouTube which goes as deep as our investigative documentaries.Way back in 1917, during the first engineered world war, In Vienna’s Schopenhauer cafè, occultist Karl Haushofer, Baron Rudolf von Sebottendorf, WWI ace pilot Lothar Waiz, bishop Gernot of the secret “Societas Templi Marcioni” (The Inheritors of the Knights Templar), and Maria Orsitsch met. Maria believed that her long blonde hair was a ‘cosmic antenna’, allowing communication with aliens from beyond…They were all associates of the Golden Dawn cult. Their conversation whirled around Karl Haushofer, who had formed relations with the Tibetan ‘Yellow Hats’, considered to be ‘black yogis’… But that’s just the beginning of our film series which starts with CLONING CHRIST… Here is the subscription link to the Enigma Channel’s Gumroad streaming and membership platform: Alexander Dugin’s Twitter/X feed : The Events in Texas: A New Civil War?  – “In America, the birthplace of pragmatism, pragmatism has vanished. The globalists, especially under the Biden regime, represent an extreme form of a globalist dictatorship, severing ties with the typically American tradition established by Charles Peirce and William James. The tradition of pragmatism was based on a complete indifference to the prescription of normative content for both the subject and object. For a true pragmatist, the perceptions of the subject about itself, the object, or another subject are irrelevant — what matters is that everything functions effectively upon interaction. However, globalists differ significantly, aligning more closely with British positivists and French fervent materialists. They persist with totalitarian brutality, dictating who and what should conform to their prescriptions… To a pragmatist, it is inconsequential whether one changes their gender or remains the same, as long as it works for them. In contrast, globalists mandate gender changes, enforcing this through law and promoting it as a universal, progressive value. Anyone who opposes this view is labelled a ‘fascist’, or likened to Trump or Putin. They will insist on this approach, irrespective of its efficacy or self-defeating nature. Surprisingly, globalists share many traits with Ukrainians — an unsettling resemblance… When globalists decide to increase illegal immigration, they relentlessly pursue this agenda, branding those advocating regulated immigration or border control as ‘fascists’, Trump supporters, or Putin agents. They press on with their prescriptive policies to the extreme, even if they prove utterly ineffective. For a globalist, anyone who disagrees with their viewpoint effectively does not — and should not — exist… Hence, one can be certain that the progressives from the Democratic Party and the neoconservatives from both parties — just as obstinate and disconnected from pragmatism, realism, or traditional conservatism, thus alienating America’s true essence – are steering the country towards an inevitable civil war. They refuse to engage in meaningful dialogue, disregarding whether their policies work or not. Their focus remains fixated on enforcing their ideals: transgender rights, illegal immigration, pro-choice stances, open borders, green energy, and artificial intelligence. This represents a profound philosophical contradiction within the American system. Today, America is governed by those deeply out of touch with its identity, and thus, a new civil war in the USA seems inevitable. The globalists are set to ensure its outbreak.”

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/15/24

Grant Ellman – Sing and Pray – Music for these times (3 min) –

Is Vivek Ramaswamy A BioTech Ponzi Schemer & Deep State Asset? – by The 2nd Smartest Guy in the World – – “Biotech entrepreneur and Republican presidential candidate Vivek Ramaswamy has made all of the right promises to his conservative base. With a seemingly solid grasp of the Constitution, a deft ability to articulate current nationalistic grievances, and as author of the book ‘Woke, Inc.: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam,’ Ramaswamy represents the future of America’s right-wing political movement… Admitting that the last presidential election was clearly stolen, that J6 was a government entrapment operation as run by FBI assets on the ground, that the Democrats are Marxists that want to destroy America via open borders, welfare, and identity politics must surely sound like the most mellifluous music to the average conservative voter’s ears… End affirmative action … close down the Education Department, limit the power of the Federal Reserve, send U.S. armed forces to the Mexican border… As a staunch critic of the environmental, social and corporate governance (E.S.G.) grift, he has been slamming firms like BlackRock, Vanguard, and State Street. He considers these corporate entities and their “socially conscious investing” the single greatest threat to America’s existence. He is not wrong, given how this pernicious partnership between the private sector and an illegitimate Federal government serves to, ‘do through the back door what our government couldn’t directly get done through the front door.’.. After working in Silicon Valley and Wall Street, Ramaswamy founded biotech company Roivant Sciences in 2014. The following year he raised $360 million for the Roivant subsidiary Axovant Sciences in order to market an Alzheimer’s drug that had previously failed four separate clinical trials. He then raised another $315 million in the IPO. Shortly thereafter, the company’s market value reached almost $3 billion. Two years later, their drug failed its fifth clinical trial. The company cratered, losing over 70% of its value in a single day. Ramaswamy’s investors would be the quintessential bag-holders, while he made out with windfall profits at their expense… And yet in 2017, Roivant partnered with the private equity arm of the CCP’s CITIC Group to form yet another fraudulent company called Sinovant. Shortly thereafter, SoftBank invested $1.1 billion in Roivant. In 2019, Roivant sold its stake in five subsidiaries, and Ramaswamy pocketed $175 million from the deal… Roivant has never produced a single viable product, and has never turned a profit; in other words, Roivant was always nothing more than a Ponzi Scheme, and an egregious one at that… Despite never having created anything in his life other than a series of companies engaged in various blatant scams, Forbes recently estimated Ramaswamy’s net worth to be more than $950 million… But it gets worse, because as it turns out the very corporations such as BlackRock and Vanguard that Ramaswamy has been vehemently denouncing were doing business with him all along… Popular podcaster Matt Kim does an excellent job of exposing Ramaswamy in (part of) this short clip (from a debunking video by Elevator Charles (1 minute):… But it gets even worse, because in 2017 Roivant invested $116 million in nanoparticle delivery systems. When the PSYOP-19 “pandemic” was foisted on the world three years later, Ramaswamy would stand to earn profits from each and every serving of the slow kill bioweapon “vaccines.”.. From the Forbes article entitled, Roivant Makes $116 Million Investment In Arbutus, Backing Battle With Moderna: ‘Roivant Sciences and Moderna Therapeutics, two of the most highly-funded and controversial companies in the biotechnology world, are headed for a collision course over medical technology.’.. On Monday, Roivant said it had agreed to invest $116 million in Arbutus Biopharma, a small biotech company focusing on hepatitis B that is locked in a proxy war with Moderna over a liquid nanoparticle delivery system… […] Led by Stephane Bancel, Moderna has raised $1.9 billion from deals it has made with big companies like Merck, Alexion an AstraZeneca and investor cash raised at valuations as high as $5 billion. Moderna is trying to develop a new class of mRNA drugs that would turn the body into a drug factory by directing cells to produce therapeutic proteins. But creating these so-called mRNA drugs is highly complicated and many scientists are skeptical Moderna’s effort will ever work… Basically, the intellectual property of the LNP delivery system used in Moderna’s DEATHVAX™ belongs to Arbutus. As part owner of Arbutus, Ramaswamy extracts a cut from these poisonous Modified mRNA experimental drugs… The great irony of ironies is that none of the COVID “vaccines” actually prevents viral infection, or attenuates symptoms, which means that Ramaswamy has an absolutely perfect track record of being involved in dangerous drugs that do not work as advertised. To date, not a single drug that Ramaswamy has been associated with has ever legitimately passed a single human trial… According to Dr. David Martin, ‘he (Ramaswamy) has a not-so-publicly-disclosed interest in every shot that was delivered.’.. Would president Ramaswamy run America any differently than he did his various biotech companies?.. They want you dead.”A Tale of a Journalist and a Spy: Unveiling the Stark Contrasts in the Fates of Whelan and Lira – A Reflection of Geopolitical Hypocrisy – The Paradox of Persecution: How Lira’s Tragic End Exposes the West’s Double Standards – by Gerry Nolan – – “In a world where truth often wears the mask of political agendas, the stories of two men, Gonzalo Lira and Paul Whelan, stand as a stark testament to the duplicity of international justice. Lira, an outspoken critic of the Ukrainian regime, met a tragic end in a Kharkov jail, a victim not of overt villainy, but of the more insidious crime of telling inconvenient truths. A US-Chilean journalist, Lira was ensnared by the Ukrainian government for merely daring to report the reality as he saw it, unfiltered and unaligned with the Western narrative… His ‘crime’ was his courage to voice the unspeakable – the grim reality of a conflict that has torn Ukraine apart, a narrative unpalatable to the Kiev authorities and their Western backers. Lira, branded a pariah for refusing to toe the line, suffered inhumane treatment, with allegations of torture and medical neglect leading to his untimely death. His demise is not just a personal tragedy but a glaring symbol of the West’s selective blindness towards the abuses perpetrated by its vassals… Lira’s journey, from a Hollywood filmmaker to a vilified truth-teller in a Ukrainian prison, exposes the hypocrisy at the heart of the West’s complicity in Ukraine. His observations on the conflict, insightful yet uncomfortable for some, highlighted rampant corruption in Kiev and the suppression of dissent. This portrayal painted him as a target for those intent on maintaining a sanitized, West-centric image of the conflict. Contradicting the Western narrative of Ukraine heroically fighting against an aggressor – Russia – and purportedly ‘winning,’ Lira illuminated a more complex reality. He bravely spoke of the war’s brutal inception in 2014, initiated by Ukraine under Washington’s influence, which led to tragic ethnic cleansing against its own citizens, especially ethnic Russians fighting to preserve their culture and identity. His candid reports, challenging the West’s narrative and unmasking the true aggressors, became a thorn in the side of the Zelensky administration, ultimately costing him his freedom and, tragically, his life… Meanwhile, thousands of miles away, in Russia’s Mordovia region, sits Paul Whelan, a former US Marine entangled in a web of espionage. Unlike Lira, Whelan’s guilt is not in question – even by Western standards. Arrested in Moscow for receiving classified documents, Whelan’s case is clear-cut espionage. Yet, in a revealing contrast, Whelan’s treatment in Russian custody paints a different picture – one of due process and human rights. Despite being a convicted spy, Whelan received medical attention promptly after an altercation with another inmate, showcasing a standard of care and adherence to legal norms starkly missing in Lira’s case… This juxtaposition is jarring. Lira, an independent journalist, was essentially condemned for his audacity to challenge the dominant narrative, while Whelan, an admitted spy, is accorded the rights and protections befitting a prisoner. The disparity in their treatment raises uncomfortable questions about the so-called democratic values espoused by the West. In Ukraine, a country hailed as a beacon of freedom and democracy by its Western patrons, a journalist can be imprisoned and allegedly tortured for merely speaking out against the government. Yet in Russia, often painted as the epitome of authoritarianism, a convicted spy receives fair treatment… These contrasting narratives unravel a broader geopolitical truth – the selective outrage and moral posturing of the West. While the US government and its allies vociferously advocate for Whelan’s release, their silence on Lira’s plight is deafening. It’s a tale of two American citizens, both entangled in the complexities of international politics, but receiving vastly different treatments based on their alignment with the authorized Western narrative… The stark difference in how these two cases are handled speaks volumes about the realpolitik driving international relations. It’s a world where the rules are malleable, bent and twisted to suit the interests of Western nations. The West’s selective advocacy for human rights, choosing to champion the cause of one while turning a blind eye to the suffering of another, exposes a deep-seated hypocrisy. It’s a narrative of convenience, where human values are subordinated to geopolitical objectives… Lira’s death is more than just a personal tragedy; it’s a scathing indictment of the Western rhetoric on democracy and human rights. Here lies a man who, despite his US citizenship, was forsaken by his own country, left to languish in a foreign jail for the ‘crime’ of seeking truth in a war-torn land. His story is a sombre reminder that in the geopolitical chess game, individuals like Lira are mere pawns, sacrificed on the altar of diplomatic expediency… In stark contrast, Whelan’s case, with its prompt medical attention and diplomatic lobbying, underscores the double standards in international diplomacy. It vividly illustrates that justice and human rights are not universal constants but variables dependent on one’s utility to the prevailing power narratives. This scenario reveals the irony of the U.S., which frequently projects human rights abuses onto Russia and brands Putin a dictator, yet ironically overlooks the fact that Whelan, in the heart of Russia, receives fair treatment with his rights upheld. Meanwhile, the U.S., in its portrayal as a bastion of human rights, stands exposed, devoid of the moral fabric it claims to wear – a classic case of the emperor having no clothes. This stark disparity not only highlights the inherent biases in international relations but also challenges the credibility of the narratives spun by the West and its client media… As we reflect on the tales of Lira and Whelan, we are compelled to question the narratives fed to us. In a world where the truth is often the first casualty of war, their stories urge us to look beyond the smokescreen of diplomatic rhetoric. They challenge us to see the world not as it is portrayed in neatly packaged media soundbites, but as it truly is – complex, multifaceted, and often unjust… In this tale of a journalist and a bonafide spy, we find not just a story of individuals caught in the crossfire of international intrigue, but a mirror reflecting the flawed and fractured nature of our global order. It’s a poignant reminder of the need for a multipolar world where diverse narratives coexist, where truth is not monopolized by the powerful, and where justice is not a privilege but a right for all.”Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (ISIS-ISIL-Daesh) that the U.S. Government Does Not Want You to Know About – “In 2014 President Obama launched  a “counter-terrorism campaign” allegedly directed against The Islamic State (ISIS-Daesh). The operation consisted  in providing a justification for the extensive bombing of Iraq and Syria, largely targeting residential areas and civilians… In turn, ISIS-Daesh was covertly supported and funded by the U.S. and its allies including Israel… Israel was directly involved in President Obama’s “counter-terrorism” bombing raids directed against Syria, while also supporting Al Qaeda and ISIS mercenaries out of the Golan Heights. (See 13 below)”. – by Michel Chossudovsky, January 14, 2023  – – “(Originally published November 2014) – Going after ” Islamic terrorists”, carrying out a worldwide pre-emptive war to “Protect the American Homeland” are used to justify a military agenda.The Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL) is a creation of US intelligence. Washington’s “Counter-terrorism Agenda” in Iraq and Syria consists in Supporting the Terrorists… The incursion of the Islamic State (IS) brigades into Iraq starting in June 2014 was part of a carefully planned military-intelligence operation supported covertly by the US, NATO and Israel…  The counter-terrorism mandate is a fiction. America is the Number One “State Sponsor of Terrorism.”..  The Islamic State is protected by the US and its allies. If they had wanted to eliminate the Islamic State brigades, they could have “carpet” bombed their convoys of Toyota pickup trucks when they crossed the desert from Syria into Iraq in June…  The  Syro-Arabian Desert is open territory (see map below). With state of the art jet fighter aircraft (F15, F22 Raptor, CF-18) it would have been  -from a military standpoint-  a rapid and expedient surgical operation… It could not have been undertaken without the unbending support of  the Western media which has upheld Obama’s initiative as a counter-terrorism operation.

Twenty Six Things 


1. The US has supported Al Qaeda and its affiliated organizations for almost half a century since the heyday of the Soviet Afghan war.  2. CIA training camps were set up in Pakistan.  In the ten year period from 1982 to 1992, some 35,000 jihadists from 43 Islamic countries were recruited by the CIA to fight in the Afghan jihad… ‘Advertisements, paid for from CIA funds, were placed in newspapers and newsletters around the world offering inducements and motivations to join the Jihad.’..  3. Since the Reagan Administration, Washington has supported the Islamic terror network – Ronald Reagan called the terrorists “freedom fighters”. The US supplied weapons to the Islamic brigades.  It was all for “a good cause”: fighting the Soviet Union and regime change, leading to the demise of a secular government in Afghanistan…  4. Jihadist textbooks  were  published by the University of Nebraska.- “. “The United States spent millions of dollars to supply Afghan schoolchildren with textbooks filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings.”..  5. Osama bin Laden, America’s bogyman and founder of Al Qaeda was recruited by the CIA in 1979 at the very outset of the US sponsored jihadist war against Afghanistan . He was 22 years old and was trained in a CIA sponsored guerilla training camp…  Al Qaeda was not behind the 9/11 Attacks. – September 11, 2001 provided a justification for waging a war against Afghanistan on the grounds that Afghanistan was a state sponsor of terrorism, supportive of Al Qaeda. The 9/11 attacks were instrumental in the formulation of the “Global War on Terrorism”… THE ISLAMIC STATE (ISIL) – 6. The Islamic State (ISIL) was originally an Al Qaeda affiliated entity created by US intelligence with the support of Britain’s MI6, Israel’s Mossad, Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) and Saudi Arabia’s General Intelligence Presidency (GIP), Ri’āsat Al-Istikhbārāt Al-’Āmah ( رئاسة الاستخبارات العامة‎)…  7. The ISIL brigades were involved in the US-NATO supported insurgency in Syria directed against the government of  Bashar al Assad…  8.  NATO and the Turkish High Command were responsible for the recruitment of ISIL and Al Nusrah mercenaries from the outset of the Syrian insurgency in March 2011. According to Israeli intelligence sources, this initiative consisted in: ‘a campaign to enlist thousands of Muslim volunteers in Middle East countries and the Muslim world to fight alongside the Syrian rebels. The Turkish army would house these volunteers, train them and secure their passage into Syria.‘ (DEBKAfile, NATO to give rebels anti-tank weapons, August 14, 2011.).. 9.There are Western Special Forces and Western intelligence operatives within the ranks of the ISIL. British Special Forces and MI6 have been involved in training jihadist rebels in Syria… 10. Western military specialists on contract to the Pentagon have trained the terrorists in the use of chemical weapons. – ‘The United States and some European allies are using defense contractors to train Syrian rebels on how to secure chemical weapons stockpiles in Syria, a senior U.S. official and several senior diplomats told CNN Sunday.’ ( CNN Report, December 9, 2012)…11. The ISIL’s practice of beheadings is part of the US sponsored terrorist training programs implemented in Saudi Arabia and Qatar…  12. Recruited by America’s ally, a large number of ISIL mercenaries are convicted criminals released from Saudi prisons on condition they join the ISIL. Saudi death row inmates were recruited to join the terror brigades...  13. Israel  has supported  the ISIL and Al Nusrah brigades out of the Golan Heights. – Jihadist fighters have met Israeli IDF officers as well as Prime Minister Netanyahu. The IDF top brass tacitly acknowledges that “global jihad elements inside Syria” [ISIL and Al Nusrah] are supported by Israel. See image below: Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Defence Minister Moshe Ya’alon next to a wounded mercenary, Israeli military field hospital at the occupied Golan Heights’ border with Syria, 18 February 2014…  SYRIA AND IRAQ – 14. The ISIL are the foot soldiers  of the Western military alliance. Their unspoken mandate is to wreck havoc and destruction in Syria and Iraq, acting on behalf of their US sponsors…  15. US Senator John McCain has met up with jihadist terrorist leaders in Syria… 16.  The Islamic State (IS) militia, which is currently the alleged target of  a US-NATO bombing campaign under a “counter-terrorism” mandate, continues to be supported covertly by the US.  Washington and its allies continue to provide military aid to the Islamic State… 17. US and allied bombings are not targeting the ISIL, they are bombing the economic infrastructure of Iraq and Syria including factories and oil refineries… 18. The IS caliphate project is part of a longstanding US foreign policy agenda to carve up Iraq and Syria into separate territories: A Sunni Islamist Caliphate, an Arab Shia Republic, a Republic of Kurdistan… THE GLOBAL WAR ON TERRORISM (GWOT) – 19. “The Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT) is presented as a “Clash of Civilizations”, a war between competing values and religions, when in reality it is an outright war of conquest, guided by strategic and economic objectives… 20. U.S. sponsored Al Qaeda terror brigades (covertly supported by Western intelligence) have been deployed in Mali, Niger, Nigeria, the Central African Republic, Somalia and Yemen… These various affiliated Al Qaeda entities in the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa  and Asia are CIA sponsored “intelligence assets”. They are used by Washington to wreck havoc,  create internal conflicts and destabilize sovereign countries… 21. Boko Haram in Nigeria, Al Shabab in Somalia, the Libya Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG) (supported by NATO in 2011),  Al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM),  Jemaah Islamiah (JI) in Indonesia,  among other Al Qaeda affiliated groups are supported covertly by Western intelligence… 22. The US is also supporting Al Qaeda affiliated terrorist organizations in the Xinjiang Uighur autonomous region of China. The underlying objective is to trigger political instability in Western China… Chinese jihadists are reported to have received “terrorist training” from the Islamic State ‘in order to conduct attacks in China’. The declared objective of these Chinese-based jihadist entities (which serves the interests of the US)  is to establish a Islamic caliphate extending into Western China.  (Michel Chossudovsky, America’s War on Terrorism, Global Research, Montreal, 2005, Chapter 2)…  HOMEGROWN TERRORISTS – 23. The Terrorists R Us:  While the US is the unspoken architect of the Islamic State,  Obama’s holy mandate is to protect America against ISIL attacks… 24. The homegrown terrorist threat is a fabrication.  It is promoted by Western governments and the media with a view to repealing civil liberties and installing a police state. The terror attacks by alleged jihadists and terror warnings are invariably staged events. They are used to create an atmosphere of fear and intimidation. In turn, the arrests, trials and sentences of “Islamic terrorists” sustain the legitimacy of America’s Homeland Security State and law enforcement apparatus, which has become increasingly militarized. The ultimate objective is to instill in the minds of millions of Americans that the enemy is real and the U.S. Administration will protect the lives of its citizens… 25. The “counter-terrorism” campaign against the Islamic State has contributed to the demonization of Muslims, who in the eyes of Western public opinion are increasingly  associated with the jihadists… 26. Anybody who dares to question the validity of the “Global War on Terrorism” is branded a terrorist and subjected to the anti-terrorist laws… The ultimate objective of the “Global War on Terrorism” is to subdue the citizens, totally depoliticize social life in America, prevent people from thinking and conceptualizing, from analyzing facts and challenging the legitimacy of the inquisitorial social order which rules America… The Obama Administration has imposed a diabolical consensus with the support of its allies, not to mention the complicit role of the United Nations Security Council.  The Western media has embraced the consensus; it has described the Islamic State as an independent entity, an outside enemy which threatens the Western World. The Big Lie has become the Truth. Say no to the “Big Lie”. Spread the message. The truth is ultimately a powerful weapon… Please help us continue. We rely on the support of our readers… Consider donating to Global Research. For Peace and Truth in Media, Michel ChossudovskyWorld Economic Forum Declares “Disinformation” to be the World’s Greatest Threat – by Jonathan Turley – – “The World Economic Forum has surveyed the world’s experts and issued its 2024 “Global Risks Report.” The international elite of experts have declared that the number one threat to humanity is not terrorism or pandemic or even climate change (which is second), but “misinformation and disinformation.” Of course, that means that the only hope for humanity is censorship and speech controls. The report shows just how engrained this anti-free speech movement has become among the world elite from media to business to politics… The absurd finding is consistent with the warning of other international figures and groups. We previously discussed how WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus has supported censorship to combat what he calls the “infodemic.”.. So “1,490 experts across academia, business, government, the international community and civil society” looked at all of the world’s military, economic, and environmental threats and concluded that the greatest threat to humanity is too much free speech. A “global risk” is defined as “the possibility of the occurrence of an event or condition which, if it occurs, would negatively impact a significant proportion of global GDP, population or natural resources.”.. We have seen how during the Covid crisis “experts” supported censorship and blacklisting when their views were challenged by colleagues and the public. Earlier positions treated as gospel in the press have been discredited. For example, a recent scientific review by  12 researchers from leading universities found little support for the claims that masks reduced Covid exposures… The Centers for Disease and Control Prevention (CDC) initially rejected the use of a mask mandate. However, the issue became a political weapon as politicians and the press claimed that questioning masks was anti-science and even unhinged. In April 2020, the CDC reversed its position and called for the masking of the entire population, including children as young as 2 years old.  The mask mandate and other pandemic measures like the closing of schools are now cited as fueling emotional and developmental problems in children… The closing of schools and businesses was also challenged by some critics as unnecessary. Many of those critics were also censored. It now appears that they may have been right. Many countries did not close schools and did not experience increases in Covid. However, we are now facing alarming drops in testing scores and alarming rises in medical illness among the young… Masks became a major social and political dividing line in politics and the media. Maskless people were chased from stores and denounced in Congress. Then-CDC Director Dr. Robert Redfield said during a Senate hearing that ‘face masks are the most important powerful health tool we have.’.. For years, scientists faced censorship for even raising the lab theory as a possible explanation for the virus. Their reputations and careers were shredded by a media flash mob. The Washington Post declared this a “debunked” coronavirus “conspiracy theory.” The New York Times’ Science and Health reporter Apoorva Mandavilli was calling any mention of the lab theory “racist.”.. When a Chinese researcher told Fox News that this was man-made, the network was attacked and the left-leaning PolitiFact slammed her with a “pants on fire rating.”.. The extensive censorship and blacklisting that has occurred over the last four years protected such experts from scrutiny and criticism. Many of those same experts are now listing what they deem disinformation to be the world’s greatest threat. The obvious solution to this existential threat is, of course, to allow “experts” to control or regulate what people read or hear to eliminate harmful disinformation. The question is whether the public can be, again, spooked into surrendering this core human right by world elite.”Bill Gates Set Up 20 Shell Companies to Hide Purchase of $113 Million of Nebraska Farmland – The limited liability companies, buried under layers of business names, overlapping employees and addresses in at least three states, form a network more tangled and opaque than the one created by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, which is buying a giant amount of Nebraska ranch land. – by Destiny Herbers, Flatwater Free Press – – A glance at federal records shows the series of Nebraska farms listed as foreign-owned, though there’s no country attached and no hint that these farms with unassuming names might be related… Willowdale Farms, Merrick County Farms, Dove Haven Ranch, Champion Valley Farm, Schroder Family Farms and many more are concentrated in northeast Nebraska but spread to the southeast corner and west nearly to Wyoming… In Nebraska’s business records, they have one similarity: Each farm’s office address leads to a single-story brick building in the St. Louis suburbs, an office park housing a dentist, lawyers and, until recently, a farmland investment startup called AgCoA… For years, AgCoA was owned by the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, a government-owned group managing the retirement funds of 21 million Canadians… But in 2017, the Canadian board decided to offload a half-billion dollar chunk of its American farmland portfolio — including all 22,830 acres of its Nebraska land… The buyer of those unassuming-sounding Nebraska farms wasn’t publicly listed. Until now, the financial details of the transaction and the gargantuan loan he’s taken out against it have remained publicly unknown… The buyer’s name: Bill GatesTangled web of Gates – The billionaire who co-founded Microsoft has, in the past six years, spent more than $113 million buying Nebraska farmland… The Flatwater Free Press analyzed five years of land sales data, between 2018 and 2022, originally gathered by a University of Nebraska-Lincoln College of Journalism and Mass Communications data journalism class… If that data had included the year 2017 — when Mt. Edna Farms, the Gates-owned company that made that massive purchase from the Canadian pension board — then Gates would have been the top buyer of Nebraska ag land by money spent. Since 2017, he has spent more than double the second-place buyer…    Gates’ farmland is held by more than 20 shell companies spread across the country… Some lead back to a P.O. Box in Kirkland, Washington, the city where Cascade Asset Management, which manages all Gates’ investments, is headquartered… Others are linked to Lenexa, Kansas and Monterey, Louisiana, population 371, where reporters have previously traced Gates’ operations… These limited liability companies, buried under layers of business names, overlapping employees and addresses in at least three states, form a network more tangled and opaque than the one created by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, which is buying a giant amount of Nebraska ranch land… Because it’s hidden, Nebraskans living and farming in communities where Gates is among the largest landowners are often unaware that one of the world’s richest men owns the cornfield down the road… Gates now owns around 20,000 acres of farmland across 19 counties in Nebraska after selling some land in recent years. He owns the largest chunk of land, about 8,500 acres, in Holt County… ‘I think if you ask on the street, who owns Mt. Edna Farms, nobody’d even know what it was,’ said Bill Tielke, chair of the Holt County board. ‘So it’s not like people realize that he does own that much land in Holt County.’.. Mt. Edna has a farm manager in Holt County, Tielke said, and local people work for the farm and rent the ground. Tielke has worked as a crop adjuster for local farmers who rented Mt. Edna’s land, and said that if they hadn’t told Tielke that Gates bought the land, he wouldn’t have known… ‘I don’t remember it throwing up any bells or whistles or anybody even saying anything about it,’ Tielke said… The Nebraska Farm Bureau, through spokesperson Cassie Hoebelheinrich, declined to comment on Gates’ farmland ownership… ‘This is an issue we really don’t follow and isn’t a priority for us,’ Hoebelheinrich said in an email… Gates’ land ownership has been the source of much rumor, and some concern, in Nebraska, partly because of his connections to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, which runs programs addressing issues of global public health, sustainability and climate change… If Gates’ land was given to a nonprofit — potentially making it exempt from property taxes — it would “decimate” the counties involved, state Sen. Tom Brewer, a Republican whose district covers 11 rural counties in central and northern Nebraska, said in an email… ‘It would force action from the Legislature to protect the counties,’ Brewer wrote… But the farmland is one of Bill Gates’ financial investments, said the company that manages those investments, not part of the Gates Foundation’s portfolio… ‘The investments that Cascade makes in Nebraska farmland are not connected with the agricultural or climate initiatives of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation,’ a Cascade spokesperson said in an email… Cascade Asset Management declined to answer further questions about its Nebraska farmland purchases and the structure of the affiliated limited liability companies (LLCs)… Gates himself recently publicly reinforced the idea that his farmland purchases are investments… ‘The decision to buy this land was made by people who help manage my money so that we get a good return so that the Foundation can buy more vaccines,’ Gates said on a November episode of Trevor Noah’s podcast. ‘And they saw that if we could invest in land and (improve) the productivity of that land, that it would have a good return.’.. Buy, borrow, die – Gates doesn’t simply receive rent checks from his Nebraska farmland. He’s also using it to borrow staggering sums of money… Three days before Christmas 2021, Mt. Edna Farms filed paperwork with Dawson County, clearing the path to use a part of Gates’ land as collateral. Gates’ LLC then took out two loans against his Nebraska farmland… The total of those loans: $700 million… The obvious question: Why is Gates, who Forbes deemed the world’s richest man 18 different times between 1995 and 2017, using Nebraska farmland to take out a $700 million loan?.. Using IRS data, the news outlet ProPublica estimated Gates’ total average annual income between 2013 and 2018 was $2.85 billion, with an average federal income tax rate of 18.4%. That income primarily came from sales of Microsoft stock, which is taxable…But extremely high net-worth individuals like Gates often use a strategy of borrowing against their assets — like land — if they want spendable money… Selling those same assets would generate taxable income, said Adam Thimmesch, a University of Nebraska College of Law professor specializing in business and tax law… ‘If you can hold those assets until you die, all of that taxable gain goes away, so the ideal tax planning technique, if you’re wealthy enough to be able to do it, is to invest in those appreciating assets,’ Thimmesch said… If certain conditions are met, tax law allows someone to inherit the land and avoid paying taxes on the long-term appreciated value if they sell it, Thimmesch said… In the meantime, ultra-rich Americans can borrow against their assets to fund their lifestyles or make other investments. Banks are happy to lend money for something like farmland, the law professor said, because there’s security in the value… ‘Then on your death, your heirs can sell the property if they need to, to pay back the debt, and there’s just no tax liability anymore,’ Thimmesch said. ‘So you can eliminate that entire layer of tax, while still kind of enjoying the benefits of being wealthy while you’re alive.’.. To use this so-called “buy-borrow-die” method, Gates would need to place his Nebraska farmland in his own name before he dies or be the sole owner of Mt. Edna Farms LLC… The corporate structure and official ownership of Gates’ various shell companies have never been publicly explained. It’s impossible to know now if his land would be eligible for the tax provision, Thimmesch said… Cascade Investment declined to answer questions about the loan, and the management of Gates’ investments beyond confirming that they are not connected to the activities of the Gates Foundation… Below the surface – Gates’ land ownership in Nebraska includes the valuable water beneath that land… He has access through 191 existing wells, which add to the value of the land for farmers and investors alike by providing crop irrigation… Gaining access to groundwater is often a priority for potential farmland buyers. If you own land in Nebraska, you have the possibility of accessing the underlying groundwater, but natural resource districts regulate how water is used… ‘I’m sure that the NRD [Natural Resources District] is well aware (of Gates), and that every one of those wells is no doubt permitted and has associated certified acres and probably does some annual reporting to the NRD as well,’ said Don Blankenau, a lawyer who provides water-related legal counsel to Nebraska NRDs… Gates’ existing wells were transferred to Mt. Edna with the lump sum purchase of land in 2017, public records from the Nebraska Department of Natural Resources show… ‘We don’t treat Bill Gates any different than Dean Edson or anybody else. They can have that land, but they don’t own the water,’ said Dean Edson, director of the Nebraska Association of Resource Districts. ‘If they want to use the water, Bill Gates is gonna have to come get a permit.’.. If you buy land in Nebraska without a well, there’s no guarantee your local NRD will grant a permit to dig one. But if the land already has a well, the NRD has likely already certified its use. The landowner, be it Bill Gates or Bill Jones, can continue to use that water so long as the use follows existing rules, Blankenau said… ‘I’ve heard over the decades I’ve done this, people are always concerned that somebody’s gonna go out and buy a big tract of land in the Sandhills, and then transport that water away,’ Blankenau said… That’s nearly impossible, he said, because Nebraska has tight limitations on the transportation of groundwater, especially outside of state borders or as a commodity… An investor like Gates moving large quantities of groundwater via pipeline or trucking operation would attract the attention of neighbors and the local NRD… ‘If you extract groundwater out of the ground, carbonate it and add sugar to it, you’ve got soda pop, and you can move that all over the place. Same thing with beer, one of my law partners started brewing, and I always tease him that he’s exporting groundwater in the form of beer,’ Blankenau said… In Holt County, Gates’ operation has gone mostly unnoticed by neighbors and county officials. And the actual farming of that land has barely changed… But Gates’ land buys still matter, said Tielke, chair of the Holt County board. The purchases of any large outside investor limit the opportunities for small farmers to break into the industry… ‘I think it’s going to cause a lot of problems for future generations to get young people started,’ Tielke said. ‘It’s getting pretty hard to compete with these guys that are coming here buying this land now’.” – Originally published by Investigate Midwest.World Economic Forum Declares “Disinformation” to be the World’s Greatest Threat – by Jonathan Turley – – The World Economic Forum has surveyed the world’s experts and issued its 2024 “Global Risks Report.” The international elite of experts have declared that the number one threat to humanity is not terrorism or pandemic or even climate change (which is second), but “misinformation and disinformation.” Of course, that means that the only hope for humanity is censorship and speech controls. The report shows just how engrained this anti-free speech movement has become among the world elite from media to business to politics… The absurd finding is consistent with the warning of other international figures and groups. We previously discussed how WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus has supported censorship to combat what he calls the “infodemic.” – So “1,490 experts across academia, business, government, the international community and civil society” looked at all of the world’s military, economic, and environmental threats and concluded that the greatest threat to humanity is too much free speech. A “global risk” is defined as “the possibility of the occurrence of an event or condition which, if it occurs, would negatively impact a significant proportion of global GDP, population or natural resources.” – We have seen how during the Covid crisis “experts” supported censorship and blacklisting when their views were challenged by colleagues and the public. Earlier positions treated as gospel in the press have been discredited. For example, a recent scientific review by  12 researchers from leading universities found little support for the claims that masks reduced Covid exposures… The Centers for Disease and Control Prevention (CDC) initially rejected the use of a mask mandate. However, the issue became a political weapon as politicians and the press claimed that questioning masks was anti-science and even unhinged. In April 2020, the CDC reversed its position and called for the masking of the entire population, including children as young as 2 years old.  The mask mandate and other pandemic measures like the closing of schools are now cited as fueling emotional and developmental problems in children… The closing of schools and businesses was also challenged by some critics as unnecessary. Many of those critics were also censored. It now appears that they may have been right. Many countries did not close schools and did not experience increases in Covid. However, we are now facing alarming drops in testing scores and alarming rises in medical illness among the young… Masks became a major social and political dividing line in politics and the media. Maskless people were chased from stores and denounced in Congress. Then-CDC Director Dr. Robert Redfield said during a Senate hearing that “face masks are the most important powerful health tool we have.” – For years, scientists faced censorship for even raising the lab theory as a possible explanation for the virus. Their reputations and careers were shredded by a media flash mob. The Washington Post declared this a “debunked” coronavirus “conspiracy theory.” The New York Times’ Science and Health reporter Apoorva Mandavilli was calling any mention of the lab theory “racist.” – When a Chinese researcher told Fox News that this was man-made, the network was attacked and the left-leaning PolitiFact slammed her with a “pants on fire rating.” – The extensive censorship and blacklisting that has occurred over the last four years protected such experts from scrutiny and criticism. Many of those same experts are now listing what they deem disinformation to be the world’s greatest threat. The obvious solution to this existential threat is, of course, to allow “experts” to control or regulate what people read or hear to eliminate harmful disinformation. The question is whether the public can be, again, spooked into surrendering this core human right by world elite.”

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/8/24

Covered Up: mRNA Shedding, Transmissibility and Cancer – by Amanda Morrison – – “Recently, I found myself down a rabbit hole of FDA documents and holy smokes, guys – what I found is a real barn burner. I’m going to try and keep this as brief as possible so that the gravity of what I’m about to share isn’t lost in too many details. In my opinion, what I’ve discovered is nothing less than premeditated murder… It’s crazy to even say that, but there’s no other conclusion that I can draw after reviewing these FDA ‘Guidance for Industry’ documents, published years before the Covid fiasco. This is the smoking gun evidence that proves they knew that the gene therapy products they masqueraded as ‘vaccines’ had the ability to shed, cause cancer and kill…  It’s Gene Therapy – Not a Vaccine. – It’s critical that people understand that the Covid-19 injections are gene therapy. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention currently defines a “vaccine” as a preparation used to stimulate the body’s immune response against diseases. However, that definition changed in 2021 because it didn’t apply to the COVID-19 vaccines. A vaccine must contain an antigen to trigger the body’s natural immune response. Pfizer and Moderna’s mRNA vaccines do not contain antigens. The active substance used to elicit an immune response in these vaccines is the mRNA—a form of nucleic acid and the genetic material of the SARS-CoV-2 virus that provides instructions to the body for producing antigens—spike proteins (actually it is modRNA – see my previous posts – and also contaminated with DNA)…  Moreso, Moderna and Pfizer’s own SEC filings admit that they are gene therapy products. On pages 148 & 149 of Moderna’s 2019 SEC filing there is a legally mandated discussion of “risk factors” that reads as follows: ‘No mRNA drug has been approved in this new potential class of medicines and may never be approved as a result of efforts by others or us. mRNA drug development has substantial clinical development and regulatory risk due to the novel and unprecedented nature of this new class of medicines…  As a potential new class of medicines, no mRNA medicines have been approved to date by the FDA or other regulatory agency… currently mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.’..  In March 2015 the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the FDA and the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research published a ‘guide for industry’ entitled: ‘Determining the Need for and Content of Environmental Assessments for Gene Therapies, Vectored Vaccines, and Related Recombinant Viral or Microbial Products’ from which I pulled the following definition of ‘gene therapy’:

It defines gene therapies as ‘products that mediate their effects by transcription and/or translation of transferred genetic material and/or by integrating into the host genome and that are administered as nucleic acids, viruses or genetically engineered microorganisms. The products may be used to modify cells in vivo or transferred to cells ex vivo prior to administration to the recipient.’..  ‘For purposes of this guidance, a vectored vaccine is one that uses a virus or microbe (typically a bacterium), or a DNA plasmid to introduce DNA/RNA encoding for antigens to cells of the body. “Vector” refers to the virus microbe or DNA plasmid used as the carrier.’..  So, what does that mean in English? It means the Covid vaccines are gene products…  Shedding: They Knew It Was Possible – We were called ‘conspiracy theorists’ and gaslit and censored when we warned about shedding and questioned why unvaccinated females were bleeding abnormally after being exposed to the jabbed. These documents prove they knew these products could shed and harm those who never consented to gene therapy… In August 2015 they published “Design and Analysis of Shedding Studies for Virus or Bacteria-Based Gene Therapy and Oncolytic Products” in which they admit that these gene therapy products can shed in multiple ways.

Clear as day, it indicates the term ‘shedding’ means ‘release of VBGT or oncolytic products from the patient through one or all of the following ways: excreta (feces) secreta (urine, saliva, nasopharyngeal fluids, etc.) or through the skin (pustules, sores, wounds).’.. The document goes on to reveal they identified safety risks to untreated (unvaccinated) individuals from these products.

Shedding raises the possibility of transmission of VBGT or oncolytic products from treated to untreated individuals (e.g. close contacts and health care professionals).”

“The possibility that the shed VBGT or on oncolytic product may be infectious raises safety concerns related to the risk of transmission to untreated individuals.”

They knew about the potential for this to transfer (shed) from those injected with the Covid-19 gene therapy product to those who did not consent. They identified multiple vectors in which a non-consenting person could be affected and harmed through the body fluid or excretions of a treated person. This is an open admission and a clear violation of the Nuremburg Code’s first principle of voluntary consent…  Cancer & Delayed Adverse Events – I wish I could tell you that’s the worst of it, but there’s more. They knew these gene therapy products could cause cancer, even years after injection. The November 2006 publication of “Gene Therapy Clinical Trials: Observing Subjects for Delayed Adverse Events” revealed the following:

This document warns that these gene therapy products carry the risk of adverse effects on normal cell function and could delay adverse events for months or even years. Even more alarming is the disclaimer about the ‘integration of genetic material into the host genome’ and ‘altered expression’ of the host’s genes. The fact checkers will tell you until they’re blue in the face that the jabs do not affect or change your DNA and clearly, that is false… A 2023 study analyzed the cellular DNA of humans suffering from Long Covid. The authors found genes uniquely specific to the Pfizer COVID BNT162b2 vaccine in those human blood cells. Their findings prove that mRNA COVID vaccines permanently integrate into the DNA of some COVID-vaccinated people…  Simply put, the regulatory agencies knew that these products could integrate into the host genome, cause cancer (malignant transformation), autoimmune disorders and adverse events years after the fact. Also, consider that even when these products do not integrate into the genome, the continual exposure due to the shedding (discussed above) may increase the risk of cancer.

In 2021 I said that in 3-5 years we were going to see the true extent of the damage from the Covid vaccines. What are we seeing now? Turbo cancers and an onslaught of ‘died suddenly’ headlines amongst the otherwise young and healthy. Oncologists are reporting an alarming increase in aggressive, fast-growing cancers that don’t respond to the normal treatment protocols…  The Panic & The Pill: Sold by the Same People – These jabs are designed killing machines and were distributed knowing that they would shed and kill people. They created a gene therapy product, marketed it as a ‘vaccine’ then schemed, coerced, bribed and lied to get it into as many arms as possible… The Hegelian Dialectic ‘problem, reaction, solution’ is at play here. They knew it could cause cancer – years after injection and now that there is an epidemic of cancer, amazingly they have a ‘solution’ ready to go.

This is beyond lack of informed consent, folks. This shows a conspiracy. This is a RICO action that should be filed… Please consider donating at the links below so that we have more resources to take legal action against those who perpetrated this egregious crime on the world.”Update on Palestine: IDF Claims Gaza City Victory – by Simplicius The Thinker – – “Today Israel announced that they have finally taken “full control” over Gaza City—the northern and most populous portion of the Gaza Strip. Naturally, they erected a giant menorah and Israeli flag in the center (short video of installation)… I remain skeptical of their claims, but we’ll indulge them at face value for the sake of the report. Even if they did manage to fully secure it, keep in mind it has now taken nearly three months to capture a territory the size of the small red speck inside the Gaza Strip seen below juxtaposed within Ukraine for comparison (map showing miniscule area)… The “world’s most advanced military” took three months to manage a claimed capture of that while fighting a completely technologically outmatched foe who they outnumber 500k to ~10k… The IDF also has now used this capture as excuse to explain the dismissal of several top brigades to the rear for reconstitution. Instead of being made combat ineffective, the line is now that they have valiantly completed their mission and are taking a rest. They claim that in capturing Gaza City, they have eliminated 8000 Hamas fighters. However, John Kirby himself appears dubious regarding this, as he implies that Hamas has not been measurably attrited (video of Kirby equivocating as usual)… Netanyahu is again agitating for war with Lebanon next. In the meantime, radical Israeli politicians continue pushing for the total ethnic cleansing of Palestinians. Most alarming is the fact that they are basing their policies on the alleged popular support amongst Israeli society for same. Here’s Likud party and Knesset member Moshe Saada openly stating that the people in the streets, the Kibbutz-dwellers, etc., are all shouting in unision: “Annihilate them (Gazans).” – And here is the Israeli ambassador to the UK just nonchalantly admitting that all of Gaza must be destroyed (charming video)… Where does such inhuman barbarity stem from, you wonder? I believe it is a case of simple unrestrained human nature. Those who’ve read books like Lord of the Flies know that humans can very quickly devolve into quite immoral, depraved, and Machiavellian brutes if there are no checks in place to restrain some of human nature’s darker impulses. You see, it’s not that all humans are necessarily mindlessly depraved by nature per se, but rather that it’s very easy to set off a cascade event of unethical behavior when only a small pilot group initiates it… Think of baseball, boxing, or any sport in general. It takes only one guy to be juiced up on steroids to create a cascade that sees the entire league begin juicing due to the power creep nature of the realization that if you don’t do this too, you won’t be able to compete. Likewise, in an environment where there are no restraints, a small ‘contagion’ of bad behavior can set off a chain reaction as it spreads to others by a variety of vectors… How does all this pertain to the utterly breathtaking criminality and inhumanly racist hatred seen in the Israeli society toward the Palestinians? For a long time now criticism of anything remotely related to Israel or Jewish-ness was highly verboten due to the black mark of “anti-Semitism” being cast against anyone who dared criticize their actions. In the same sort of way that the modern liberal movement has created blowback in the form of liberal fragility and the complete inability to debate or face facts, nor take any criticism whatsoever—a fact we see often, as liberals melt down into fits of feral screaming or crying when refuted by reality—the modern Israeli state, its inhabitants, and proponents likewise have never had to deal with genuine structured criticism because the West has generally been so obsequiously permissive toward it. Most importantly: they’ve never had to deal with accountability… Israel can be viewed like one of those overly-pampered babies—the golden calf of the family—which never hears the word ‘no’ and whose every squall brings mommy dashing over to immediately coddle it. Israel has carried out terror and crimes for decades that any other country in the world would have been immediately reproached, condemned, and sanctioned for. This has created a sense of unparalleled historical entitlement and exceptionalism in Israeli society such that they feel no qualms whatsoever about glibly and openly calling for genocide. In any other society, it would not only make instant headlines but would make the top docket at the UN human rights council meetings. But in Israel, you can call for genocide, you can demean the Palestinians with open racism as Israeli TV so often does, and it doesn’t get so much as a passing glance or shrug… Some consider such a viewpoint to be “anti-Semitic”, but there are two things to consider: The Palestinians are the original Semitic people of the region. There is in fact nothing in the world more pro-Semitic than such views… Most worldwide Jews appear to be in support of Palestine and are becoming increasingly anti-Zionist. I don’t know what the actual statistics are, and would be interested to see them. But even much of Israeli society is now openly rebuking the IDF, thus making the hateful portion of the population the true anti-Semites… The last point obviously goes to show that not all of Israel can be characterized in such a negatively broad stroke. But of course the highly vocal and radicalized segment of it which are the bad seeds still account for such a staunch amount of violent racism and pro-genocide views that it still justifies the earlier characterizations… As I said, when left to their devices, when a people’s most cruel and malign inclinations are left totally unchecked without any pushback or repudiation, it creates an enabling effect that essentially communicates to those people: “Keep going, what you’re doing is totally normal and acceptable.” Israel has been the favored son for so long, its most transgressive acts ignored and tacitly allowed for such a length of time, that it has simply developed a natural sense of entitlement and divine exceptionalism. Now, when the world suddenly stands up to it for the first time, Israel is dumbstruck with feigned shock like a child caught with its hand in the cookie jar… This is not to say Israeli people are somehow bad by nature or genetically. No, just like the current Ukrainians, Israelis are to an extent being used by western colonialist powers. And in order for their colonialist-outpost to thrive, the powers that be must ensure that the puppet state has full immunity from any sort of accusations of wrongdoing or prosecutorial blowback. This is why Ukrainians are given full sanction to be Nazis and commit mass murder and genocide on Donbass, and it is why Israelis get the same allowance. It has nothing to do with race and everything to do with great power politics and how colonialist outposts are conditioned and molded in order to further the geopolitical ends and interests of their sponsors… Now, the coordinated narrative has turned to finding a new home for ethnically cleansed Gazans, as we long predicted here from the literal outset of the conflict. They are couching this with standard imperial terminology, calling it “humanitarian emigration”… Here the Israeli finance minister underlines how Gaza must be cleansed (video of the adamant and effusive Bezalel Smotrich)… Did you catch that at the end? – Once again in totally choreographed fashion, he states this “humanitarian solution” must be enacted to save Gazans. Yes, the Israeli “final solution” but in “humanitarian” robes…On cue, Nikki Haley follows the directive in her new interview, shockingly openly calling for ethnic cleansing (Nikki works on removing any confusion about where her loyalties lie)… In fact, her statement is extremely anti-Semitic against Palestinians because she uses subtly coded pre-genocide language to dehumanize Palestinian civilians as ‘Hamas’ operatives and, by extension, “terrorists”—eligible for legal elimination, it is to be inferred. This is a highly dangerous anti-Semitic trope used by racist Zionists in recent videos where they have attributed “all Palestinians” to be either Hamas or Hamas-“affiliated” in order to justify their calls for genocide against them… For instance from today (American woman saying she doesn’t think the children of Gaza are innocent)… Note how the anti-Semite above considers all Palestinian children to be guilty by association in order to excuse her warped genocidal fantasies… In the same vein, Nikki Haley’s call to relocate all Gazans into “Hamas” countries is clearly an attempt to subconsciously link innocent civilians to ‘terrorism’. And that’s of course besides the fact that she’s openly calling for ethnic cleansing of an entire population, which is a crime against humanity, and goes against every international law—except the western Luciferian “Rule of Law”…Now it’s been reported that Israel is attempting to force friendly countries to pressure South Africa’s judges who have filed a genocide case in the international court at the Hague against Israel: “Israel accused of ‘Effort to Intimidate the Judges Ahead of Genocide Hearing.” – According to a cable obtained by Axios, the Israeli Foreign Ministry is calling on the country’s embassies to pressure host country diplomats and political leaders to swiftly issue an “immediate and unequivocal statement along the following lines: To publicly and clearly state that YOUR COUNTRY rejects the outrage[ous], absurd, and baseless allegations made against Israel.”.. The cable warns that “a ruling by the court could have significant potential implications that are not only in the legal world but have practical bilateral, multilateral, economic, security ramifications.” Israel is seeking to prevent an injunction ordering the country to suspend its attack on Gaza… That’s not to mention the fact that members of Israeli Knesset’s own pro-Arab Hadash-Ta’al political party have joined in on the lawsuit for the Hague, according to Jerusalem Post: But Israel’s plan appears to amount to this: slow-roll the operation while desperately searching the globe for a place willing to have Gazans offloaded onto it. We’ve seen Congo in discussion, with Haley bringing up Qatar, Iran, Turkey, etc.—all prima facie non-serious suggestions… Israel officials have clearly signaled that they intend to occupy Gaza, and Netanyahu just this week reiterated that they will “not stop the war” until all objectives are reached… By the way, as a slightly tangential note, here’s Israeli ambassador Mark Regev openly admitting that we haven’t seen a single killed Hamas fighter—yet preposterously attributing this to the fact that “Hamas controls all images out of Gaza” (right)… How does that make any sense? Does Hamas control all the IDF bodycams and endless videos that Israeli soldiers have released of themselves romping through Gaza? How is Hamas behind the fact that the IDF itself has not shown us a single eliminated Hamas militant? What does this really tell us about how many “Hamas fighters” the inept IDF has actually “eliminated”? – This is the same individual who said with a straight face that it’s a lie to claim Israel has killed a single Palestinian child (obviously well-versed in the Facts on the Ground…) – This is how immorally and reprehensibly sick a government can become when it is given unfettered moral license to act as it pleases without any international accountability whatsoever… Headline: Ex Israeli Pilot: Our Army is a Terrorist Organization Run by War Criminals… You don’t say? – One of the consequences of all this is the Biden administration has become divided like never before. Yesterday we learned that Raytheon Lloyd was hospitalized in intensive care for days without the president’s knowledge… The United States of America, at a time of historic international upheaval and danger to ‘American interests’ abroad, was functionally without a Secretary of Defense for almost a week without the commander-in-chief’s knowledge. Some assumed Austen’s deputy Kathleen Hicks would take over—except she was on ‘vacation’ in Puerto Rico at the time. How convenient! – It ties into the Israeli situation because rumors have it disgruntled White House staffers were responsible for hiding the information from Biden over his contentious stance on Palestine—another case of open rebellion, if true. It once more highlights the deepening rifts within the corrupt and beleaguered Biden administration… As to Lloyd’s “minor elective procedure”—which appeared to leave him comatose for nearly an entire week—there’s no definitive word. But some suspect it may have been an emergency surgical extraction of an uncashed Raytheon kickback from his netherside.””The long history of Zionist proposals to ethnically cleanse the Gaza Strip – Ethnic cleansing or “transfer” is an intrinsic part of Zionism’s early history, and has remained an essential feature of Israeli political life. More recently, “transfer” has been mainstreamed by billing it as encouraging “voluntary emigration.”- by Mouin Rabbani – – “Senior Israeli leaders, including Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu, are again publicly advocating the ethnic cleansing of the Gaza Strip. Their proposals are being presented as voluntary emigration schemes, in which Israel is merely playing the role of Good Samaritan, selflessly mediating with foreign governments to find new homes for destitute and desperate Palestinians. But it is ethnic cleansing all the same… Alarm bells should have started ringing in early November when U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken and other Western politicians began insisting there could be “no forcible displacement of Palestinians from Gaza.” Rather than rejecting any mass removal of Palestinians, Blinken and colleagues objected only to optically challenging expulsions at gunpoint. The option of “voluntary” displacement by leaving residents of the Gaza Strip with no choice but departure was pointedly left open… Ethnic cleansing, or “transfer” as it is known in Israeli parlance, has a long pedigree that goes back to the late-nineteenth-century beginnings of the Zionist movement. While the early Zionists adopted the slogan, “A Land Without a People for a People Without a Land,” the evidence demonstrates that, from the very outset, their leaders knew better. More to the point, they clearly understood that the Palestinians formed the main obstacle to the establishment of a Jewish state in Palestine. This is for the simple reason that, to them, a “Jewish state” denotes one in which its Jewish population acquires and maintains unchallenged demographic, territorial, and political supremacy… Enter “transfer.” As early as 1895, Theodor Herzl, the founder of the contemporary Zionist movement, identified the necessity of removing the inhabitants of Palestine in the following terms: We shall try to spirit the penniless population across the border by procuring employment for it in the transit countries, while denying it any employment in our own country … expropriation and the removal of the poor must be carried out discreetly and circumspectly.” David Ben-Gurion (née Grün), Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Jewish Agency for Palestine, and later Israel’s first prime minister, was more blunt. In a 1937 letter to his son, he wrote: “We must expel the Arabs and take their place.” – Writing in his diary in 1940, Yosef Weitz, a senior Jewish National Fund official who chaired the influential Transfer Committee before and during the Nakba (“Catastrophe”), and became known as the Architect of Transfer, put it thus: “The only solution is a Land of Israel devoid of Arabs. There is no room here for compromise. They must all be moved. Not one village, not one tribe, can remain. Only through this transfer of the Arabs living in the Land of Israel will redemption come.” His diaries are littered with similar sentiments… The point of the above is not to demonstrate that individual Zionist leaders held such views, but that the senior leadership of the Zionist movement consistently considered the ethnic cleansing of Palestine an objective and priority. Initiatives such as the Transfer Committee, and Plan Dalet, initially formulated in 1944 and described by the pre-eminent Palestinian historian Walid Khalidi as the “Master Plan for the Conquest of Palestine,” additionally demonstrate that the Zionist movement actively planned for it. The 1948 Nakba, during which more than four-fifths of Palestinians residing in territory that came under Israeli rule were ethnically cleansed, should, therefore, be seen as the fulfillment of a longstanding ambition and implementation of a key policy. A product of design, not of war (historical Christmas footnote: the Palestinian town of Nazareth was spared a similar fate only because the commander of Israeli forces that seized the city, a Canadian Jew named Ben Dunkelman, disobeyed orders to expel the population, and was relieved of his command the following day)… That the Nakba was a product of design is further substantiated by the Transfer Committee’s terms of reference. These comprised not only proposals for the expulsion of the Palestinians but, just as importantly, active measures to prevent their return, destroy their homes and villages, expropriate their property, and resettle those territories with Jewish immigrants. Weitz, together with fellow Committee members Eliahu Sassoon and Ezra Danin, on June 5, 1948, presented a three-page blueprint, entitled “Scheme for the Solution of the Arab Problem in the State of Israel,” to Prime Minister Ben-Gurion to achieve these goals. According to leading Israeli historian Benny Morris, “there is no doubt Ben-Gurion agreed to Weitz’s scheme,” which included “what amounted to an enormous project of destruction” that saw more than 450 Palestinian villages razed to the ground… The understandable focus on the expulsions of 1948 often overlooks the fact that ethnic cleansing remains incomplete unless its victims are barred from returning to their homes by a combination of armed force and legislation, and thereafter replaced by others. It is Israel’s determination to make Palestinian dispossession permanent that distinguishes Palestinian refugees from many other war refugees… After 1948, Israel put out a whole series of fabrications to shift responsibility for the transformation of the Palestinians into dispossessed and stateless refugees onto the Arab states and the refugees themselves. These included claims that the refugees voluntarily left (they were either expelled or fled in justified terror); that Arab radio broadcasts ordered the Palestinians to flee (in fact, they were encouraged to stay put); that Israel conducted a population exchange with Arab states (there was nothing of the sort); and the bizarre argument that because they’re Arabs, Palestinians had numerous other states while Jews have only Israel (by the same logic, Sikhs would be entitled to seize British Columbia and deport its population to either the rest of Canada or the United States). More importantly, even if uniformly substantiated, none of these pretexts entitles Israel to prohibit the right of Palestinian refugees to return to their homes at the conclusion of hostilities. It is, furthermore, a right that was consecrated in United Nations General Assembly resolution 194 of December 11, 1948, which has been reaffirmed repeatedly since… Ethnic cleansing after 1967 – In 1967, Israel seized the remaining 22 percent of Mandatory Palestine — the West Bank (including East Jerusalem) and the Gaza Strip. Depopulation in these territories operated differently than in 1948. Most importantly, Israel, in addition to prohibiting the return of Palestinians who fled hostilities during the 1967 June War, and encouraging others to leave (by, for example, providing a daily bus service from Gaza City to the Allenby Bridge connecting the West Bank to Jordan), conducted a census during the summer of 1967 . Any resident who was not present during the census was ineligible for an Israeli identity document and automatically lost their right of residency… As a result, the population of these territories declined by more than twenty percent overnight. Many of those thus displaced were already refugees from 1948. Aqbat Jabr Refugee Camp near Jericho, for example — until 1967, the West Bank’s largest — became a virtual ghost town after almost all its inhabitants became refugees once again in Jordan. So many Palestinians from the Gaza Strip ended up in Jordan that a new refugee camp, Gaza Camp, was established on the outskirts of Jerash. The occupied Palestinian territories would not recover their 1967 population levels until the early 1980s… Within the West Bank, there were also cases of mass expulsion. These included the town of Qalqilya, which was additionally slated for demolition but to which its residents were later permitted to return. Those of ‘Imwas (the Biblical Emmaus), Bayt Nuba, and Yalu in Jerusalem’s Latrun salient were less fortunate. They were summarily expelled (many today live in Ramallah’s Qaddura Refugee Camp), their villages demolished and annexed to Israel, and replaced by Canada Park, so named because the project was completed with donations from the Canadian Jewish community. Within Jerusalem’s Old City, the historic Mughrabi Quarter, abutting the Haram al-Sharif, was summarily razed to make way for a plaza astride the Wailing Wall. With many residents given only minutes to evacuate their homes, several were killed when the bulldozers went to work. According to Eitan Ben-Moshe, an engineer who oversaw the atrocity, “We threw out the wreckage of houses together with the Arab corpses.” – Depopulation through administrative rule – In subsequent years, Israel employed all kinds of administrative shenanigans to further reduce the Palestinian population of the West Bank and Gaza Strip. Until the 1993 Oslo Accords, for example, an exit permit from Israel’s military government was required to leave the occupied territory. It was valid for only three years and thereafter renewable annually for a maximum of three additional years (for a fee) at an Israeli consulate. If a Palestinian lost an exit permit or failed to renew an exit permit prior to its expiration for any reason (including bureaucratic foot-dragging), or couldn’t pay the renewal fee, or failed to return to Palestine prior to its expiration, that Palestinian automatically lost residency rights. Separately, Israel, over the years, deported numerous activists and community leaders, primarily to Jordan and Lebanon. During the late 1960s and 1970s, it also exiled Gaza Palestinians accused of resisting the occupation, along with their families, to prison camps in the occupied Sinai Peninsula. Among those who spent time there was the iconic Palestinian leader Haidar Abdel-Shafi… A particularly notable case of administrative deportations occurred in 1992 after Israeli special forces botched an operation to rescue an Israeli soldier who had been seized by Hamas to exchange him for their imprisoned leader, Shaikh Ahmad Yasin. Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin ordered the summary deportation of approximately 400 Palestinians, many of them prisoners affiliated with Hamas and Islamic Jihad (PIJ), none accused of involvement in the incident that led to Rabin’s frenzied rage… In contrast to previous deportations, which were considered permanent, these were for one- and two-year terms. In its rush to carry out the deportations under cover of night, Israel expelled a number of Palestinians who were not on its list and left behind others who were. Needless to say, the mass expulsion was, as always in such matters, approved by Israel’s High Court of Justice after minor modifications. It ruled, among other things, that this was not a collective deportation but rather a collection of individual deportations. Perhaps more significantly, the deportees were stuck in an inhospitable no-man’s land, Marj al-Zuhur, because Lebanon refused to facilitate the deportations by receiving them. During their involuntary residence in Marj al-Zuhur, assistance came primarily from Hezbollah, and it was during this period that relations between Hamas, PIJ, and Hezbollah were solidified… Israel’s strategies to ‘thin’ Gaza’s population – With the focus in recent years on the intensified campaigns of ethnic cleansing in the West Bank, it is often forgotten that, for decades, the primary target for depopulation was the Gaza Strip, particularly its refugee population, which accounts for approximately three-quarters of the territory’s residents. Even before it occupied Gaza in 1967, Israel regularly promoted initiatives to achieve the “thinning” of its refugee population, with destinations as far afield as Libya and Iraq. Not without reason, Israel’s leaders felt uncomfortable with the presence of so many ethnically cleansed Palestinians within walking distance of their former homes. After 1967, it encouraged Palestinian emigration from the Gaza Strip to not only foreign countries but also the West Bank.

“Transfer,” often presented as the encouragement
 of voluntary emigration either by providing
 material incentives or making the conditions of life
 impossible, has become increasingly mainstreamed
in Israeli political life.

In 1969, Israel even devised a scheme to send 60,000 Palestinians from the Gaza Strip to Paraguay with offers of lucrative employment. The plan was negotiated between Paraguay’s military dictator Alfredo Stroessner and Mossad, the Israeli foreign intelligence agency. It was, of course, purely coincidental that, shortly thereafter, Mossad discovered it no longer had the resources to hunt Nazi fugitives in Paraguay, which had been one of their destinations of choice. The scheme was discontinued when several of its victims, upon realizing the promise of a new life of comfort was all a sham, shot up the Israeli embassy in Asuncion, killing one of its staff… ‘Transfer’ and Gaza today – In the decades since, “transfer,” often presented as the encouragement of voluntary emigration either by providing material incentives or making the conditions of life impossible, has become increasingly mainstreamed in Israeli political life. In 2019, for example, a “senior government official,” quoted in the Israeli newspaper Ha’aretz, expressed a willingness to help Palestinians emigrate from the Gaza Strip… Mass expulsion has been gaining its share of adherents as well, and it is a position that is today represented within Israel’s coalition government. As has the idea that “transfer” should include Palestinian citizens of Israel — Avigdor Lieberman, for example, who was Israel’s Minister of Defense several years ago, is an advocate of not only emptying the West Bank and Gaza Strip of Palestinians but of getting rid of Palestinian citizens of Israel as well. As one might expect from a minister who was in charge of the Israeli military, he is also an advocate of “beheading” disloyal Palestinian citizens of Israel with “an axe.” – Against this background, Israel saw the attacks of October 7 as not only a threat but also as an opportunity. Fortified with unconditional U.S. and European support, Israeli political and military leaders immediately began promoting the transfer of Gaza’s Palestinian population to the Sinai desert. The proposal was enthusiastically embraced by the United States and by Secretary of State Antony Blinken in particular. Hopelessly out of his depth when it comes to the Middle East, as ever, he appears to have genuinely believed he could recruit or pressure Washington’s Arab client regimes to make Israel’s wish a reality. Given Egyptian strongman Abdelfattah al-Sisi’s economic troubles, the fallout of the Menendez scandal, and the looming Egyptian presidential elections, it was suggested to him by the Washington echo chamber that it would take only an IMF loan, debt relief, and a promise to file away Menendez to bring Cairo on board. As so often when it comes to the Middle East, Blinken, armed only with Israel’s latest wish list, didn’t have a clue his indecent proposal would be categorically rejected, first and foremost by Egypt… ‘Transfer’ as ‘voluntary emigration’ – The fallback position is opposition to “forcible displacement” at the point of a gun, while anything else is fair game. This includes reducing the Gaza Strip to rubble in what may well be the most intensive bombing campaign in history; a genocidal assault on an entire society that has killed civilians at an unprecedentedly rapid pace; the deliberate destruction of an entire civilian infrastructure, including the targeted obliteration of its health and education sectors; the highest proportion of households in hunger crisis ever recorded globally and the real prospect of pre-meditated famine; severance of the water and electricity supply leading to acute thirst, widespread consumption of non-potable water, and termination of sewage treatment; and promotion of a sharp rise in infectious disease. One Israeli soldier has already died of a fungal infection resulting from the collapse in sanitation he helped bring about in the Gaza Strip. How many Palestinians have been consumed by similar illnesses, we do not know, but it is reasonable to assume that children and the elderly are hit particularly hard… In other words, if desperate Palestinians seek to flee this seventh circle of hell to save their skins, that’s considered voluntary emigration — their choice. If they cannot remain in the Gaza Strip because Israel has made it unfit for human habitation with U.S. weapons, that is a voluntary choice that will be respected. And the U.S. and Israel are only here to help, like Mother Theresa, determined to assist every last one of them whether they like it or not… Danny Danon, a member of parliament who was previously Israel’s envoy to the United Nations (the guy who sounds like Elmer Fudd), recently held up the mass displacement of Syrians to multiple shores during the past decade as an example to be emulated. “Even if each country receives ten thousand, twenty thousand Gazans, this is significant.” – Asked about Danon’s proposal at a Likud meeting on Christmas Day, Netanyahu responded, “We are working on it. Our problem is [finding] the countries that are willing to absorb [them].” – As an editorial in the Israeli newspaper Ha’aretz put it on December 27: “Israeli lawmakers keep pushing for transfer under the guise of humanitarian aid.” – Not to be outdone by the politicians, the Jerusalem Post ran an opinion piece entitled “Why Moving to the Sinai Peninsula is The Solution for Gaza’s Palestinians.” – “Sinai,” its author Joel Roskin enthused, “comprises one of the most suitable places on Earth to provide the people of Gaza with hope and a peaceful future.” – Not individual Gazans, but “the people of Gaza.” Notably, such proposals consistently take it as a given that those departing will never return. One waits with bated breath, for the European Union is expected to respond to these calls for mass expulsion with further investigations of Palestinian textbooks… While ethnic cleansing has been intrinsic to Zionist/Israeli ideology and practice from the very outset, it also has a flip side: the 1948 expulsion of the Palestinians expanded what had been a conflict between the Zionist movement and the Palestinians into a regional, Arab-Israeli one. The second Nakba Israel is currently inflicting on the Gaza Strip similarly appears well on its way to instigating the renewal of hostilities across the Middle East…  As importantly, the 1948 Nakba did not defeat the Palestinians, who initiated their struggle from the camps of exile, those in the Gaza Strip most prominently among them. It would take a Blinken level of foolishness to assume the expulsion of Palestinians from the Gaza Strip would produce a different outcome.

The War Racket’s Shadow Over Gaza: Unveiling the Ugly Truth Behind US-Israel Complicity – by Gerry Nolan“In the shadow of Gaza’s decimation, where over 23,000 Palestinians, primarily women and children, lie dead, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken’s words (Tuesday), ring hollow. Standing amidst the ruins, he decries the civilian toll as ‘far too high,’ yet his actions tell a different tale. The US, with Blinken at its helm, continues to fuel Israel’s war machine, supplying the very arms that enable this mass murder. This chilling dichotomy of empty rhetoric and lethal action unveils a brutal reality: the US, under the guise of diplomacy, is complicit in a ethnic cleansing it could halt with a single stroke of policy change – a ‘radical’ change that upholds the sanctity of human life… As Blinken navigates the Middle East, his platitudes of peace and rejection of permanent displacement in Gaza contrast starkly against the backdrop of ongoing US welfare-warfare payments and arms deliveries to Israel. These weapons are anything but tools of defence but instruments of an appalling onslaught against a besieged population. The US’s veto of any meaningful UN Security Council (UNSC) resolution calling for a ceasefire is not just a political maneuver; it’s an endorsement of the carnage, a clear signal of where its allegiance lies. This is not about security; it’s about perpetuating a war that benefits the few at the cost of tens of thousands of Palestinian lives. The hypocrisy is glaring when Blinken rejects the accusation of genocide at the International Court of Justice. By dismissing these charges as meritless, the US further entrenches its role as an apologist for war crimes. The US accused ethnic Serbs of committing genocide in Srebrenica, where that acknowledged total, though tragic is a fraction of the 23,000 Palestinians killed since October 7th. By its own precedent, the US opens itself up to the genocide label being aptly used here. What is certain? This is mass murder, these are horrific war crimes. This stance is a betrayal not only of Palestinian lives but also of the very principles of human rights and justice the US purports to champion. It’s a grim reminder that for some, war is a lucrative business, with companies like Raytheon and General Dynamics profiting from the endless cycle of violence. For the US, there seems to be only money to be made from the suffering that stems from the countless women and children brutally murdered by the war machine it provides to its glorified forward operating bases, be it in Ukraine or Israel. Palestinians and innocent Slavs are seemingly not considered the ‘chosen ones’ in the US’s ‘rules-based’ lottery, where lives deemed worthy of saving are selectively picked.


In a striking display of this duplicity, the US has continued to supply arms to Israel, even following incidents where these weapons have been used in apparent war crimes. For instance, during the May 2021 hostilities in Gaza, the Israeli military bombed a high-rise building housing international media organizations, a clear violation of international humanitarian law. Yet, in the wake of this, the US authorized an additional $735 million in arms sales of precision-guided weapons to Israel. Similarly, despite the US’s pronouncement to ending certain arms sales to Saudi Arabia and the UAE due to their conduct in the Yemen war, it approved a $500 million military support deal for Saudi Arabia, ignoring the coalition’s numerous violations of the laws of war, including significant harm to Yemeni civilians…  Compounding this hypocrisy, Wall Street has eyed big profits from conflicts such as the war in Gaza. Financial analysts have openly discussed the financial benefits of the genocide of Gaza under the pretext of the “Hamas-Israel war” , with a focus on the boon to the aerospace and weapons sector. The stark and callous calculations of profit from human suffering starkly contrast with corporate “statements on human rights” that purportedly endorse the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. This blatant profiteering on war, while ignoring the human rights implications, underscores the deep-rooted moral conflicts in the financial and political support systems underpinning these conflicts.

An injured Palestinian woman covered in dust and blood hugs an injured girl child at the hospital following the Israeli bombardment of Khan Yunis in the southern Gaza Strip.

In this bleak landscape, where regional tensions simmer and the spectre of a wider conflict looms, Blinken’s words are but a whisper against the roar of bombs and the silent screams of the fallen. This war, sustained by US arms and diplomatic cover, stands as a stark testament to the world’s failure to protect the vulnerable. It starkly reveals the diminishing veneer of moral authority that once cloaked US hegemonic global leadership. The pressing question remains: How many more lives will be sacrificed at the altar of exceptionalism and corporate greed? The blood of Gaza, it seems, is the price of this unholy alliance… This narrative extends beyond mere political alliances; it reveals the underlying war racket that drives global conflict. The military-media-industrial complex, with its insatiable appetite for profit, finds fertile ground in the ravaged landscapes of Gaza. The arms supplied by the US to Israel are not just weapons of war; they are the lifeblood of a lucrative business model that thrives on human suffering. The devastation in Gaza is not an unfortunate byproduct but a necessary condition for this profit-driven machinery… The role of the US in this equation is pivotal. Without American support, Israel would struggle to sustain its military operations on such a scale and would in fact be forced to peacefully coexist and sew for peace. This support is not a passive gesture; it is an active and strategic choice that aligns with the broader objectives of US foreign policy, that of glorified forward operating bases. Israel, much like Ukraine in its war with Russia, is used as the tip of the spear, a proxy in a larger game of geopolitical chess where human lives are expendable pawns… In the shadow of strategic alliances and cynical geopolitical maneuverings, the US-Israel relationship stands as a paradigm of complexity, codependency and contradiction. This relationship, deeply rooted in 20th century history, is a testament to the intricate interplay of military might, economic prowess, and cynical calculus. Dr. Stephen Zunes, paints a vivid picture of the US’s foreign aid to Israel, highlighting its uniqueness both in terms of magnitude and nature… The sheer scale of the aid – totalling a staggering $124 billion through fiscal year 2023 – marks it as the most substantial foreign-aid program in history between two countries (given how small Israel is)- . Significantly, this aid began to escalate notably after the 1967 War, transitioning from loans to grants (a sort of warfare-welfare) and reflecting a deepening commitment that transcends traditional donor-recipient dynamics. This financial warfare-welfare, funnelled directly into Israel’s government treasury, underscores a relationship of mutual (malignant) dependence and strategic alignment, far removed from the usual strings-attached aid given to other nations… Moreover, the US’s approach to Israel is characterized by a notable exceptionality. Unlike other recipients of American ‘generosity’, Israel enjoys the privilege of receiving aid in lump-sum payments, an arrangement that effectively provides it with financial leverage over the U.S. itself, as it can invest this money back into U.S. treasury bills. The relationship further extends into private realms, with American tax-deductible contributions and bond purchases swelling the flow of funds to Israel. This financial dynamic is not just a mere transactional exchange but a robust endorsement of Israel’s geopolitical and economic stance, cementing its position as a once pivotal player in regional and global affairs… The roots of this policy extend beyond mere financial aid. They are entwined with the strategic interests of the United States, where Israel has emerged as a crucial forward operating base in a volatile (by its own making) region. Its role in serving as a bulwark against perceived American threats has been pivotal. The alliance has a massive military dimensions too, with Israel providing a testing ground for American arms and acting as a conduit for U.S. arms to regimes and armed groups otherwise challenging to support openly… The Clinton administration further bolstered this relationship, viewing Israel not just as a beneficiary/dependent but as a strategic partner, integral to the broader objectives of U.S. foreign policy. This approach has resulted in a paradox: Israel, with its significant gifted economic and military capabilities, continues to receive aid at levels that seem disproportionate to its actual needs. It raises critical questions about the interplay of aid, military dependency, and the broader objectives of U.S. foreign policy in a world on the brink due to such dangerous and cynical policy… This alliance, while short-sightedly serving immediate geopolitical interests, has broader implications and dangers. It shapes the regional tensions in the Middle East, influences (prevents) the peace process, and impacts the socio-economic fabric of both nations. As Dr. Zunes elucidates, the U.S. commitment to maintaining the illusion of Israel’s military superiority and its unwavering financial support, despite the complex realities on the ground, reveals a relationship that is as much about power and politics as it is about mutual benefit and real security. Ironically, as we see playing out, leading to massive insecurity for both countries… Such a relationship, however, is not devoid of controversy or consequence. This high level of aid to Israel, as Dr. Zunes points out, has led to debates within both countries about its impact and sustainability. The paradox lies in the fact that, while this aid secures Israel’s military strength, it also deepens its economic dependence on the United States. This dependence raises critical questions about Israel’s long-term strategic autonomy, economic resilience and ultimately, survival as a sovereign state… In the US, this extensive aid program has not gone without scrutiny or criticism. Critics argue that this financial support, particularly in the form of military aid, has catastrophic consequences for American interests and global perceptions of the U.S., especially when considered in the context of other international conflicts and America’s stance on human rights and international law. The debate extends to the realm of how this aid impacts buys US influence, the dynamics of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the broader quest for a just peace in the region… The implications of this relationship are profound and multifaceted. On the one hand, it represents an albeit malignant, strategic partnership that has undoubtedly shaped and scared the geopolitical landscape of the Middle East. On the other hand, it raises significant questions about the nature of such aid, strategic alliances, and the intricate balance between cynical national interests and global responsibilities… As we move forward, understanding the nuances of this relationship remains crucial. It is not merely a question of financial aid but a complex tapestry of cynical interests, historical ties, and codependency. The U.S.-Israel alliance, as it stands, is a powerful signpost on the road where geopolitics and financial aid intersects with strategic objectives, shaping the policies that perpetuate human suffering and destinies of nations. It stands as a cautionary tale for emerging powers and superpowers of how not to do business, when humanity replaces war-fuelled greed… The tragic reality is that there is no profit in peace. The cessation of hostilities in Gaza does not serve the interests of those who profit from war. This is a war racket that thrives on perpetual conflict, where each bomb dropped and each life lost translates into financial gain for the few. The US, in its role as both supplier and enabler, is a key player in this deadly game. The continued support for Israel, despite widespread condemnation and the clear humanitarian crisis, is a testament to the priorities that drive US foreign policy… This leads to the unsettling question: Cui bono? Who benefits from this ongoing tragedy? The answer is starkly clear – the arms manufacturers, the politicians who support them, and the war hawks who advocate for endless conflict. The cost of this benefit is the lives of tens of thousands of Palestinians, the destruction of their homes, and the obliteration of their future… The moral implications of this are profound. The US, a nation that frequently positions itself as a global leader in human rights and democracy, is deeply entrenched in a war racket that blatantly mocks these values. The contradiction between America’s professed ideals and its actions in Gaza starkly highlights an odious hypocrisy within its foreign policy. The US’s support for Israel in this current conflict is not just a political alliance; it is a moral failing, an endorsement of systematic atrocities against an oppressed population. Read MoreSHOP-POCALYPSE ‘You make customers feel like criminals’, shoppers fume as Morrisons unleashes ‘robocop’ cameras in supermarket aisles – by Andrew Robinson – – “MORRISONS is using ‘robocop’ cameras in supermarket aisles to stop customers from stealing expensive booze. It installed branded Safer Pod S1s next to alcohol as a deterrent against the shoplifting epidemic plaguing Britain… The stationary four-legged safety devices are equipped with HD cameras and a state-of-the-art 120db siren system to alert against thieves… They are powered by a solar panel battery and can be moved around the store to problem areas while operated by a control room via an app… Morrisons is currently reviewing the results of their trial in “a handful” of stores over the Christmas period… One CCTV monitoring station was seen stationed next to premium whisky on Monday with the warning “we’re keeping an eye on things to keep your store safe”… It was spotted by customer Mark Powlett, of Redditch, Warwickshire, who compared the new security system to the cyborg law enforcer in 1987 film RoboCop… He wrote on X/Twitter: “Wow Morrisons how welcoming Robocop feels. I’m typing this as I wait for the one member of staff covering all the self service tills… “I’m also being filmed there because actually paying staff to work when you can just make customers feel like criminals is lovely isn’t it?” – But Paddy Lillis, general secretary of the Union of Shop, Distributive and Allied Workers (USDAW), said: “There is no doubt that cameras do have a deterrent effect and we are supportive of such measures aimed at reducing violence, threats and abuse at work… Note: A store in San Francisco just priced every item on the shelves at $951, to avoid the city’s policy that police won’t charge shoplifters for stealing anything under $950 total theft. They make coupons at market price available near the door.”Disease X Tabletop Exercises: WEF Prepares for Catastrophic Casualties – 20 Times Deadlier than Covid  – One recorded video “Tabletop Exercise” for “Disease X” was already done several months ago. It was extremely similar in appearance and format to the “Event 201” exercise held in Sept. 2019 as a preparation for the “Covid 19” Pandemic… “BREAKING: WEF Holding Urgent ‘Disease X’ Tabletop Exercises: ’20 Times More Casualties Than Covid’ – In a shocking turn of events, Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum (WEF) have announced that they are holding urgent tabletop exercises this week to address the looming threat of “Disease X.” According to their claims, this mysterious disease could potentially result in twenty times more casualties than the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic… The Nature of Disease X – Disease X is a term used to describe a hypothetical pathogen that has the potential to cause a global pandemic. While it may seem like something out of a science fiction movie, the concept of Disease X is a sobering reminder of the ever-present risk posed by emerging infectious diseases… The exact nature of Disease X remains shrouded in mystery. However, the WEF is taking this threat seriously enough to organize tabletop exercises, where experts will simulate the response to an outbreak scenario caused by Disease X. This proactive approach aims to strengthen global preparedness and improve response strategies in the face of a potential health crisis… WEF’s Response to Disease X – As the world continues to grapple with the devastating impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, the WEF is determined to stay ahead of the curve when it comes to future health emergencies. The organization believes that Disease X has the potential to surpass the casualties caused by Covid-19, emphasizing the urgency of preparedness and coordination… By conducting tabletop exercises, the WEF aims to bring together experts from various fields, including healthcare, government, and academia, to simulate the response to a Disease X outbreak. This collaborative approach will enable participants to identify gaps in current strategies and develop innovative solutions to effectively mitigate the potential impact of this unknown pathogen… The Importance of Global Preparedness – The emergence of new infectious diseases is an ongoing threat that requires constant vigilance and preparedness. The Covid-19 pandemic has highlighted the devastating consequences of unpreparedness and the need for a coordinated global response… Disease X serves as a wake-up call for policymakers, healthcare professionals, and the general public to take proactive measures to enhance global health security. With the lessons learned from the current pandemic, it is crucial to invest in robust healthcare systems, research and development, and international collaboration to effectively respond to future outbreaks… Conclusion – The WEF’s decision to hold urgent tabletop exercises focusing on Disease X is a testament to their commitment to global health security. By anticipating and preparing for potential future pandemics, they aim to minimize the impact on human lives and the global economy… As the world watches with bated breath, it is hoped that the insights gained from these exercises will lead to improved strategies, better coordination, and ultimately, a safer future for all.”

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/1/24

Israel puts much effort into controlling the narrative to further the Zionist agenda by engaging in what they refer to as ‘hasbara’. This includes a controlled effort of editing Wikipedia and influencing social media. – Article by Alison Weir, ‘How Israel and its partisans work to censor the Internet,’ published March 8, 2018: – “Numerous well funded, organized projects by and for Israel work to flood social media with pro-Israel propaganda, while blocking facts Israel dislikes. The projects utilize Israeli soldiers, students, American teens and others, and range from infiltrating Wikipedia to influencing YouTube. Some operate out of Jewish Community Centers in the U.S… Recently, YouTube suddenly shut down the If Americans Knew YouTube channel. This contained 70 videos providing facts-based information about Israel-Palestine… People going to the channel saw a message telling them that the site had been terminated for “violating YouTube guidelines”—implying to the public that we were guilty of wrongdoing. And ensuring they didn’t learn about the information we were trying to disseminate… When we tried to access our channel, we found a message saying our account had been “permanently disabled.” We had received no warning and got no explanation… After five days, we received a generic message saying YouTube had reviewed our content and determined it didn’t violate any guidelines. Our channel became live once more… So why was it shut down in the first place? What happened and why?.. As it turns out, Israel and Israeli institutions employ armies of Internet warriors—from Israeli soldiers to students—to spread propaganda online and try to get content banned that Israel doesn’t want seen… Perhaps like our videos of Palestinians killed by Israeli forces… What happened – A few days before the termination of our channel, we received a form email from YouTube, telling us we had gotten “one strike” for a short video about a Palestinian man killed by Israeli soldiers. The video was part of our series of videos to make Palestinian victims, usually ignored by US media, visible to Americans… It takes three minutes to view the video and see that it contains nothing objectionable, unless revealing cruelty and oppression is objectionable: – YouTube’s email claimed we had somehow violated their long list of guidelines but did not tell us which one, or how. It simply stated: ‘Your video ‘Ahmad Nasser Jarrar’ was flagged for review. Upon review, we’ve determined that it violates our guidelines. We’ve removed it from YouTube and assigned a Community Guidelines strike, or temporary penalty, to your account.’.. Such a penalty is not public and does not terminate the channel… Three days later, before we’d even had a chance to appeal this strike, YouTube suddenly took down our entire channel. This was done with no additional warnings or explanation… This violated YouTube’s published policies… YouTube policies say there is a “three-strike” system by which it warns people of alleged violations three times before terminating a channel. If a channel is eventually terminated, the policies state that YouTube will send an email “detailing the reason for the suspension.”.. None of this happened in our case… We submitted appeals on YouTube’s online form, but received no response. Attempts to find a phone number for YouTube and/or email addresses by which we could communicate with a human being were futile… YouTube’s power to shut down content without explanation whenever it chooses was acutely apparent. While there are other excellent video hosting sites, YouTube is the largest one, with nearly ten times more views than its closest competitors. It is therefore enormously powerful in shaping which information is available to the public–and which is not… We spent days working to upload our videos elsewhere, update links to the videos, etc. Finally, having received no response or even acknowledgment of our appeal from YouTube, we decided to write an article about the situation. We emailed YouTube’s press department a list of questions about its process. We have yet to receive any answers… Finally that evening we received an email with good news: “After a review of your account, we have confirmed that your YouTube account is not in violation of our Terms of Service. As such, we have unsuspended your account. This means your account is once again active and operational.”.. Our channel was visible once more. And YouTube had now officially confirmed that our content doesn’t violate its guidelines… Ultimately, the YouTube system seems to have worked, in our case. Inappropriate censorship was overruled, perhaps by saner or less biased heads. In fact, we felt that there might at least be one positive result of the situation—additional YouTube employees had viewed our videos and perhaps learned much about Israel-Palestine they had not previously known… But the whole experience was a wakeup call that YouTube can censor information critical of powerful parties at any time, with no explanation or accountability. Israeli soldiers paid to “Tweet, Share, Like and more”.. Israel and partisans of Israel have long had a significant presence on the Internet, working to promote the Israel narrative and block facts about Palestine, the Israel lobby, and other subject matter they wish covered up… Opinionated proponents of Israel post comments, flag content, accuse critics of “antisemitism,” and disseminate misinformation about Palestine and Palestine solidarity activists. Many of these actions are by individuals acting alone who work independently, voluntarily, and relentlessly… In addition to these, however, a number of orchestrated, often well-funded projects sponsored by the Israeli government and others have come to light. These projects work to place pro-Israel content throughout the Internet, and to remove information Israel doesn’t wish people to know… One such Israeli project targeting the Internet came to light when it was lauded in an article by Arutz Sheva, an Israeli news organization headquartered in an Israeli settlement in the West Bank… The report described a new project by Israel’s “New Media desk” that focused on YouTube and other social media sites. The article reported that Israeli soldiers were being employed to “Tweet, Share, Like and more.”.. The article noted, ‘It is well known nowadays that what happens on Facebook, Twitter and YouTube has great influence on events as they occur on the ground. The Internet, too, is a battleground.’ It was “comforting,” the article stated, to learn that the IDF was employing soldiers whose job was specifically to do battle on it.”1984/2024 – the Hidden Hope in Orwell’s Warning – by Paul Cudenec, January1, 2024 –

“Forty years have now passed since the year in which George Orwell situated his imaginary dystopian society… The novel Nineteen Eighty-Four was never meant to be a literal prophecy, of course, but, for the first three-and-a-half decades after its publication in 1949, it held a powerful hold on the public imagination, at least in Britain… When I was growing up in the 1970s, the four figures “1984” were a terrifying byword for the totalitarian future that we all somehow knew was just round the corner, if we didn’t remain vigilant… I think that Orwell’s book, along with Aldous Huxley’s 1931 novel Brave New World, helped stave off the advent of the kind of world they were both warning us against, by making it abundantly clear that nobody, regardless of political affiliation, welcomed such a future… The date lost much of its power, of course, when the year came and went. Suddenly 1984 was just part of everyday life – it was the year that your girlfriend left you, that you passed your driving test or that Everton beat Watford in the FA Cup Final… And although many of us still remained concerned about the prospect of a Big Brother state strengthening its grip, there was no longer the sense of counting grimly down to that fateful year – instead people started looking forward to the bright new future heralded by The Year Two Thousand… Now, however, the date 1984 has passed back into a semi-abstract condition, especially for all those born after that date, and the title of the book seems much less important than the content, which is all too relevant today… Some of the outer form of the story is admittedly now rather dated. Re-reading it for the purposes of this article, I was struck by the way in which Orwell is very much describing a bomb-damaged post-war London that had already disappeared by the time I was born and which he imagines being inhabited by a white working class (the “proles”) that has now been largely displaced… The idea that “one literally never saw” foreigners walking the streets of London [1] would already have sounded a little strange in real-life 1984, let alone today!… I also noticed a bit of a plausibility flaw in the plot, in that Winston Smith, having taken such painstaking care never to be seen talking to his lover Julia in public, merrily brings her with him to meet O’Brien, whom he merely hopes is on his side… He then blurts out, within seconds of arriving at the official’s home: “We are enemies of the Party”! [2] and goes on to agree to “corrupt the minds of children”, “disseminate venereal diseases” and “throw sulphuric acid in a child’s face” [3] if asked to do so by the underground resistance known as the Brotherhood. – Would anyone really do that? – But these are small quibbles in comparison with the uncanny way in which Orwell foresaw so much of the psychological control and manipulation we are enduring today… For instance, we can immediately recognise, in the pages of the novel, those who are currently imposing the Great Reset and its United Nations Sustainable Development Goals… “What kind of people would control this world had been equally obvious. The new aristocracy was made up for the most part of bureaucrats, scientists, technicians, trade-union organisers, publicity experts, sociologists, teachers, journalists, and professional politicians… “These people, whose origins lay in the salaried middle class and the upper grades of the working class, had been shaped and brought together by the barren world of monopoly industry and centralized government”. [4] – Likewise with the extent to which their control is exerted: “Even the Catholic Church of the Middle Ages was tolerant by modern standards. Part of the reason for this was that in the past no government had the power to keep its citizens under constant surveillance… “With the development of television, and the technological advance which made it possible to receive and transmit simultaneously on the same instrument, private life came to an end… “Every citizen, or at least every citizen important enough to be worth watching, could be kept for twenty-four hours a day under the eyes of the police and in the sound of official propaganda… “The possibility of enforcing not only complete obedience, but complete uniformity of opinion on all subjects, now existed for the first time”. [5] – The globalist agenda of the current criminocracy is also clearly depicted: “The two aims of the Party are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish once and for all the possibility of independent thought”. [6] – The three warring zone of Orwell’s multipolar world have ideologies that are only superficially different: “In Oceania, the prevailing philosophy is called Ingsoc, in Eurasia it is called Neo-Bolshevism, and in Eastasia it is called by a Chinese name usually translated as Death-Worship… Actually the three philosophies are barely distinguishable, and the social systems which they support are not distinguishable at all”. [7] – Orwell’s fictional tyrants even indulge in the same long-term date-related planning for their ramping up of control, declaring that by 2050: “The whole climate of thought will be different. In fact there will be no thought, as we understand it now. Orthodoxy means not thinking – not needing to think. Orthodoxy is unconsciousness”. [8] – They are out to abolish natural human life – “all children were to be begotten by artificial insemination (artsem, it was called in Newspeak) and brought up in public institutions” [9] – and are proud of the success of their social distancing project – “we have cut the links between child and parent, and between man and man, and between man and woman”. [10] – Alongside this goes the mobilising of indoctrinated youth to impose the official dogma. “It was almost normal for people over thirty to be frightened of their own children. And with good reason, for hardly a week passed in which The Times did not carry a paragraph describing how some eavesdropping little sneak – ‘child hero’ was the phrase generally used – had overheard some compromising remark and denounced its parents to the Thought Police”. [11]

The myth of Progress plays an important part in maintaining social licence for this fictional totalitarian regime… “Day and night the telescreens bruised your ears with statistics proving that people to-day had more food, more clothes, better houses, better recreations – that they lived longer, worked shorter hours, were bigger, healthier, stronger, happier, more intelligent, better educated, than the people of fifty years ago. Not a word of it could ever be proved or disproved”. [12] – Central to Ingsoc’s psychological control over the population is the invention and development of Newspeak, a politically-correct jargon aimed at inserting the Party’s worldview into the very terms needed to think and communicate… To talk and write using words in their original sense was regarded as Oldspeak [13] and thus doubeplusungood [14] and might even lead to an extended stay in a joycamp. [15] – Newspeak serves an important role in the regime’s criminalisation of freedom… Orwell adds: “To do anything that suggested a taste for solitude, even to go for a walk by yourself, was always slightly dangerous. There was a word for it in Newspeak: ownlife, it was called, meaning individualism and eccentricity”. [17] – Alongside the mental techniques of doublethink and crimestop, which I described in a previous article, [18] we find blackwhite – “a loyal willingness to say that black is white when Party discipline demands this” and also “the ability to believe that black is white, and more, to know that black is white, and to forget that one has ever believed the contrary”. [19] – Vaccines are safe and effective. Women can have penises. Critical thinking is dangerous… Even when old words are not actually abolished, they are stripped of their essential meaning… Orwell explains: “The word free still existed in Newspeak, but it could only be used in such statements as ‘This dog is free from lice’ or ‘This field is free from weeds’. It could not be used in its old sense of ‘politically free’ or ‘intellectually free’, since political and intellectual freedom no longer existed even as concepts, and were therefore of necessity nameless”. [20] – This manipulation has a real impact in creating a safer and inclusive social space which is free of disinformation, hate speech or any kind of conspiracy theory or denialism: “In Newspeak the expression of unorthodox opinions, above a very low level, was well-nigh impossible”. [21] – One of the most memorable lines from the novel is the Party’s insistence that “who controls the past controls the future: who controls the present controls the past”. [22] – Any inappropriate content that has previously been published has to be sent into oblivion down the memory hole… “It is intolerable to us that an erroneous thought should exist anywhere in the world”, [23] stresses Inner Party man O’Brien and we learn that no item of news or any expression of opinion which conflicts with the needs of the moment is “ever allowed to remain on record”. [24] – The result is a totally disorientated population. “Everything faded into mist. The past was erased, the erasure was forgotten, the lie became truth”. [25] – “In the end the Party would announce that two and two made five, and you would have to believe it. It was inevitable that they should make that claim sooner or later: the logic of their position demanded it. Not merely the validity of experience, but the very existence of external reality, was tacitly denied by their philosophy. The heresy of heresies was common sense”. [26] – O’Brien’s words take on a certain postmodernist tinge when he insists: “We control matter because we control the mind. Reality is inside the skull… Nothing exists except through human consciousness”. [27] – Above all, the ruling mafia want to conceal the unpalatable reality of their control. “All the beliefs, habits, tastes, emotions, mental attitudes that characterize our time are really designed to sustain the mystique of the Party and prevent the true nature of present-day society from being perceived”. [28] – Fake opposition is another tool used by Ingsoc to trick and crush potential dissidents, in particular the cartoonish figure of arch-subversive Emmanuel Goldstein, author of a book called The Theory and Practice of Oligarchical Collectivism, [29] who has a definite whiff of Karl Marx about him… Rather than being denied the oxygen of publicity by the regime, as one might expect, his face and words are constantly served up on the telescreens as a hated binary opposite of Ingsoc figurehead Big Brother… “Goldstein was delivering his usual venomous attack upon the doctrines of the Party – an attack so exaggerated and perverse that a child should have been able to see through it, and yet just plausible enough to fill one with an alarmed feeling that other people, less level-headed than oneself, might be taken in by it”, [30] writes Orwell… Although Goldstein is “advocating freedom of speech, freedom of the Press, freedom of assembly, freedom of thought”, he does so in “rapid polysyllabic speech which was a sort of parody of the habitual style of the orators of the Party, and even contained Newspeak words: more Newspeak words, indeed, than any Party member would normally use in real life”. [31] – Deliberate and malignant inversion of meaning is as much a part of Orwell’s dystopia as it is of today’s world, most famously with the Party slogan “War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is strength”. [32] – Ingsoc and the other similar global ideologies are said to have grown out of philosophies to which they still pay “lip-service”, while reversing their original ideals in “the conscious aim of perpetuating unfreedom and inequality”. [33] – “The Party rejects and vilifies every principle for which the Socialist movement originally stood, and it chooses to do this in the name of Socialism”. [34] – “Even the names of the four Ministries by which we are governed exhibit a sort of impudence in their deliberate reversal of the facts. The Ministry of Peace concerns itself with war, the Ministry of Truth with lies, the Ministry of Love with torture, and the Ministry of Plenty with starvation”. [35] – Combined with this demonic inversion of value comes a malevolent obsession with power, all too familiar to us today… O’Brien declares: “The Party seeks power entirely for its own sake. We are not interested in the good of others; we are interested solely in power… We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes a revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power”. [36] – In another of the chilling phrases for which Nineteen Eighty-Four is so renowned, he adds: “If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face – for ever”. [37] – It is important to the regime that its control is so complete that it becomes impossible even to imagine that it could one day come to an end… O’Brien tells Winston: “If you have ever cherished any dreams of violent insurrection, you must abandon them. There is no way in which the Party can be overthrown. The rule of the Party is for ever. Make that the starting-point of your thoughts”. [38] – Alongside the well-known Ingsoc concept of thoughtcrime there is also facecrime – “to wear an improper expression on your face (to look incredulous when a victory was announced, for example)”. [16]

The sense of powerlessness imposed by the Party seems to work on Winston, at least with regard to the prospects of his personal micro-rebellion, and he considers it “a law of nature that the individual is always defeated”. [39] – The fact that he ends up betraying his principles under torture in Room 101, denouncing his Julia and conceding that he loves Big Brother, can leave the reader with a heavy and disempowering feeling of defeat and I have long considered this to be a flaw in the book… But a closer look reveals that there is something else going on there as well, a deep counter-current of hope flowing against the tide of totalitarian repression… Some of that hope is seen by Winston in the 85% of the population known as the “proles”, even though their gullibility and lack of imagination frustrate him: “They needed only to rise up and shake themselves like a horse shaking off flies. If they chose they could blow the Party to pieces to-morrow morning. Surely sooner or later it must occur to them to do it? And yet – -!” [40] – He also finds encouragement in the ability of someone such as Julia to see through the lies peddled by the regime, despite the towering wall of deceit it has constructed around its activities… She startles Winston “by saying casually that in her opinion the war was not happening. The rocket bombs which fell daily on London were probably fired by the Government of Oceania itself, ‘just to keep people frightened’.” [41] – The human capacity to see the truth and to remain faithful to it in the most difficult of situations is key to Orwell’s despite-it-all variety of hope… “Being in a minority, even a minority of one, did not make you mad. There was truth and there was untruth, and if you clung to the truth even against the whole world, you were not mad”. [42] – He also describes an innate feeling of right and wrong which enables us to sense that there is something deeply awry with the society in which we are living… Winston, reflecting on his own unease, muses: “Was it not a sign that this was not the natural order of things… Why should one feel it to be intolerable unless one had some kind of ancestral memory that things had once been different?” [43] – It is this source of hope beyond the fallible and mortal individual to which Smith tries to cling during his interrogation… He tells O’Brien: “Somehow you will fail. Something will defeat you. Life will defeat you… I know that you will fail. There is something in the universe – I don’t know, some spirit, some principle – that you will never overcome”. [44] – Orwell, his health fading as he wrote the novel, could project no prospect of immediate change on to his fictional society… However, he has Winston say to Julia: “I don’t imagine that we can alter anything in our lifetime. But one can imagine little knots of resistance springing up here and there – small groups of people banding themselves together, and gradually growing, and even leaving a few records behind, so that the next generation can carry on where we leave off”. [45] – These are not the words of a man who has surrendered to despair… But the most important element in this concealed counter-current of Orwellian optimism is something I only noticed in my most recent re-reading… The appendix, ‘The Principles of Newspeak’, looks back on the Ingsoc period in the past tense, from the vantage point of a more distant future in which the Big Brother nightmare has evidently come to an end and in which some kind of freedom and common sense have been restored… It remarks, for instance: “Only a person thoroughly grounded in Ingsoc could appreciate the full force of the word bellyfeel, which implied a blind, enthusiastic acceptance difficult to imagine to-day”. [46] – So over the horizon there is a “to-day” in which the “blind, enthusiastic acceptance” of totalitarianism is not only a thing of the past, but even “difficult to imagine”… Confirming the point, the unknown writer of this pseudo-historical account notes that “the final adoption of Newspeak had been fixed for so late a date as 2050”. [47] – These are the very last words on the last page of the book and Orwell is telling us here, right at the end of his account, that the Ingsoc regime fell before it was able to achieve its long-term agenda of completely erasing human freedom! – The Party could be overturned! The boot didn’t stamp on a human face for ever! – And how was this possible, in the face of the overwhelming full-spectrum control of people’s lives and minds that Orwell describes to such terrifying effect? – It can only have been by people refusing to let go of the truth and having faith in the spirit of the universe that will eventually prevent death from prevailing over life, slavery over freedom, or power over humanity… Orwell must have written Nineteen Eighty-Four out of desperate, inspired, need to play his part in the struggle against the forces of darkness which lay ahead… He did what he could and, as I said, for many years his warning helped hold back the advance of tyranny… Now it’s up to us to take the baton of deep defiance that he is holding out to us, across the decades… It’s up to us to draw inspiration from our ancestral memory of natural order, to see through the system’s lies, to band together in small groups and form knots of resistance that will keep the tattered flag of freedom flying proudly in the years to come… We have to do so without any hope that victory will necessarily be achieved in our lifetimes, but must simply aim to do all that is needed in order that, in Orwell’s words, “the next generation can carry on where we leave off”… On the other hand, who knows? – Maybe the fall of the system is coming sooner than we might think… Orwell has Winston remark that “the only victory lay in the far future”. [48] – But then he wrote that 75 years ago… Perhaps that far future is now!”How Israel’s Jewishness is overtaking its democracy – by Shibley Telhami – March 11, 2016 – – “Editors’ Note: According to a new Pew poll, half of Israeli Jews have come to seek not only a Jewish majority but even Jewish exclusivity in Israel. That doesn’t bode well for Arab-Jewish coexistence in Israel, writes Shibley Telhami—even aside from what happens in the West Bank and Gaza… When U.S. leaders and commentators warn that the absence of a two-state solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict will make it impossible for Israel to be both a Jewish and democratic state, they generally mean that a Jewish democracy requires a Jewish majority; if Israel encompasses the West Bank and Gaza, Arabs will become a majority. What they may not have realized is that, in the meantime, half of Israeli Jews have come to seek not only a Jewish majority but even Jewish exclusivity… That is one of the most troubling findings of a new Pew poll in Israel. And it doesn’t bode well for Arab-Jewish coexistence in Israel—even aside from what happens in the West Bank and Gaza… This major study was conducted from October 14, 2014, to May 21, 2015, among 5,601 Israeli adults ages 18 and older. (Disclosure: I served as an adviser to the project). It found that 48 percent of all Israeli Jews agree with the statement “Arabs should be expelled or transferred from Israel,” while 46 percent disagreed. Even more troubling, the majority of every non-secular Jewish group, including 71 percent of Datim (modern orthodox Jews) agreed with the statement.

arabs_expelled – While age is not much of a factor when it comes to attitudes toward expelling Arabs from Israel, younger Israelis are slightly more likely to agree with the statement that Arabs should be expelled than older Israelis.arabs_expelled_age arabs_expelled_age – These attitudes are anchored in a broader view of identity and of the nature of the Israeli state. Overall, only about a third of Israeli Jews say their Israeli identity takes precedence over their Jewish identity, with the overwhelming majority of every group, except for secular Jews, saying their Jewishness comes first.jewishness_first jewishness_first – This view has consequences for citizen rights. Not surprisingly, the overwhelming majority of all Jewish Israelis (98 percent) feel that Jews around the world have a birthright to make aliya (immigration to Israel with automatic Israeli citizenship). But what is striking is that 79 percent of all Jews, including 69 percent of Hilonim (secular Jews) say that Jews deserve “preferential treatment” in Israel—so much for the notion of democracy with full equal rights for all citizens.birthright_preferential_treatment

birthright_preferential_treatment – These attitudes spell trouble for Arab citizens of Israel who constitute 20 percent of Israel’s citizens. It’s true that attitudes are dynamic; they are partly a function of Jewish-Arab relations within Israel itself, but also outside, especially within the broader Palestinian-Israeli conflict. Like their Jewish counterparts, Arab citizens of Israel (mostly Muslim, but also including Christians and Druze), identify themselves with their ethnicity (Palestinian or Arab) or religion above their Israeli citizenship. And these ethnic/religious identities intensify when conflict between Israel and the Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza intensifies. There is no way to fully divorce the broader Palestinian-Israeli conflict from Arab-Jewish relations within Israel… In recent years, this latter linkage has become central for two reasons: loss of hope for a two-state solution, and the rise of social media that has displayed extremist attitudes that used to be limited to private space. In the era of Facebook and Twitter, Arab and Jewish citizens post attitudes that deeply offend the other: An Arab expresses joy at the death of Israeli soldiers killed by Palestinians, while a Jew posts a sign reading “death to Arabs.” Hardly the stuff of co-existence. Leave it to opportunist politicians, extremists and incitement to do the rest… But there is also an American responsibility—not so much with regard to failure of diplomatic efforts, but with the very positing of the nature of the conflict itself, and the nature of the state of Israel. As President Obama considers steps he could undertake on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict before leaving office, he may contemplate addressing what has become a distorting and detrimental discourse that serves to give a pass to non-democratic attitudes, and diversion of attention from core problems… First, there is something wrong with positing the possibility of Arabs as constituting a demographic problem for Israel. It legitimizes the privileging of Jewishness over democracy. It also distorts the reason why Israel is obligated to end occupation of the West Bank and Gaza; it has nothing to do with the character of Israel as such, but with international law and United Nations resolutions… Second, while states can define themselves as they wish (and are accepted by the international community accordingly), the American embrace of the “Jewishness” of Israel, cannot be decoupled from the Palestinian-Israeli context, or from the overarching American demand that all states must be for all their citizens equally… In part, this is based on the notion that the UN General Assembly (Resolution 181) recommended in 1947 dividing mandatory Palestine into an “Arab” and a “Jewish” State. In part, it’s based on the notion that the Palestinian-Israeli conflict is a political conflict that can be resolved through two states, one manifesting the self-determination of Jews as a people, and one manifesting the right of self-determination of Palestinians as a people. The two were bound together. An embrace of a Jewish state that excludes a Palestinian state defeats the principle… If two states become impossible, America chooses democracy over Jewishness. In fact, this has been consistently reflected in American public attitudes across the political spectrum, most recently in this November 2015poll; in the absence of a two-state solution, 72 percent of Americans would want a democratic Israel, even if it meant that Israel ceases to be a Jewish state with a Jewish majority… More centrally, even with two states—one manifesting Jewish self determination and one Palestinian self-determination—an overarching, principled American position takes precedence: If Israel is a state of the Jewish people, it must also be above all a state of all its citizens equally; (and if Palestine is to be a state of the Palestinian people, it must also be a state of all its citizens equally). This democratic principle, highlighted front and center in a reformulated American position, can help avoid legitimizing undemocratic attitudes in the name of Jewish identity.”Iran says at least 103 killed in ‘terror’ blasts near grave of slain general Soleimani – At least 141 injured in explosions on 4th anniversary of killing of senior Revolutionary Guard terror chief; outlets say blasts caused by suicide bombers or remote detonation – from The Times of Israel – Note: this article is behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL below into the search bar. – Question: Who would want to attack civilians in Iran, who were celebrating the assassination of Soleimani? – – “At least 103 people were said to have been killed on Wednesday in two explosions near the grave of General Qassem Soleimani, the head of Iran’s elite Quds Force who was killed in a US drone strike in Iraq exactly four years ago, in what a local Iranian official claimed was a “terror attack.” – Babak Yektaparast, a spokesperson for Iran’s emergency services, was initially reported as saying 73 people had been killed and 170 injured. State television said later that at least 103 people had been killed and 141 injured. Iran’s state television announced that the government had declared a national day of mourning… Iran has multiple foes who could be behind the assault, including exile groups, armed organizations and state actors. While Israel has carried out attacks in Iran over its nuclear program, it has conducted targeted assassinations, not mass casualty bombings. Sunni extremist groups, including the Islamic State group, have conducted large-scale attacks in the past that killed civilians in Shiite-majority Iran, though not in relatively peaceful Kerman… Iran also has seen mass protests in recent years, including those over the death of 22-year-old Mahsa Amini in 2022. The country also has been targeted by exile groups in attacks dating back to the turmoil surrounding its 1979 Islamic Revolution… Iranian state television said the blasts occurred in the central city of Kerman during a ceremony to mark the fourth anniversary of the death of the Revolutionary Guard Corps’ terror chief Soleimani… The live broadcast had shown thousands of mourners participating in the commemoration… “The blasts were caused by terrorist attacks,” Rahman Jalali, the deputy governor of Kerman province where Soleimani is buried, told state television… The semi-official Nournews had said earlier that “several gas canisters exploded on the road leading to the cemetery.” – State TV showed Red Crescent rescuers attending to wounded people at the ceremony… “Our rapid response teams are evacuating the injured… But there are waves of crowds blocking roads,” Reza Fallah, head of the Kerman province Red Crescent told state TV… Sources on the ground told local media that the explosions came from suicide bombers in two separate locations, but that was not confirmed by an official statement… Other witnesses told the Tasnim news site that the explosions were caused by explosive-laden suitcases, detonated by remote control… Iranian media denied reports on social media that a senior IRGC commander was also killed in the explosions.

Soleimani was the architect of Iran’s regional terror activities and is hailed as a national icon among supporters of Iran’s theocracy.
Soleimani, who led the elite Quds Force of Iran’s Revolutionary Guard, was credited with helping arm, train and lead armed groups across the region, including the Shiite militias in Iraq, fighters in Syria and Yemen, the Lebanese Hezbollah terror group, and Palestinian terror groups in the West Bank and Gaza.
The US held him responsible for the deaths of many of its soldiers in Iraq.

southern Iranian city of Kerman on January 3, 2024. (MEHR NEWS / AFP)

At least 103 people were said to have been killed on Wednesday in two explosions near the grave of General Qassem Soleimani, the head of Iran’s elite Quds Force who was killed in a US drone strike in Iraq exactly four years ago, in what a local Iranian official claimed was a “terror attack.” – Babak Yektaparast, a spokesperson for Iran’s emergency services, was initially reported as saying 73 people had been killed and 170 injured. State television said later that at least 103 people had been killed and 141 injured. Iran’s state television announced that the government had declared a national day of mourning… Iran has multiple foes who could be behind the assault, including exile groups, armed organizations and state actors. While Israel has carried out attacks in Iran over its nuclear program, it has conducted targeted assassinations, not mass casualty bombings. Sunni extremist groups, including the Islamic State group, have conducted large-scale attacks in the past that killed civilians in Shiite-majority Iran, though not in relatively peaceful Kerman… Iran also has seen mass protests in recent years, including those over the death of 22-year-old Mahsa Amini in 2022. The country also has been targeted by exile groups in attacks dating back to the turmoil surrounding its 1979 Islamic Revolution… Iranian state television said the blasts occurred in the central city of Kerman during a ceremony to mark the fourth anniversary of the death of the Revolutionary Guard Corps’ terror chief Soleimani… By signing up, you agree to the terms – The live broadcast had shown thousands of mourners participating in the commemoration… “The blasts were caused by terrorist attacks,” Rahman Jalali, the deputy governor of Kerman province where Soleimani is buried, told state television… The semi-official Nournews had said earlier that “several gas canisters exploded on the road leading to the cemetery.” – Revolutionary Guard Gen. Qassem Soleimani, center, attends a meeting with Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei and Revolutionary Guard commanders in Tehran, Iran, September 18, 2016. (Office of the Iranian Supreme Leader via AP) – State TV showed Red Crescent rescuers attending to wounded people at the ceremony… “Our rapid response teams are evacuating the injured… But there are waves of crowds blocking roads,” Reza Fallah, head of the Kerman province Red Crescent told state TV… Sources on the ground told local media that the explosions came from suicide bombers in two separate locations, but that was not confirmed by an official statement… Other witnesses told the Tasnim news site that the explosions were caused by explosive-laden suitcases, detonated by remote control… Iranian media denied reports on social media that a senior IRGC commander was also killed in the explosions… Soleimani was the architect of Iran’s regional terror activities and is hailed as a national icon among supporters of Iran’s theocracy… Soleimani, who led the elite Quds Force of Iran’s Revolutionary Guard, was credited with helping arm, train and lead armed groups across the region, including the Shiite militias in Iraq, fighters in Syria and Yemen, the Lebanese Hezbollah terror group, and Palestinian terror groups in the West Bank and Gaza… The US held him responsible for the deaths of many of its soldiers in Iraq… Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi vowed to “definitely take revenge on those behind the terrorist attack in Kerman,” the Al Arabiya news outlet reported… sIran’s First Vice President Mohammad Mokhber accused Israel of having a hand in the attack, saying that “the representatives of the Zionist regime” had spilled blood with the blast, the BBC’s Persian-language website reported… Iranian Interior Minister Ahmad Vahidi also promised vengeance, declaring that “this terrorist act will be met with a powerful and crushing response from the security and military apparatuses in the shortest possible time,” according to the outlet. Al Jazeera cited Vahidi, who is also a commander in the IRGC, as saying “the enemy is launching psychological operations.” – He asked the Iranian public to not believe any speculation or rumors about the explosions. Speaking to state media, Vahidi said there was “important information” available about the blasts but that it would only be released later, after a proper review and when it is verified, according to the report… The head of Iran’s judiciary, Gholam-Hossein Mohseni-Eje’i, said that “the agents and perpetrators of this grievous crime will undoubtedly be punished,” Al Jazeera reported in an English translation of a statement he released. “Responsible intelligence, security and law enforcement agencies are obligated to promptly pursue all the evidence and perpetrators and hand them over to the Judiciary,” he said… Iran has in the past blamed Israel for attacks that were apparently carried out by domestic armed groups… “There is no way that Israel would have carried out an attack like this. The attacks [in Iran] that are always blamed on Israel [by the Iranians] are surgical actions in which citizens are not hurt,” Yaron Bloom, a former senior Shin Bet officer, said on Channel 12 news. “This is an attack characteristic of Islamic State.” – Iran’s intelligence ministry claimed in July that it had disbanded a major network allegedly sponsored by Israel’s Mossad spy agency, which it claimed was planning to blow up Soleimani’s tomb. Iran frequently claims to arrest, and execute, individuals it says — without evidence — are involved in Israeli plots… Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps said last week that Hamas’s devastating October 7 attack on Israel was in revenge for the killing of Soleimani, a claim swiftly denied by the Gaza-based terror group… In remarks made by IRGC spokesman Ramazan Sharif about the killing of another top officer in an airstrike Iran has blamed on Israel — Brig. Gen. Razi Mousavi, who was close to Soleimani and was killed in a strike on his home in Damascus — he tied the October 7 massacres to Soleimani… Hamas confirmed that seven people in total were killed in the explosion — the others besides Arouri were identified as military commanders Samir Findi and Azzam Al-Aqraa, along with Hamas figures Mahmoud Shaheen, Muhammad Bashasha, Muhammad al-Rayes and Ahmed Hammoud… According to reports, Findi oversaw Hamas military activities in Lebanon — including the firing of rockets at Israel — and was considered the terror group’s point man with the Iran-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen. Al-Aqraa reportedly orchestrated terror activities in the West Bank from overseas.”Hamas deputy leader Saleh al-Arouri killed in alleged Israeli strike in Beirut – Israel mum on blast at Hamas office in Dahiyeh suburb said to kill 7 including terror chief; all eyes on Hezbollah, which said it would respond to any targeting of Hamas in Lebanon – Note: this article may behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL below into the search bar. – from The Times of Israel – –

Hamas deputy chief Saleh al-Arouri. (Courtesy)“Hamas’s deputy leader abroad Saleh al-Arouri, wanted for years by Israel and seen as the group’s prime orchestrator of West Bank terrorism, was killed Tuesday evening in an Israeli strike in the Beirut suburb of Dahiyeh, officials with Hamas and the Lebanese terror group Hezbollah said.

Lebanon’s state-run National News Agency said the blast was carried out by an Israeli drone… Israeli officials declined to comment. Unnamed US officials told the New York Times and Washington Post that Israel was responsible… The explosion shook the Lebanese capital’s southern suburbs, which are a stronghold of Hezbollah, an ally of Hamas. The explosion caused a fire on Hadi Nasrallah Street, south of Beirut… Hamas confirmed that seven people in total were killed in the explosion, a precision strike on a third-floor apartment said to serve as an office for the terror group. The others besides Arouri were identified as military commanders Samir Findi and Azzam Al-Aqraa, along with Hamas figures Mahmoud Shaheen, Muhammad Bashasha, Muhammad al-Rayes and Ahmed Hammoud… According to reports, Findi oversaw Hamas military activities in Lebanon — including the firing of rockets at Israel — and was considered the terror group’s point man with the Iran-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen. Al-Aqraa reportedly orchestrated terror activities in the West Bank from overseas… Israel has vowed to target all leaders of Hamas after the terror group’s devastating October 7 attack on Israel that killed some 1,200 people, mostly civilians, and saw the abduction of over 240 others… If Israel is behind the attack it could mark an escalation in the regional conflict. Hezbollah has been carrying out attacks against Israel’s north since the war in Gaza began, citing support for Hamas, leading to limited but daily clashes along the border amid concerns of a larger war… Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah has vowed to retaliate against any Israeli targeting of Palestinian officials in Lebanon. Arouri was regarded as close to Nasrallah, and was reportedly scheduled to meet with the Hezbollah leader on Wednesday… Based in Lebanon, Arouri, 57, was one of the founders of Hamas’s military wing, deputy head of the terror group’s political bureau and considered the de facto leader of Hamas’s military wing in the West Bank, though he has long resided elsewhere. He was regarded as the most notorious Hamas figure in orchestrating West Bank terrorism against Israel… “The cowardly assassinations carried out by the Zionist occupation against the leaders and symbols of our Palestinian people inside and outside Palestine will not succeed in breaking the will and steadfastness of our people or in undermining the continuation of their valiant resistance,” senior Hamas official Izzat al-Rishq said in a statement, claiming that the strike “proves once again the abject failure of the enemy to achieve any of its aggressive goals in the Gaza Strip.” – The Ramallah branch of Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas’s Fatah party announced a general strike for Wednesday in response to the deadly strike… MK Danny Danon (Likud) tweeted on X that he congratulated “the IDF, the Shin Bet, the Mossad and all security forces” for Arouri’s killing. Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich also tweeted, though more ambivalently, quoting the Book of Judges: “So let all thine enemies perish.” – Channel 12 reported that cabinet secretary Yossi Fuchs sent a directive to ministers ordering them not to speak publicly about the alleged Israeli strike. Neither Danon nor Smotrich deleted their tweets, however… At a November 22 press conference in Tel Aviv held alongside members of the war cabinet, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said he had “already instructed” the country’s Mossad spy agency to target the heads of Hamas “wherever they are.” – At the same November press conference, Defense Minister Yoav Gallant weighed in to say all Hamas leaders were walking dead men. “They are living on borrowed time,” Gallant said of the terror chiefs. “The struggle is worldwide: From gunmen in the field to those who are enjoying luxury jets while their emissaries are acting against women and children — they are destined to die.” – A long history of terrorism – Israeli intelligence officials believe that among numerous other attacks, Arouri helped plan the June 2014 kidnapping and murder of three Israeli teens — Gil-ad Shaar, Eyal Yifrach and Naftali Fraenkel… He served several terms in Israeli jails, and was released in March 2010 as part of efforts to reach a larger prisoner swap for Gilad Shalit, an IDF corporal kidnapped by Hamas in 2006. Arouri went on to be involved in sewing up the deal that provided for the release of more than 1,000 Palestinian prisoners from Israeli jails in return for the freeing of Shalit in 2011… He relocated to Istanbul but was later forced to move when Israel briefly patched up ties with Turkey amid years of acrimony (ties have once again soured amid the latest war in Gaza)… After spending time in Syria, Arouri eventually moved to Beirut. From there he managed Hamas operations in the West Bank, pushing terror activities and arranging the transfer of funds to pay for attacks… He was also one of the Hamas officials most closely connected to Iran and the Hezbollah terror group in Lebanon. There, Arouri is believed to have established a local Hamas force from activists in Palestinian refugee camps in Lebanon… On October 7, while watching Hamas terrorists livestream their brutal attack on Israel, Arouri, along with the head of the Hamas political bureau Ismail Haniyeh, and other members of Hamas leadership was seen in a video “prostrating in gratitude,” apparently in Qatar.”200 Servicemembers Demand Military Leadership Be Court-Martialed for Forced “Experimentation” on Troops – At the same time, health insurers begin declining coverage for injuries caused by “declared and undeclared wars…” – by Sasha Latypova – – “This is a short post with a couple of related pieces of news here: First, information about the open letter by 200+ servicemembers was forwarded to me by one of the signatories, Ted Macie…- Over 200 service members demand Biden’s military leadership be court-martialed and FIRED for forced ‘experimentation’ on troops with COVID-19 vaccine mandate leaving ‘significant’ physical and mental scars: The mandate enacted in August 2021 led to the forced firing of over 8,000 service members who refused the shot on religious or medical grounds; The service members say their ‘suffering continues to be felt financially, emotionally, and physically’; Biden’s military leadership is accused of ‘continuing to ignore’ their pleas to correct the ‘injuries and laws that were broken’; They are threatening to bring Biden’s top leaders out of retirement so they can be court-martialed and held to account;… Full letter with signatures in the linked article by Daily Mail, UK... While implementing the COVID-19 vaccine mandate, military leaders broke the law, trampled constitutional rights, denied informed consent, permitted unwilling medical experimentation, and suppressed the free exercise of religion. Service members and families were significantly harmed by these actions. Their suffering continues to be felt financially, emotionally, and physically. Some service members became part of our ever-growing veteran homeless population, some developed debilitating vaccine injuries, and some even lost their lives. In an apparent attempt to avoid accountability, military leaders are continuing to ignore our communications regarding these injuries and the laws that were broken. For GEN Milley, ADM Grady, GEN McConville, ADM Gilday, ADM Lescher, Gen Brown, Gen Berger, Gen Smith, VADM Kilby, VADM Nowell, VADM Fuller, LTG Martin, Lt Gen Davis, MG Edmonson, GEN Williams, ADM Fagan, VADM Buck, Lt Gen Clark, MG Francis, LTG Dingle, Lt Gen Miller, RADM Gillingham, and numerous others; These individuals enabled lawlessness and the unwilling experimentation on service members. The moral and physical injuries they helped inflict are significant. They betrayed the trust of service members and the American people. Their actions caused irreparable harm to the Armed Forces and the institutions for which we have fought and bled. These leaders refused to resign or take any other action to hold themselves accountable, nor have they attempted to repair the harm their policies and actions have caused. Since there has yet to be any accountability, the undersigned give our word to do everything morally permissible and legally possible to hold our own leadership accountable. We intend to rebuild trust by demonstrating that leaders cannot cast aside constitutional rights or the law for political expediency… Second piece of news – I find this report interesting in this context. Large health insurer in CA – Cigna, is updating their 2024 coverage to disallow injuries from war (declared or undeclared, hm). Changes to health insurance coverage (check your own health plan and post in comments if you see similar language on it)… Link to video on Rumble”New election ordered by judge after voter fraud sways results – from The Horn News – – “A judge voided the result of a Louisiana sheriff’s election that was decided by a single vote and ordered a new runoff be held, saying early last month that there is evidence that illegally cast ballots may have changed the results from the Republican candidate to the Democratic candidate… Just before Christmas, an appeals court upheld the order and ruled that evidence of voter fraud was “sufficient to make it legally impossible to determine the result of the election.” – Ruling in early December, specially appointed Judge E. Joseph Bleich ordered a new election for sheriff in Caddo Parish, one of Louisiana’s most populous parishes, in the northwest corner of the state… Democrat Henry Whitehorn had been declared the winner in November after topping Republican John Nickelson by the slimmest of margins, from more than 43,000 ballots cast. A recount produced the same result — a one-vote edge for Whitehorn… It also uncovered something troubling: illegal votes well within the margin to alter the results… Bleich said in his ruling that it was “proven beyond any doubt” that there were at least 11 “illegal votes cast”  and potentially even more — making it “legally impossible to know what the true vote should have been.” – Bleich said at least five absentee mail-in ballots were uncovered that were missing a required witness signature and should not have been counted… In addition, at least two people voted twice and four votes were cast by unqualified people, such as individuals incarcerated for a felony conviction, Mike Spence, the Caddo Parish clerk of court, confirmed to The Associated Press following the recount… In a 3-2 ruling, the Second Circuit Court of Appeal in Shreveport, Louisiana, upheld the order for a new election… The majority, additionally, found no error in the lower court judge’s determination that Nickelson could not have known about the problematic votes before election day… “Considering the one-vote margin between the candidates, the invalidation of these six votes is alone sufficient to make it legally impossible to determine the result of the election,” Judge Jeff Robinson wrote for the majority… It is the country’s second election this year in which a judge has voided the result, after a judge last month ordered a redo of a Democratic mayoral primary in Connecticut’s largest city due to video evidence of ballot stuffing, a case that fueled conspiracy theories pushed on social media… The topic of election integrity has also been at the forefront of national politics after former President Donald Trump’s controversial claims about the 2020 presidential election… The one-vote margin in the Caddo Parish sheriff’s race also put a spotlight on Louisiana’s recount process. It is the only state that continues to use paperless touchscreen voting machines, which do not produce an auditable paper trail that experts say is critical to ensure results are accurate… Louisiana’s mail-in absentee ballots currently constitute the state’s lone auditable paper trail that can be tallied again and checked for errors. Absentee ballots accounted for about 17% of the vote in the Caddo Parish race… Election officials including Louisiana Secretary of State Kyle Ardoin have reiterated that the state’s elections are secure and there are checks and balances to ensure voting integrity… The Horn editorial team and the Associated Press contributed to this article”World War 3 Spreads to Lebanon and Turkey: Hamas Leaders Killed in Beirut by IDF as Turkey Conducts Operations Against Mossad Spies and Aligns with Iran – by Brian Shilhavy, Editor, Health Impact News – – “World War 3 continued to escalate today, as Israeli forces bombed a Beirut suburb in Lebanon, killing two commanders of the Hamas Al-Qassam Brigades, as well as its deputy leader Saleh al-Arouri… Two Commanders of Hamas’ Military Wing Killed in Beirut Blast as Gaza Conflict Escalates – A suspected drone strike by Israel at the Hamas political office in Beirut killed two commanders of Al-Qassam Brigades, which is the Palestinian group’s military wing, state Lebanese media cited Hamas as saying Tuesday… Florida Congressman Mike Waltz, representing the Zionist Republicans, cheered the assassination: ‘If I were any Hamas leader right now, whether you’re in Turkey, Beirut or elsewhere, I would not sleep well at night,’ Waltz told Fox News. “The Israelis will hunt them down.”.. Apparently the Congressman from Florida is not too well informed on intelligence from Turkey as he clearly displayed his ignorance in this statement, because Turkey has made it very clear that they will NOT allow Israel to “hunt down” Palestinians inside Turkey… In fact, Turkish police and intelligence officers have just reportedly completed operations earlier today to round up dozens of spies working with Israel’s Mossad intelligence agency, to prevent such a thing from happening inside Turkey… 34 nabbed over Mossad’s abduction plot in Türkiye –The Chief Prosecutor’s Office in Istanbul issued arrest warrants for 46 suspects in an investigation into Israeli intelligence service Mossad’s alleged plot targeting foreigners in Türkiye… Thirty-four suspects were detained on Tuesday, authorities announced. Operations are underway to capture the other suspects. Authorities said operations were held in eight provinces against people suspected of involvement in espionage activities for Israel… The investigation found that Israeli intelligence was behind activities targeting foreigners residing in Türkiye, from reconnaissance to assaults and abduction attempts. No other details are available regarding the investigation, but Mossad was implicated in the past in investigations about attempts to kidnap Palestinians living in Türkiye… It was also reported today that Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi will visit Ankara this week to meet with President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan to discuss the war… Iran’s Raisi set to visit Türkiye amid Red Sea tensions – President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan is expected to meet visiting Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi on Thursday in the capital Ankara. The long-delayed visit makes Raisi Erdoğan’s first guest head of state this year. It comes at a time of tensions between the West and Iran over the latter’s stance on heating the Red Sea… Like its neighbor Türkiye, Iran is outspoken on the Palestine-Israel conflict and backs the Houthis of Yemen. It reportedly deployed a warship at the Red Sea, at a time of tensions on the key shipping route. The Houthis have been targeting vessels in the Red Sea, those delivering goods to Israel in particular, in response to Israeli aggression targeting Palestinian civilians in the Gaza Strip since October 2023… Media outlets reported that the agenda of the Erdoğan-Raisi meeting will be the humanitarian crisis unfolding in Gaza after Israel’s attacks and the delivery of aid to Gaza. Since October, Türkiye engaged in a diplomatic blitz to end the conflict, highlighting the need for a lasting solution favoring the rights of Palestinians. Ankara has proposed a guarantorship model to ensure a solution… So American politicians need to wake up and realize that Turkey is not their puppet, and will not hesitate to defy Western nations, even though they are part of NATO, as the British just learned today when Turkey refused to allow two British Navy minehunter ships to pass through to Ukraine… Türkiye to prevent minehunter ships donated by Britain to Ukraine – Türkiye will not let two minehunter ships donated by Britain to Ukraine to pass through its waters en route to the Black Sea in line with the Montreux Convention, a statement by the Presidential Communications Directorate said Tuesday… Britain said last month it would transfer two Royal Navy minehunter ships to the Ukrainian Navy to help strengthen Ukraine’s sea operations in its war with Russia… NATO member Türkiye informed allies that it would not allow the vessels to use its Bosporus and Dardanelles straits as long as the war in Ukraine continues, said the presidency’s communications directorate… ‘Our pertinent allies have been duly apprised that the mine-hunting ships donated to Ukraine by the United Kingdom will not be allowed to pass through the Turkish Straits to the Black Sea as long as the war continues,’ it said in a statement posted on social media platform X… When Russia launched its invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, Türkiye triggered the 1936 Montreux Convention, effectively blocking the passage of military ships of the warring parties… The pact exempts ships returning to home bases, but neither Russia nor Ukraine has expressed an intention to pass their warships through the Turkish straits to the Black Sea since the war started… Türkiye also warned non-Black Sea states at the time not to send warships through the straits… So things are progressing from bad to worse in these early stages of WW III, and as I wrote yesterday, I fear most Americans believe that this war will all stay “over there” as it did in Europe during WW II, falsely believing that this war could never come to the U.S. mainland.”

“We Are Going To See ‘Collisions’ All Over The Planet” – Pushback Against Tyranny & Control Will Accelerate In 2024 – from Greg Hunter’s USA (w/Video interview of Catherine Austin Fitts – 1hr, link at bottom) – “Just a few of the 2023 stories that documented this massive pushback, according to CAF, are: Stories on Constitutional protections, different litigations on the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, and we have one on information sovereignty and infrastructure. We have stories on all the pushback against the media, including litigation to hold people accountable and stopping emergency powers. We have culture wars about saying no to international organizations. Woke capital controls and ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance investing) is toast. The state AGs have gone after ESG and Larry Fink (BlackRock CEO), and he’s had to publicly backpedal.  They are steamrolling him. We had another story about taking it to the streets and have a whole section on ‘Pushback Heros.’ … In 2023, people started to realize that it is kill or be killed.  We have to push back because there is no going along with this. They are trying to kill us, number one.  Then they are trying to take all of our stuff, and we can’t let them… CAF also talks about what she calls “massive collateral fraud.”  CAF goes on to say, The collateral fraud is enormous, and we have talked about the money (trillions of dollars) that has gone ‘missing’ for years from the federal government… This is what’s been going on in the United States and around the world for years. You issue debt, you get a whole bunch of money, and then the money disappears… So, there is an extraordinarily fraudulent system going on around the debt markets… The reality is if you are going to run a bubble like that, you need very strict control of the collateral… This is what “The Great Taking” is all about… 2024 is the year the pushback can put us over the top.’.. CAF thinks gold is a “must have” investment for the coming years. The US dollar is being weakened, but it is still “dominant and dangerous.”.. In closing, CAF says: ‘I think we are going see collisions at a spiritual, legal, financial and physical level increasing all over the planet.  This is a real war, and we are in World War III now… The US is going to defend the dollar.’.. There is much more in the 1-hour and 2-minute in-depth interview… Join Greg Hunter of as he goes One-on-One with the Publisher of The Solari Report, Catherine Austin Fitts for 12.30.23. – 3, 2024: Personal Message From Reiner Fuellmich – sourced from Reiner Fuellmich telegram channel – – “PERSONAL MESSAGE FROM REINER FUELLMICH AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR – Rosdorf, 03.01.2024 – Dear friends, supporters and companions! ❤️ -I wish everyone a Happy New Year and assure everyone that I will continue. We will not let up with our educational work and the subsequent legal investigation into the plandemic… Of course it is very difficult for me to be away from my wife and my dogs and my family and friends. But it helps me a lot that I always receive new information through the many letters and postcards, as well as very personal messages and stories. All this helps me a lot. That’s why I can still say with full conviction and determination: Some crack under pressure, I don’t! – The international colleagues with my friend Dexter and all the others are also still ready to ensure justice for all. This time the broken system will not be able to stand in front of evil… In a somewhat longer communication in the next few days, I will be able to explain important details concerning both the case against me and our international legal work… There is no doubt that things are moving faster and faster in our direction. But there is also no doubt that the other side is fighting for its survival, i.e. remains highly dangerous. Do not be intimidated or even discouraged: We will expose everything that must come to light and we will ensure that the collapse of the system and the transition to a new human coexistence without corruption and without violence is made possible with the help of justice… ❤️ I thank you again for your support, and I thank our ICIC team for their work. ❤️ – I believe that the criminals who are trying to paralyze and financially bleed me and my wife, my family and my friends will not only fail, but each and every one of them will pay. We can be slowed down, but we cannot be stopped… Best regards, Reiner Fuellmich ✳✴✳✴✳✴✳✴ ICIC editor’s addition: Here are the details for 📬POST to Reiner. Please note the following information: 👉 It is NOT ALLOWED to ADD stamps or money to the post in Rosdorf Prison… 👉 The mail will be read and delivery may take two days to two weeks… The address is: JVA Rosdorf Dr. Reiner Fuellmich Am Großen Sieke 8 37124 Rosdorf Germany ✳✴✳✴✳✴✳✴ @icic_law_official  @icic_law_news @ReinerFuellmich @ReinerFuellmichEnglish @ICICommittee22 @ICICommittee”Important Breadcrumb – Pfizer Makes $43 Billion Bet That ‘Turbo Cancers’ Are Going To Explode Around The World – from – Note: The article text below is protected on the website, and has been converted with OCR… has stunned the medical world, completing the $43 billion acquisition of Seagen, a small drug company that treats turbo cancers and barely makes $2 billion per year… The acquisition means Pfizer becomes the largest oncology company in the world, capable of treating most turbo cancers caused by mRNA vaccines… However, the nature of the acquisition has left many people scratching their heads. Why would Pfizer, flush with the enormous profits it has reaped through its mRNA vaccine, overpay $43 billion for a small cancer drug company? – Pfizer does not need the cash. It will also issue $31 billion in debt just to purchase Seagen. Everyone is taking this at face value. But there is something very sinister lurking in the details of this deal… So what is happening here? – First, it must be acknowledged that Pfizer (and Moderna) COVID-19 mRNA vaccines are causing turbo cancers at rates previously unseen in the history of the world… Based on descriptions of turbo cancer cases in over 30 medical articles, here are the Top 5 turbo cancers we are seeing by numbers in those vaccinated with at least one mRNA shot: Lymphoma (various types) -Brain Cancers (mostly glioblastoma) – Breast Cancer (mostly triple negative, Stage 3/4) – Colon Cancer (Stage 4) – Lung Cancer (Stage 4) – Rounding out the Top 10 turbo cancers by the number of people affected (in no particular order): Leukemias (worst prognosis) – Melanomas (Stage 4) – Sarcomas (Stage 3,4) – Testicular/ovarian (rapid progression, Stage 1-4) – Kidney (RCC Stage 4) – Pfizer’s new acquisition takes them from being able to “treat” two of these turbo cancers, to being able to treat seven out of 10. Not bad for a company looking to corner the market in treating the same problems it is causing.
 33% of people WILL get turbo cancer in the future (of this he is certain)
● Entire families WILL be affected (again, he is certain)
 The new cancer treatments are like “missiles” that will target “most” turbo cancers
 By 2025 Pfizer will “have a global network”
Will be produced “AT SCALE”, “just like mRNA”
Think about what Bourla is telegraphing with this information. Why would any company need to produce cancer treatments at a scale never before seen? Why would Pfizer, of all companies, be willing to bet tens of billions of dollars on turbo cancer continuing to explode at exponential rates around the world in coming years? – Seeking Alpha analysis theorizes it is going to take Pfizer at least a decade just to break even from this deal. Financially, this $43 billion acquisition makes no sense for Pfizer… Unless Bourla and his cronies know something about the future they are not telling us.”Megyn Kelly Says the World May Soon Hear “Directly” from Jeffrey Epstein (Video 15 seconds) – “We’re gonna hear a lot more about Jeffrey Epstein in the coming year… and you may even be hearing from him directly. More on that, as I’m allowed to tell it.” – article originally appeared on The Gateway Pundit and was republished with permission… Guest post by Anthony Scott – Megyn Kelly, during the latest airing of the Megyn Kelly Show, hinted that the world will soon hear directly from Jeffrey Epstein… Kelly stated, “We’re not done with Jeffrey Epstein. I can tell you that for a fact. Can’t tell you how I know, but I can tell you for a fact.” – The former Fox News host continued, “We’re gonna hear a lot more about Jeffrey Epstein in the coming year… and you may even be hearing from him directly. More on that, as I’m allowed to tell it.” – The comments by Kelly automatically caused many users on X to think Epstein is still alive.”

Under the Radar: Major CIA Revelations Expose Secret Agreements and Boundaries in Ukraine – by Simplicius-The-Thinker – – “This past July, one of the most remarkable articles of the entire Ukrainian war flew under the radar. I’ve had it sitting on my tab for weeks now, but could never quite fit the information in. It is so eye-opening, and dispels so many narratives in the West, that I thought it deserving of its own writeup; particularly because it has flown so under the radar for whatever reason, causing most people to miss its many juicy revelations… The article is the following from Newsweek:

Its age does not detract from its significance as the information therein is more pertinent than ever—which is precisely why I chose to do an exposé on it now… The reason is, as the Ukrainian war presently enters a new watershed phase characterized by the slow-acceptance of Ukraine’s now de facto losing position, a proverbial windmill of narratives is churned out from the pro-UA side seeking to somehow reconcile the various cognitive dissonances created by their inability to understand how it is possible that the mighty NATO bloc could be losing to Russia…. This results in their proposing increasingly convoluted theories as to why the US may be “deliberately sabotaging” Ukraine’s otherwise guaranteed “victory”. For instance, a common coping narrative you might hear these days is that the US “fears” Ukraine winning a total and ‘decisive’ victory over Russia because this would cause Russia to “fracture” into many small feudal states, which could precipitate an existential crisis as the warlords of the new states would vie for the now unaccounted for nuclear weapons, etc. Though it is obviously preposterous, this is the type of narrative being floated on pro-UA thinkspaces to try and explain away the US’s perceived weakness and ‘cowardice’ in the face of Russia’s growing dominance… They simply cannot understand how it is possible that the US would not stand up to the putatively “weak” Russia. In their mind, addled by two years of propaganda characterizing Russia as a totally dysfunctional failed state with an unimaginably weak military, it’s simply impossible to reconcile these two quotients. So the only logical inference is that it is an intentional act by the US—the only remaining question being why the US would intentionally condition Ukraine’s loss… But the article dispels such fantasies and reveals some of the real reasons behind US’s seemingly perplexing posture… Firstly, the article revolves around—as per usual—the statements of an anonymous “senior intelligence official” from the Biden administration, who is “directly involved in Ukraine policy planning,” and notes that the topics discussed therein are ‘highly classified matters’… The first significant offering is the following:

That the Ukraine war is a clandestine war, with its own set of clandestine rules, and that one of the CIA’s chief roles is to prevent the war from spiraling too much out of control. This will come into heavier play later… The senior official goes on to clarify the latter position: “Don’t underestimate the Biden administration’s priority to keep Americans out of harm’s way and reassure Russia that it doesn’t need to escalate,” the senior intelligence officer says. “Is the CIA on the ground inside Ukraine?” he asks rhetorically. “Yes, but it’s also not nefarious.” – What he reveals there is likewise significant: the Biden administration has an absolute priority in reassuring Russia to keep Russia from escalating too much. Why would that be? The answer is the broader theme of my entire article… In fact, Newsweek states that the article is the culmination of three long months of intense trail-following and digging into the CIA’s covert operations in Ukraine… Again, they highlight the chief operative pillars: The second official says that while some in the Agency want to speak more openly about its renewed significance, that is not likely to happen. “The corporate CIA worries that too much bravado about its role could provoke Putin,” the intelligence official says… You can see the common theme of the constant prudential tip-toeing around Russia’s redlines so as not to excessively provoke Putin… They go on to express that the CIA is keen to distance itself from any of Ukraine’s more provocative actions, like the Nordstream attack, or strikes on Russian territory… But the key portion of the article, which comes next, is the admission that Biden dispatched CIA director Burns to Russia on the eve of the invasion in late 2021. They had been watching Russia’s troop buildups, and in essence sent Burns to deliver a final warning of consequences should Russia proceed with an invasion. Though Putin ended up “snubbing” the CIA head by staying in a Sochi resort and refusing to meet him in person, he did take his secure phone call from Sochi… What comes next is the heart of the entire article and is one of the most significant and remarkable admissions of the entire war. It is a must read: Read that several times to comprehend the gravity of it, as this one statement alone single handedly explains and encapsulates the entire dynamic of the war… Once again I’m forced to be the bearer of the news that not all is as it seems on the surface. Russia isn’t the 10 foot giant some have built it up to be, nor is it a dwarf. Likewise, the US isn’t some uncompromisingly all-powerful entity that does what it wants at all times with zero qualms or concern for repercussions… This may be a difficult point for some to swallow; after all, how is it possible in actual practice that the US could be fearful of Russia’s reprisal? After all, the US has its vaunted fleets that sail unchallenged through every sea; just the US’s naval air wing alone, believe it or not, makes up the second largest airforce in the entire world. That’s right, just the Navy, which itself pales in comparison to the Airforce, has more planes than the entire Russian airforce. What could such an imposing powerhouse possibly fear from little ol’ Russia? – It stems from the misunderstanding of the actual logistical nuances of the US’s force projection capabilities in the European theater. The people confused by these revelations are those who easily fell prey to a very generalized and caricaturized image of the US military’s operations therein. They’ve developed a blanket image of US forces being able to operate all over Europe, instantly bringing to bear endless stealth craft, unlimited unstoppable missiles, hundreds of thousands of troops, etc… But that’s far from reality. The US is direly overstretched; its most critical bases in Europe—the ones actually capable of fielding the types of platforms that could actually do anything against Russia, are highly vulnerable. The US has further learned from the Ukrainian conflict that its most advanced air defense is virtually helpless against Russia’s top missiles. Reuters recently told us that Ukraine alone has 1/3 of all the air defense of the entire European continent, and yet Russia has no trouble penetrating it… This is not to swing the pendulum too far to the other side and lay unrealistic claim to Russia being able to easily and instantly wipe out all of NATO—no, it’s simply to temper ideas about what US and NATO could realistically do to Russia. At the end of the day, a war between the two could very well be a stalemate but it would come at massive costs to the US/NATO, which is precisely the point that pro-UA supporters have made themselves blind to… But the internal players—the CIA and policy makers—certainly understand this. Which is why they have openly made clear in the above article that a stringent set of ‘rules of the game’ have been laid out between the counterparties. Russia has obviously made it clear that it is willing to strike NATO assets that are assisting Ukraine if things are pushed too far. The US likewise now understands that Russia indisputably has the capability to do so. Thus they have shaken hands and agreed to limit the trampling of each other’s red lines. Russia will allow the US certain clandestine operations within the purview of the gentleman’s agreement, and the US in turn will venture to keep its rabid dog on a short leash and within the narrow bounds of the playpen… We’ve long known and suspected that such rules extend beyond just this locus, and could explain why, for instance, Russia has limited its strikes on Ukrainian rail infrastructure, bridges, etc. We’ve long known the West still receives critical supply deliveries from both Russia and China—particularly of precious metals, rare earths, etc.—by rail through Ukraine. This is simply realpolitik at work, and all wars in history have operated under more or less similar conventions… Just as a final thought experiment to drive the point home for those who remain skeptical or unconvinced. It’s not so much that NATO—in its most “ideal” and purest sense can’t defeat Russia. If we were absolutely certain that NATO could operate under the most ideal circumstances, with full solidarity and a united front, then sure. But the problem is, the real world simply doesn’t operate in “ideals” all the time, or even most of the time. NATO suffers from large internal disputes and friction on critical points… The fear is the following: if Russia were to actually strike NATO territory, what would happen if unity fails, and some members refuse to risk the total annihilation of their state and citizens’ lives to protect another member merely for the sake of something they rationally know was that members’ fault? For instance, if Rzeszow, Poland was struck—why would Hungary and several other states risk being annihilated when they know full well that Poland is acting as a central hub of aggression against Russia, and that Russia could clearly be argued to be justified in protecting itself? – Do the pro-UA people understand what the consequences of a smaller NATO state’s involvement are? It could mean the literal nuclear annihilation of that state if they were to escalate Article 5 and bring NATO vs. Russia to the brink. Why would many of these smaller states want to risk their total erasure from existence for the sake of the scenario above? A single state or two cowing could create a cascade which ripples through the entire alliance. And guess what the implication of that would be? – It could be the total dissolution of NATO as an alliance… Because once the point is reached where Article 5 has been exposed as an irrelevant non-starter, then NATO itself ceases to be—given that the article serves as NATO’s primary existential heart and soul… Arestovich broached this very topic earlier today: So, getting back: knowing the above, why would the US risk such a confrontation that could potentially collapse all of NATO and undo decades of US hegemony over all of Europe? Such a disaster would lead to the US’s entire downfall—the loss of all influence and global power. Is that much of a risk worth it to play brinkmanship games against Russia for mere bragging rights and geopolitical ego? – No, of course not. US elites are smarter than that. Calculated risk is certainly operable in many circumstances, but when the stakes are that high, US planners know when to hedge and when to fold. The loss of Ukraine is not worth risking the loss of their entire global hegemonic order—it’s simply far too much Empire to lose… That means the US is forced to play within the bounds of certain rules set by Russia. The article goes on to emphasize this: “Zelensky has certainly outdone everyone else in getting what he wants, but Kyiv has had to agree to obey certain invisible lines as well,” says the senior defense intelligence official. In secret diplomacy largely led by the CIA, Kyiv pledged not to use the weapons to attack Russia itself. Zelensky has said openly that Ukraine will not attack Russia… Interestingly, we learn not everyone was on board: Behind the scenes, dozens of countries also had to be persuaded to accept the Biden administration’s limits. Some of these countries, including Britain and Poland, are willing to take more risk than the White House is comfortable with. Others—including some of Ukraine’s neighbors—do not entirely share American and Ukrainian zeal for the conflict, do not enjoy unanimous public support in their anti-Russian efforts and do not want to antagonize Putin… Two important points from the above. Firstly, it’s no surprise the UK and Poland are open to “taking more risk” than the US itself. At first glance this appears to imply the US to be the most skittish. But I’ve covered this angle before: the fact remains that the US has the most to lose. Of course the weak Poles would be full of bravado—they know if crap hits the fan, they can run to hide behind the US’s skirts… The UK likewise hasn’t too much to fear from Russia owing to the fact that it doesn’t have much assets in Europe—at least compared to the US. And it’s situated far enough that, unlike even Poland, it needn’t fear much from medium range ballistic missile retaliation. It’s difficult to strike Britain—and therefore harm it in any way—without escalating to a far larger scale of conflict in general. Poland on the other hand can be struck at whim without even changing the tempo of the current war… So the fact remains: such countries are full of bravado precisely because they have “daddy” to hide behind, and neither has as much to lose as the US. But since “the buck stops” with the US, the de facto NATO head doesn’t have the luxury to be so gung ho because it would be the US taking the brunt of Russia’s reprisal if things drastically turned left… The second point confirms what I said earlier about NATO’s hidden internal disunity. They state openly that some of Ukraine’s “neighbors”—which can only refer to countries like Romania, Hungary, Slovakia, etc.—which are all NATO—do not share the same ‘zeal’ for the conflict and do not have public support for it. This means if a scenario developed as I described earlier, it would end precisely as I outlined: NATO disunity on Article 5 would risk tearing the entire alliance apart, and “exposing” its central and founding pillar as fraudulent and ineffective in practice. It’s too grave a risk for US to haphazardly take on… The article adds more details: “The CIA has been operating inside Ukraine, under strict rules, and with a cap on how many personnel can be in country at any one time,” says another senior military intelligence official. “Black special operators are restricted from conducting clandestine missions, and when they do, it is within a very narrow scope.” (Black special operations refers to those that are conducted clandestinely.) – Simply, CIA personnel can routinely go—and can do—what U.S. military personnel can’t. That includes inside Ukraine. The military, on the other hand, is restricted from entering Ukraine, except under strict guidelines that have to be approved by the White House. This limits the Pentagon to a small number of Embassy personnel in Kyiv. Newsweek was unable to establish the exact number of CIA personnel in Ukraine, but sources suggest it is less than 100 at any one time… This is an interesting set of admissions because it asserts that the CIA is operating in Ukraine because nominal US military forces being there would constitute “boots on the ground”—a far stickier situation. However, the real angle to this is that allowing CIA to operate gives the US a sort of plausible deniability to characterize the operations with an image of corporate looking guys in suit-and-ties, black sunglasses, briefcases, merely gathering intel—innocuous by comparison to full-fledged military commandos armed to the teeth… However, in reality we know the CIA has its own clandestine combat forces. Things like the Special Activities Center (SAC), within which lies Special Operations Group (SOG)—considered to be the most secretive unit in the entire US governmental structure. SOG has its own direct combat units, from wiki: As the action arm of the CIA’s Directorate of Operations, SAC/SOG conducts direct action missions such as raids, ambushes, sabotage, targeted killings and unconventional warfare (e.g., training and leading guerrilla and military units of other countries in combat) as an irregular military force. SAC/SOG also conducts special reconnaissance that can be either military or intelligence driven and is carried out by Paramilitary Officers (also called Paramilitary Operatives or Paramilitary Operations Officers) when in “non-permissive environments”. Paramilitary Operations Officers are also fully trained case officers (i.e., “spy handlers”) and as such conduct clandestine human intelligence (HUMINT) operations throughout the world… That’s all to say that bureaucratically limiting “personnel on the ground” to just “CIA” and not “boots on the ground” doesn’t mean a thing: the CIA has its own “boots” and is most certainly using them. It’s just administrative semantics… The article goes on to describe the off-radar logistics operation which clandestinely supplies Ukraine: Now, more than a year after the invasion, the United States sustains two massive networks, one public and the other clandestine. Ships deliver goods to ports in Belgium, the Netherlands, Germany and Poland, and those supplies are moved by truck, train and air to Ukraine. Clandestinely though, a fleet of commercial aircraft (the “grey fleet”) crisscrosses Central and Eastern Europe, moving arms and supporting CIA operations. The CIA asked Newsweek not to identify specific bases where this network is operating, nor to name the contractor operating the planes. The senior administration official said much of the network had been successfully kept under wraps, and that it was wrong to assume that Russian intelligence knows the details of the CIA’s efforts. Washington believes that If the supply route were known, Russia would attack the hubs and routes, the official said… Another small admission at the end. Pro-UA armchair warriors on Twitter believe US is incapable of being challenged and that Russia is weak; in the meantime, the actual CIA people who work the conflict understand the realities quite differently… Then comes another reveal of Russia’s own clandestine capabilities: It then outlines the key role Poland has taken, which obviously goes toward reinforcing the idea that Poland will be made into the “new Ukraine” in the future, after the current one is used up and discarded: Since the end of the Cold War, Poland and the United States, through the CIA, have established particularly warm relations. Poland hosted a CIA torture “black site” in the village of Stare Kiejkuty during 2002-2003. And after the initial Russian invasion of Donbas and Crimea in 2014, CIA activity expanded to make Poland its third-largest station in Europe… In fact, I’m fairly well taken aback that they’re even so openly making such large admissions. The CIA usually doesn’t talk about the CIA unless there’s an advantageous angle to it… And that angle could very well be their attempt to distance themselves from an increasingly erratic and unpredictable Ukrainian ‘mad dog’, which has increasingly gone ‘off the leash’, refusing to play by those previously established rules. The article goes on to highlight this next: One crisis was averted. But a new one was brewing. Strikes inside Russia were continuing and even increasing, contrary to the fundamental U.S. condition for supporting Ukraine. There was a mysterious spate of assassinations and acts of sabotage inside Russia, some occurring in and around Moscow. Some of the attacks, the CIA concluded, were domestic in origin, undertaken by a nascent Russian opposition. But others were the work of Ukraine—even if analysts were unsure of the extent of Zelensky’s direction or involvement… Given the above, could the CIA have been using such publications to absolve itself? This would further play into the chief theme that the CIA is very diligently trying to signal its ‘gentlemanly’ intentions to Russia so that no misunderstandings or un-planned escalations can occur… The article segues this into the Nordstream attacks in such a way as to almost suggest the entire thing was written merely to absolve the CIA of those attacks, and pin the blame entirely on Ukraine… In a clear sign that the CIA feared Russian reprisals, they reportedly “scrambled” to discover the origins of the Kerch and other attacks after a Russian security council began to change its tone in those attacks’ aftermath: Meeting with his Security Council, Putin said, “If attempts continue to carry out terrorist acts on our territory, Russia’s responses will be harsh and in their scale will correspond to the level of threats created for the Russian Federation.” And indeed Russia did respond with multiple attacks on targets in Ukrainian cities… “These attacks only further reinforce our commitment to stand with the people of Ukraine for as long as it takes,” the White House said of the Russian retaliatory strike. Behind the scenes, though, the CIA was scrambling to determine the origins… Once again we see the common thread: contrary to BroSints’ performative gung ho chauvinism, the real movers and shakers are scrupulous and smart enough to fear Russia’s wrath… Though it’s besides the central point, this was an eye-opening revelation indeed: “The CIA learned with the attack on the Crimea bridge that Zelensky either didn’t have complete control over his own military or didn’t want to know of certain actions,” says the military intelligence official… After the foolhardy drone attack on the Kremlin in the center of Moscow, the article notes that even Poland had begun warning the CIA that Ukraine was, in essence, a refractory mad dog: A senior Polish government official told Newsweek that it might be impossible to convince Kyiv to abide by the non-agreement it made to keep the war limited. “In my humble opinion, the CIA fails to understand the nature of the Ukrainian state and the reckless factions that exist there,” says the Polish official, who requested anonymity in order to speak candidly… This is quite interesting for the following reason. Firstly it could explain Poland’s own later distancing from Kiev, the fruits of which we’re seeing now. Even brazen Poland may have started getting cold feet after they realized that Ukraine’s entire MO would likely revolve around trying to rope Poland into WW3. Not only were there several missile attacks on Polish territory for which Ukraine tried to frame Russia, but there were increasing reports in recent weeks from Russian intel sources that Ukraine intended to escalate this plan in the near future… It’s clear that Poland has recently seemed to have a big shift vis a vis Ukraine—the turning point was several months back after the failed NATO summit and Zelensky’s subsequent disrespectful rhetoric. That is when Duda openly called Ukraine a “drowning man that would pull everyone down with him.” It all went down hill from there… But it could also explain the US’s new cold posture and seeming snub of Ukraine. For instance, many are currently complaining that the US has $4B drawdown authority funds remaining yet they’ve announced no further funding will be allotted. This mysteriously comes on the heels of repeated Ukrainian strikes to sensitive targets in Crimea, as well as senseless attacks on Belgorod. Could the CIA have finally seen the light, preached earlier by Poland, and perhaps convinced the Biden administration that this mad dog is getting too unhinged to continue safely supporting? It could at least have something to do with it, if not be entirely responsible for the cold stance switch… In fact, this is suggested by the very next paragraph in the article: In response, the senior U.S. defense intelligence official stressed the delicate balance the Agency must maintain in its many roles, saying: “I hesitate to say that the CIA has failed.” But the official said sabotage attacks and cross border fighting created a whole new complication and continuing Ukrainian sabotage “could have disastrous consequences.” – As one can see, Ukraine’s recalcitrant flaunting of the ‘unspoken rules’ could have finally contributed to making the US realize that it was suicidal to continue supporting such a brazenly fractious mad dog whose sole intention has clearly become to embroil the world in WW3 as a last ditch escape from its own self-sealed fate… In an absolutely demonstrative twist of irony, the comments section under the Newsweek article is filled with the very types of shallow-brained people who inspired my own writeup to begin with. Despite reading the exact pinpoint refutation of their own delusions, they still found the gall to comment things like: “And what would Putin do if US violated his “red lines”?”—implying again that Russia is somehow weak, and the US is this caricaturized unstoppable superpower which owes no compromise or concession to anyone. To such people with utterly shallow and hare-brained understandings of international relations and geopolitics: I beg you, leave your basements, go read a book sometime. Learn how the real world functions. It’s not a one dimensional comic book as you imagine. Believe me, no one in the entire world who actually operates within the halls of power of any major country believes that Russia is some sort of limp pushover to be laughed at and whose red lines are to be ignored. This sort of characterization only exists in the 12 year old minds of videogame addicts who moonlight as military analysts on Twitter. It’s also sometimes done as mere bravado, or a show of grandstanding by two-bit punks like Lindsey Graham on TV—but the tone “behind the scenes” remains in stark contrast to the “character” they portray in their laughable put-ons for the CNN peanut gallery… Ultimately though, this Newsweek article should serve as further proof to brainwashed pro-UA supporters that this really is a proxy war between two giants, with Ukraine merely being a pawn stuck in the middle, whose own infant squalls are ignored in favor of Russia’s far weightier demarches. That should serve as a wake up call for Ukrainians: you are merely being used as disposable puppets in a geopolitical Great Game. And when that game is done, the actual players will shake hands and move on to the next contest while you will be left as the detritus to be ‘swept up’, like the trash and fast-food wrappers strewing the stadium grounds after a big match… No matter how hard you try, no matter how many hundreds of thousands of lives of your own people you throw away, you will never become that Big Player on the stage that you were induced and gaslighted into thinking you could become. The only chance at survival you stand is to join the only one of the two Big Players which actually cares for you and views you as a close blood relative, rather than as a soggy rag to blow snot into then discard… As a last point. I actually predicted much of this long ago, at the start of this year. In one of my earliest reports I wrote how when things would begin to really go down hill for Ukraine, Zelensky would opt for increasingly dramatic actions that would be more threats to his own handlers and sponsors, rather than to Russia. That’s because he knows Ukraine balances on a fulcrum and has the power to cause a wider global war between the two blocs to erupt. So I had proposed that when his back would be against the wall, Zelensky would escalate in such a way as to increasingly bring a wider war closer as a threat: “If you don’t give me what I need—arms and money—I will pull you into the war with me.” – This could very well be one of the reasons the US has decided to pull the plug on Ukraine now. Seeing no other options remaining, they may have been bothered by some of the recent rhetoric, knowing where such unchecked recklessness could lead. For instance, weeks ago after killing Ilya Kiva near Moscow, the Ukrainian SBU head promised big “surprises” for 2024, with the crowning achievement to be some kind of strike that he said would be a “needle to the heart” of Russia: This could very well be a threat of some major assassination as a final logical escalatory precipice, whether of Putin or some other leading figure in Russia. The CIA may have read the internal signals in this direction and decided that the point of no return had finally come in supporting this ‘mad dog’, and if the US doesn’t put the brakes on now, it would be dragged into Zelensky’s existential trap… The other elephant in the room is that such findings as those in this article naturally lead to people wondering whether the entire conflict is just one orchestrated and well-choreographed dance between “two sides of the same coin”. This cleaves to the age old conspiracy theories about Russia and the US both being under some manner of ‘globalist control’, and merely being played off each other as pawns to fool us into some grand theatrical spectacle… This would once more be a fairly uninformed reading of the situation. Typically, such views sprout from people who are only capable of skimming the surface, judging conflicts and developments through very simplistic ‘broad stroke’ lenses. These are the people that subsist on “either/or” and other binary style reductions of everything. Their minds are usually not capable of grasping nuance, or sometimes they’re simply surface-scraping because their lives are too busy to really dig into highly complex situations to truly understand them… In this case, Russia and the US’s informal ‘secret handshakes’ certainly does not equate to their being part of some grand charade to defraud the world together, or that Putin is a secret mole for [insert globalist clan here]. To come to that conclusion is to admit one’s ignorance of history, and how these things really work. This is standard operating procedure for any sort of sensitive geopolitical entanglement and is merely characteristic of the true behind-the-scenes statecraft that underlies the surface level gloss the majority of people ingest via CNN and such outlets. Such ‘handshakes’ represent simple basic diplomatic statecraft, courtesy, and precaution in the form of scrupulous risk-hedging and due diligence, nothing more than that… With that said, this alone doesn’t preclude larger conspiracies of secret collusion between large, ostensibly adversarial nations—I’m simply stating that this specific instance would not qualify as exemplary of that. There are many other actual examples, but that’s beyond the scope of this article… But as always, one must also remember that there are corridors within corridors in each organization, and there are groups within the CIA operating independently—and even antithetically—to the parent organization just as the CIA may itself be operating against the wider interests of the US itself. So ultimately, we’re still only hearing one side of the story, which happens to be the side they want us to hear.”